Перевод: со всех языков на английский

с английского на все языки

to take too much for granted

Толкование Перевод

1 a-şi permite prea mult

to take too much for granted.

Română-Engleză dicționar expresii > a-şi permite prea mult
2 prea le iei pe toate drept bune

you take too much for granted.

Română-Engleză dicționar expresii > prea le iei pe toate drept bune
3 быть слишком самонадеянным

1) General subject: take too much for granted

2) Idiomatic expression: overplay your hand

Универсальный русско-английский словарь > быть слишком самонадеянным
4 позволять себе слишком много

General subject: take too much for granted

Универсальный русско-английский словарь > позволять себе слишком много
5 roszczeniow|y

adj. 1. postulaty roszczeniowe związkowców the claims of the trade unionists
- młodzież ma postawę roszczeniową the young people take too much for granted
2. Prawo sprawy roszczeniowe claims cases

The New English-Polish, Polish-English Kościuszko foundation dictionary > roszczeniow|y
6 sentado

adj.

1 seated, sitting, sitting-down.

2 sejant, sejeant.

past part.

past participle of spanish verb: sentar.

* * *

sentado

► participio pasado

1→ link=sentar sentar

► adjetivo

1 seated, sitting

■ estaba sentada allí she was sitting there

2 (establecido) established, settled

3 figurado (juicioso) sensible, wise

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

dar algo por sentado,-a to take something for granted

dejar sentado que... to make it clear that...

* * *

ADJ

1)

estar sentado — to be sitting, be seated

estaba sentado a mi lado — he was sitting o seated next to me

permanecer sentado — to remain seated

esperar sentado * —

si crees que te lo devolverá ya puedes esperar sentado — if you think he's going to give it back to you you've got another think coming * o you can think again

2)

dar por sentado — to take for granted

di por sentado que estabas de acuerdo — I took it for granted that you were in agreement, I assumed you were in agreement

3)

dejar sentado: quiero dejar sentado que... — I want to make it clear that...

4) [carácter, personalidad] balanced

* * *

- da adjetivo sitting, seated (frml)

estaban sentados a la mesa — they were (sitting) at the table

pueden permanecer sentados — (frml) you may remain seated (frml)

llevamos más de una hora aquí sentados — we've been sitting here for over an hour

dar algo por sentado — to assume something

dejar algo sentado: quiero dejar bien sentado que... I would like to make it quite clear that...; esperar(se) sentado (fam & iró): si crees que voy a prestártelo, puedes esperar sentado — if you think I'm going to lend it to you you've got another think coming (colloq)

* * *

= in a sitting position, a-sitting, seated.

Ex. I can see a staff member in a sitting position with hand held on the brow covering the eye vision and engrossed in reading.

Ex. The fifth kind of relationship is that in which an entity is defined by one of its attributes; for example, in Lewis Carroll's poem, 'I'll tell thee everything I can: I saw an aged, aged man, a-sitting on a gate'.

Ex. Some of the blackgammon playing pieces lost included a centaur with bow, a hooded archer, a violinist and a seated harpist.

----

* dando por sentado que = based on the understanding that, on the understanding that.

* dar por sentado = take for + granted.

* dar por sentado Algo que realmente no lo está = beg + the question.

* * *

- da adjetivo sitting, seated (frml)

estaban sentados a la mesa — they were (sitting) at the table

pueden permanecer sentados — (frml) you may remain seated (frml)

llevamos más de una hora aquí sentados — we've been sitting here for over an hour

dar algo por sentado — to assume something

dejar algo sentado: quiero dejar bien sentado que... I would like to make it quite clear that...; esperar(se) sentado (fam & iró): si crees que voy a prestártelo, puedes esperar sentado — if you think I'm going to lend it to you you've got another think coming (colloq)

* * *

= in a sitting position, a-sitting, seated.

Ex: I can see a staff member in a sitting position with hand held on the brow covering the eye vision and engrossed in reading.

Ex: The fifth kind of relationship is that in which an entity is defined by one of its attributes; for example, in Lewis Carroll's poem, 'I'll tell thee everything I can: I saw an aged, aged man, a-sitting on a gate'.

Ex: Some of the blackgammon playing pieces lost included a centaur with bow, a hooded archer, a violinist and a seated harpist.

* dando por sentado que = based on the understanding that, on the understanding that.

* dar por sentado = take for + granted.

* dar por sentado Algo que realmente no lo está = beg + the question.

* * *

sentado -da

adjective

sitting, seated ( frml)

ya estaban sentados a la mesa they were already (sitting) at the table

quédate or estáte aquí sentadito y sin moverte now sit here and don't move

pueden permanecer sentados ( frml); you may remain seated ( frml)

llevamos más de una hora aquí sentados we've been sitting here for over an hour

dar por sentado: estás dando demasiado por sentado you're taking too much for granted

doy por sentado que me ayudarás I'm assuming that you'll help me, I'm counting on you to help me

dejar algo sentado: con su obra dejó sentados los principios de la nueva teoría with his work he firmly established o laid down the principles of the new theory

quiero dejar bien sentado que … I would like to make it clear that …

esperar(se) sentado ( fam iró): si crees que lo voy a tener listo para el lunes, espérate sentado if you think I'm going to have it ready by Monday, you'll have a long wait o you've got another think coming ( colloq)

* * *

Del verbo sentar: ( conjugate sentar)

sentado es:

el participio

Multiple Entries:
sentado
sentar
sentado
◊ -da adjetivo

sitting, seated (frml);
estaban sentados a la mesa they were (sitting) at the table;
dar algo por sentado to assume sth
sentar ( conjugate sentar) verbo intransitivo (+ me/te/le etc)
a) [ropa/color] (+ compl):

◊ ese vestido le sienta de maravilla that dress really suits her

b) [comida/bebida/clima] (+ compl):

◊ el café no le sienta bien coffee doesn't agree with her;

me sentó bien el descanso the rest did me a lot of good
c) [actitud/comentario] (+ compl):

◊ me sentó mal que no me invitaran I was rather put out that they didn't ask me (colloq)

verbo transitivo
1 ‹niño/muñeca› to sit;
‹ invitado› to seat, sit
2 ( establecer) to establish
sentarse verbo pronominal
to sit;
◊ sentadose a la mesa to sit at (the) table;

siéntese, por favor please (do) sit down
sentado,-a adjetivo
1 (persona) wise, sensible
2 (vida) settled
3 (procedimiento, idea) set: dejó bien sentadas sus condiciones, he made his conditions very clear
♦ Locuciones: dar algo por sentado, to take sthg for granted
sentar
I verbo transitivo
1 (en una silla) to sit: nos sentaron en la mesa del fondo, we sat at the back table
2 (establecer) sentar las bases, to lay the foundations
sentar precedente, to establish a precedent
II verbo intransitivo 1 sentar bien/mal algo a alguien, (un peinado, vestido) to suit sb/not to suit sb
(una comida, bebida, clima) to agree/disagree with sb: un baño caliente te sentará bien, a hot bath will do you good
2 (un comentario, una broma) ¿cómo le sentó la noticia?, how did he take the news?
le sentó fatal, he took it badly
me sienta muy mal que haga esos comentarios, it really upsets me that he makes those remarks
Cuando se habla de la moda (ropa o color), la traducción más común es to suit. Pero si te refieres únicamente a la talla, es mejor que uses el verbo to fit: Este jersey no te sienta bien. This jersey doesn't suit you (cuando el estilo o el color no son los adecuados). This jersey doesn't fit you (cuando estás hablando de la talla).

' sentado' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
espachurrar
- esperar
- sentada
- establecer
- estar
English:
atop
- beg
- board
- grant
- highchair
- read
- rotten
- sit
- sit about
- sit around
- sitting
- soon
- stand
- astride
- seat
- than

* * *

sentado, -a adj

1. [juicioso] sensible, steady

2. [en asiento] seated;

estar sentado to be sitting down;

espérame sentado en recepción sit and wait for me in reception;
Fam
si crees que te voy a dejar dinero, puedes esperar sentado if you think I'm going to lend you some money, you've got another think coming

3. Bot stemless

4. [establecido]
dar algo por sentado to take sth for granted, to assume sth;

di por sentado que ibas a venir I took it for granted that you would be coming;

las autoridades dan por sentado que es el líder de la banda the authorities are assuming that he is the leader of the gang;

doy por sentado que estás de acuerdo con mi idea I'm assuming you agree with my idea;

dejar sentado que… to make it clear that…;

dejó sentado que no estaba satisfecho con la solución he made it clear that he was not satisfied with the solution

* * *

sentado

adj

1 sitting, seated;

estar sentado be sitting, be seated

2

:

dar por sentado fig take for granted, assume

* * *

sentado, -da adj

1) : sitting, seated

2) : established, settled

dar por sentado: to take for granted

dejar sentado: to make clear

3) : sensible, steady, judicious

* * *

sentado adj sitting

estaba sentada junto a la estufa she was sitting next to the heater

dar algo por sentado to take something for granted

Spanish-English dictionary > sentado
7 voraussetzen

v/t (trennb., hat -ge-)

1. (annehmen) assume (that...), take s.th. for granted; zu viel voraussetzen auch expect too much; etw. als selbstverständlich voraussetzen take s.th. for granted; etw. als bekannt voraussetzen take it for granted that everyone knows s.th.

2. (erfordern) require; der Kauf des Hauses setzt 200 000 Euro Eigenkapital voraus 200,000 euros of private capital is required to buy the house; vorausgesetzt

* * *

to presuppose; to posit

* * *
vo|raus|set|zen
vt sep
to presuppose; (= als selbstverständlich, sicher annehmen) Interesse, Zustimmung, jds Liebe, Verständnis to take for granted; (= erfordern) Qualifikation, Kenntnisse, Geduld etc to require, to demand
wenn wir einmal voráússetzen, dass... — let us or if we assume that...

etw als selbstverständlich voráússetzen — to take sth for granted

etw als bekannt voráússetzen — to assume that everyone knows sth

* * *

1) ((even) if; assuming: Granted that you are right, we will have to move fast.) granted

2) ((even) if; assuming: Granted that you are right, we will have to move fast.) granting

* * *

vo·raus|set·zen

vt

1. (als selbstverständlich erachten)

▪ etw \voraussetzen to assume sth

deine Zustimmung \voraussetzend habe ich den Auftrag angenommen assuming you would agree, I have accepted the order

gewisse Fakten muss ich als bekannt \voraussetzen I have to assume that certain facts are known

ein Kind sollte die Liebe seiner Eltern \voraussetzen dürfen a child should be able to take his parents' love for granted

wenn man voraussetzt, dass assuming that

2. (erfordern)

▪ etw \voraussetzen to require [or demand] sth

diese Position setzt besondere Kenntnisse voraus this position requires special knowledge

* * *

transitives Verb

1) assume

etwas als bekannt voraussetzen — assume something is known

er setzte stillschweigend voraus, dass... — he took it for granted that...

Ihr Einverständnis voraus gesetzt — provided that you agree

vorausgesetzt, [dass]... — provided [that]...

2) (erfordern) require <skill, experience, etc.>; presuppose <good organization, planning, etc.>

* * *

voraussetzen v/t (trennb, hat -ge-)

1. (annehmen) assume (that …), take sth for granted;

zu viel voraussetzen auch expect too much;

etwas als selbstverständlich voraussetzen take sth for granted;

etwas als bekannt voraussetzen take it for granted that everyone knows sth

2. (erfordern) require;

der Kauf des Hauses setzt 200 000 Euro Eigenkapital voraus 200,000 euros of private capital is required to buy the house; → vorausgesetzt

* * *

transitives Verb

1) assume

etwas als bekannt voraussetzen — assume something is known

er setzte stillschweigend voraus, dass... — he took it for granted that...

Ihr Einverständnis voraus gesetzt — provided that you agree

vorausgesetzt, [dass]... — provided [that]...

2) (erfordern) require <skill, experience, etc.>; presuppose <good organization, planning, etc.>

* * *

v.

to assume v.

to expect v.

to imply v.

to presume v.

to presuppose v.

to require v.

to suppose v.

Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > voraussetzen
8 gå

4

идти́, ходи́ть; отправля́ться

tóget går (klókken seks) — по́езд отхо́дит (в шесть часо́в)

úret går — часы́ иду́т

gå på besǿg — ходи́ть в го́сти

hvordán går det dig [Dem]? — как твои́ [ва́ши] дела́?, как пожива́ете?

det går godt — (дела́ иду́т) хорошо́!

gå i skóle — ходи́ть в шко́лу

gå på árbejde — ходи́ть на рабо́ту

gå (en)tur — прогуля́ться, соверши́ть прогу́лку

* * *

elapse, extend, go, march, on, play, reach, roll, run, strike, tread, walk

* * *

vb (gik, gået) go;

( gå på sine ben) walk;

( om tid) go, pass, go by;

( spilles, opføres) be on ( fx there is a good film on at the Palladium), run ( fx the play ran for six months; is that film still running?),

(mere F) be played, be performed;

( sælges) sell, be sold;

(gram.: bøjes) go, be inflected;

( være passende) do;

( rækkes fra hånd til hånd) go round, pass;

( gå i stykker) go, break;

( trække sig tilbage fra embede) go,

( gå på pension) retire,

( træde tilbage fra højere post, og om regering) resign;

(om maskineri etc) run ( fx the engine is running smoothly; the drawer

( skuffen) runs smoothly; the machine runs by electricity);

( om tog) run ( fx the trains did not run on Sundays),

( afgå) leave, go ( fx when does the train leave (el. go)? it leaves

(el. goes) at 10);

[ de går, han (, hun) går]

(teat) exeunt, exit,

( i nyere stykker oftest) they go (, he, she goes) (off stage);

[ døren gik] the door opened and shut; somebody came in (, went out);

[ møllen går] the mill is turning;

[ radioen går hele dagen] the radio is on all day;

[ snakken gik] the conversation was in full swing,

(dvs sladderen) people were talking;

[ snakken gik livligt] the conversation was animated;

[ der er gået tre trumfer] three trumps are out (el. have gone);

(se også dans, rygte, tur, ur etc);

[ med adv, pron etc:]

[ blive gået]

(dvs afskediget) be retired;

[ det gik helt anderledes] it turned out quite differently;

[ det er gået dårligt for mig] things have gone badly with me, I have had bad luck;

[ det gik dårligt med ham]

(mht helbred) he was in a bad way;

[ det gik dårligt med foretagendet] the enterprise did not succeed;

[ gå fri] escape,

( få lov at slippe) be let off;

[ uret går godt] the watch keeps good time;

[ det går godt med ham, det går ham rigtig godt] he is doing well;

[ forretningen går godt] the business is thriving;

[ hvordan går det ( med helbredet)?] how are you?

T how is it going? how goes it?

(se også ndf: gå med);

[ hvordan det end går] whatever happens;

[ den går ikke] that won't do,

(= du kan tro nej!) no you don't! nothing doing! I'm not having any!

[ lad gå!] all right! let it pass!

[ jeg vil lade det gå for denne gang] I'll overlook it this time;

[ lade ham gå]

(dvs sætte fri) let him go;

(dvs lade i fred) leave him alone;

[ det går meget let] that is very easy;

[ sådan gik det i tre år] things went on like that for three years;

[ sådan går det her i verden] that is the way of the world;

[ sådan går det ( med) alle store mænd] that is what happens to all great men;

[ gå tabt] be lost,

(se også tabe);

(se også III. fejl, II. galt, højt, ledig, løs, nok, rigtig, vild);

[ faste forbindelser med præp og adv:]

[ gå af]

( løsne sig) come off,

( om noget limet også) come unstuck;

( om skydevåben) go off,

( om skud) be fired;

( gå på pension) retire,

( trække sig tilbage, især fra højere stilling, og om regering) resign;

( forløbe) go (el. pass) off;

[ hvad går der af ham] what is the matter with him? what has come over him?

(se også II. led, mode, vej);

[ gå af i stilhed] pass off quietly;

[ gå af med], se pension, sejr;

[ det kan gå af på min gæld] you can deduct it from what I owe you;

[ gå an]

( være acceptabel) do ( fx will these shoes do?);

[ det går an] it will do;

[ det går aldrig an] it will never do;

[ gå bagover] fall backwards;

[ jeg var ved at gå bagover af forbavselse] you could have knocked me down with a feather;

[ gå bort] go away;

(dø) die, pass away;

[` gå efter]

( hente) go for, go to fetch,

T go and get;

( rette sig efter) go by, go on ( fx we have nothing to go by (el.

on)), act on ( fx his advice, his recommendation);

[gå ` efter]

( undersøge) go over ( fx all the details), go into ( fx the

matter),

( gøre rent, reparere) go over ( fx she went over the room with a duster),

( grundigt, om bil, skib) overhaul;

(friske el. male op) touch up ( fx an article);

( efterkontrollere) go (el. check) over, go (el. check) through;

[ hvis det gik efter mit hoved] if I had my way;

[ gå efter lyden] go in the direction of the sound;

[ gå for]

( gælde, regnes for) pass for, be supposed to be;

( blive solgt for) go for;

[ hvad går her for sig?] what is going on here?

[ hvornår skal det gå for sig?] when is it to come off? when is it to be?

[ det går godt for ham] he is doing well;

[ intet ville gå for ham] nothing went right for him;

[gå foran præp] go before,

F precede;

adv go (, walk) ahead (el. in front), lead the way;

[ gå forbi] pass;

[ gå forud for, gå fremfor] precede;

(fig) take precedence of (el. over);

[gå ` fra]

( løsne sig) come loose;

( om noget limet) come unstuck;

( skulle fradrages) be deducted;

(opgive fx eksamen) give up;

(opgive studium etc) drop out;

[` gå fra]

( forlade) leave (behind);

( lade i stikken) desert ( fx one's wife);

[ gå fra borde], se bord;

[ gå fra forstanden], se forstand;

[ gå fra hinanden]

(dvs hver til sit) part, separate;

(dvs i stykker) go to pieces, split;

[ gå fra sit ord] go back on one's word;

[ gå frem] advance, go forward;

( gøre fremskridt) make progress;

( bære sig ad) act,

F proceed;

[ gå lige frem] walk straight ahead;

[ gå fremad] advance,

F proceed;

( gøre fremskridt) make progress;

[ det går fremad med ham]

(dvs det går ham godt) he is getting on;

(mht helbredet) his health is improving;

( han bliver dygtigere) he is coming on;

[ gå hen: gå ubemærket hen] pass off unnoticed;

[ gå ikke hen og bliv syg] don't go and be ill;

[ han er gået hen og har købt en bil] he's (been and) gone and bought a car;

[ gå let hen over] pass lightly over;

T skate over;

(se også hoved);

[ gå hen til ham] go (up) to him; walk over to him;

( for at besøge ham) go and see him; look him up;

[` gå i]

( være klædt i) wear;

[gå `i]

( lukke sig) close;

[ gå i biografen (, teatret, skole)] go to the cinema (, the theatre, school);

[han går i sit 50. år] he is in his fiftieth year;

[ gå i femte klasse] be in the fifth class;

[ hun går lige i folk] people fall for her straight away;

[ den slags historier går lige i folk] people lap up that kind of story;

[ gå i sig selv] think better of it,

F repent;

[ planen gik i sig selv igen] the scheme came to nothing;

(se også blod, I. død, frø, kloster, krig, kød, land, moder, orden,

II. ret, I. stykke, vand, vejr);

[` gå igen] leave again;

[gå ` igen] be repeated,

F recur;

( om genfærd) walk; haunt the house (, room etc);

[ gå igennem] pass (through), go through;

( undersøge) go over, go through;

( lide) go through,

F undergo;

( blive vedtaget) be carried, pass, go through;

[ ansøgningen gik igennem] the application was granted;

[ (radio)udsendelsen gik godt igennem] reception was good;

(se også marv);

[ gå imod]

( i fjendtlig hensigt) go against;

( hen imod) go towards;

( modarbejde) oppose;

[ hvad er der gået dig imod?] what is worrying you? what has upset you?

[ alting går mig imod] nothing seems to be going my way;

[ gå ind]

( træde ind) go in, enter;

(om avis etc) cease publication;

(se også jagt);

[ gå ind ad døren] go in through (, enter by) the door;

[ gå ind for]

( støtte) support ( fx a proposal),

( være fortaler for) be an advocate of ( fx reform), advocate,

( anbefale) recommend;

[ gå ind for en sag] adopt (el. identify oneself with) a cause;

[ gå ind for hans politik] go in for (el. adopt el. advocate) his policy;

[ jeg går ind for at] I think that, I vote that;

[ gå ind i] go into, enter,

(i forening etc) join;

[ gå ind i hæren] join the army;

[ den gik lige ind]

(dvs han forstod det) it went right in; he got the message;

[ den slags går lige ind hos dem]

(dvs de elsker det) they lap up that kind of thing;

[ gå ind på]

( bevæge sig ind i) enter ( fx enter one's office);

( beskæftige sig med) go into ( fx go into details);

( give sin tilslutning til) agree to, accept ( fx accept a proposal), fall in with ( fx an arrangement, a joke);

[ gå nærmere ind på] go into details about;

[ gå ind til de andre] join the others;

(se også evig (hvile));

[ gå indad]

( om dør) open inwards;

[ han går indad på fødderne] his feet turn in; he turns in his feet (in walking);

[ gå itu] break, come (el. go) to pieces;

[ gå med]

( ledsage) go with, come with,

F accompany;

( bære) carry ( fx a pistol, a gas mask, a cane),

( være iført) wear ( fx a gas mask, glasses, a ring, a hat);

(se også krykke);

( om par) go out with,

T date ( fx he's dating her);

( uddele) deliver ( fx newspapers, milk; bread for a baker);

[gå ` med]

(adv) come with somebody (, me, etc), go along;

( forbruges) be consumed, be spent;

( blive ødelagt) be destroyed, be lost;

[ går du med?] are you coming (too)? are you coming with me (, us)?

[ gå med aviser (, mælk)]

( også) do a newspaper round (, milk round);

[ hvordan går det med ham?] how is he getting on?

[ hvordan går det med arbejdet?] how is the work getting on? how are you getting on with your work?

[ det går dårligt (, godt) med], se ovf: det går...;

[ gå med stok] walk with a stick,

( til pynt) carry a stick;

[ gå stille med noget] keep something quiet;

(se også dør);

[ gå med hovedet på skrå] carry one's head on one side;

[ sådan går det med de fleste] that is what happens to most people;

[ hele dagen gik med at forberede festen] they (, we etc) spent the whole day preparing the party;

[ gå med på] agree to ( fx the terms, the plan, the proposal), fall in with ( fx the proposal);

(se også værst);

[ gå med til]

(dvs ind på) agree to;

[ gå ned] go down,

F descend;

(om sol etc) set, go down;

( om flyvemaskine) land, come down;

(om skib etc = synke) go down;

( om pris, temperatur etc) fall,

( pludseligt) drop;

( om teatertæppe) fall, come down;

( bukke under) go under, go to the wall,

( gå fallit) go under, go bust;

(se også I. bakke, flag, I. klap);

[gå `om]

( gå omkring) walk about,

( blive rakt rundt) go round;

( udføres på ny) be repeated;

( i skole) repeat a class (, a year);

( om eksamen) retake (, kun skriftlig: resit) an examination,

( med objekt) retake (, resit) ( fx it is not possible to retake single papers);

[ lade kanden gå om] pass the jug;

[ kanden gik om] the jug went round;

[gå 3. klasse om] repeat the third class;

[ gå omkring] walk about;

[ der går en mur omkring byen] there is a wall round the town;

[ gå omkring i gaderne] walk about the streets;

[ gå op]

( stige, også om pris) rise, go up;

( om dør, vindue) open,

( pludseligt) fly open;

( om sammenføjning) come apart, give way;

(om knude etc) come undone,

( om noget limet) come unstuck;

( om regnestykke) come out, come right;

( om kabale) come out;

( om teatertæppe) rise;

(om fly etc) take off;

[ få til at gå op]

( om regnestykke) get out;

[ det går lige op]

(fig) it amounts to the same thing;

( vi er kvit) we are quits;

[ det gik op for mig at] I came to realize that, it dawned upon me that;

[ gå op i]

(dvs interessere sig for) be absorbed in; give one's mind to;

( gå helt op i) devote oneself to;

[ gå op i et fag]

( til eksamen) do an examination in a subject;

[ selskabet er gået op i et andet] the company has become merged in another;

[ to går op i fire] two will go into four; four is divisible by two;

[ gå op i sin rolle] identify oneself with one's part;

(se også I. lue, røg, I. spids);

[gå op med 6%] rise (el. go up) by 6%;

[ gå op til eksamen], se eksamen;

[ gå over]

( fra side til side) cross ( fx let us cross here), walk across;

( fortage sig) pass off, wear off;

( gå itu) break (in two),

( pludseligt, med et smæld) snap;

( overskride), se ndf: gå ud over;

(se også bred, forstand, streg);

[ gå over i] pass into;

[ gå over i historien], se historie;

[ gå over på andre hænder] pass into other hands; change hands;

[ gå over til] go over to ( fx the enemy; a Liberal MP went over to the Conservatives),

(neds) defect to ( fx he defected to the rebels);

( en mening) come round to;

( en religion) go over to, be converted to;

( anden virksomhed, andet emne) pass on to;

( udvikles til) become, pass into;

[ gå over til katolicismen] join (el. go over to) the Roman Catholic Church;

[gå `på]

( tage fat) go ahead, go on;

( angribe) go for him (, them etc);

( ske) happen ( fx it does not happen often);

(om handske etc) go on;

[` gå på]

(dvs angå) concern; be aimed at;

[ den går han ikke `på] he won't swallow (el. S buy) that; that won't go down with him;

[ det er hårdt at gå `på] it is tough luck;

[gå ( løs) på en] go for somebody;

(se også løs);

[ han lod sig ikke gå `på]

(dvs veg ikke) he stood his ground (like a man);

(dvs genere) he did not turn a hair;

[ det skal du ikke lade dig gå på af] don't let it get you down;

[ der går 100 p på et pund] there are a hundred pence to a pound;

(se også I. arbejde, hånd, melodi, nerve, opdagelse, universitet, vinge);

[ gå rundt] walk about, go round;

(se også rundt);

[` gå sammen] walk (, leave) together;

( om par) go out together,

T date ( fx they have been dating for over a year);

[ gå sammen om det]

(dvs gøre det i fællesskab) do it together;

[ gå sammen om at] join together to,

(dvs skyde penge sammen) club together to ( fx buy him a present);

[ gå sammen med dem om at] join forces with them to;

[gå ` til]

( fremskynde sin gang) walk faster,

F quicken one's pace;

( ske) come about, come (to pass), happen ( fx how did it happen? how did it come about that he was told? how did he come to lose the

money?);

( kræves) be required,

( forbruges) be spent, be consumed;

( om fodtøj) break in ( fx new boots, new shoes);

[ gå til den]

T go it;

[ det gik hedt til] feelings ran high,

T the fur really flew;

[ det gik livligt til] things got lively;

[ det gik underligt til med den sag] it was a queer business;

[ jeg er ved at gå ` til af varme] this heat is getting too much for me (el.

is getting me down);

(se også bord, film, hjerte, hvile, hånd, læge, II. ret, sag, scene, top,

valg);

[ gå tilbage] go back,

(især mil.) retreat;

(fig) decline; fall off ( fx membership ( medlemstallet) fell off);

[ lade handelen gå tilbage] call off the deal;

[ det er gået tilbage for ham] he has come down in the world;

[ vær venlig at gå tilbage i vognen!] pass right along the bus, please!

[ det går tilbage med ham] he is falling off; he is losing his grip;

[ gå tilbage til] return to, go back to,

( skrive sig fra) date from ( fx the house dates from the 17th

century);

[ gå ud] go out ( fx they go out a lot);

( om ild, lys) go out;

( om planter) die;

( udgå) be omitted, be left out, be dropped;

[ gå ud ad døren] go out of the door;

[ gå ud af] go out of, leave ( fx the room, school);

[ gå ud fra]

( forudsætte) assume, understand, take for granted ( fx I took it for granted that you would agree);

[ jeg går ud fra at]

( også) I take it that;

[ gå ud fra en urigtig forudsætning] act on a wrong assumption;

[ gå ud med én] go out with somebody;

[ gå ud over]

(dvs overskride) go beyond ( fx what is reasonable), pass,

F exceed ( fx all bounds alle grænser);

( påvirke, ramme) affect ( fx one's health);

[ det går ud over hans arbejde]

( også) his work suffers;

[ hans ondskab gik ud over ham selv] his malice rebounded on him;

[ dette vil gå ud over ham] he will be the one to suffer for this;

[ lade det gå ud over en anden]

(dvs når noget går én imod) take it out on somebody else;

[ lade sit raseri gå ud over] vent one's rage on;

[ gå ud på]

( tilsigte) aim at,

( udtrykke) be to the effect (that);

[ det går ud på at] the idea is that;

[ forslaget (, svaret) går ud på at] the proposal (, the answer) is to the effect that;

[ hans stræben går ud på] his object (el. aim) is;

[ jeg så hvad alt dette gik ud på] I perceived the drift of all this;

[ jeg ved hvad dine ønsker går ud på] I know what your wishes are;

[ gå uden om] walk (, go) round ( fx a hole in the road);

(fig) get round ( fx the difficulty);

( prøve at undgå) sidestep ( fx a problem),

F evade ( fx the difficulty, the question);

[ gå langt uden om én] give somebody a wide berth;

[ gå udenom] go round ( fx the gate was shut so we had to go round),

(fig: om sagens kerne) beat about the bush;

[gå ` under]

(mar) go down,

F founder;

( bukke under) go under, go to the wall;

( blive ødelagt) be destroyed;

[ hvis verden går under] if the world comes to an end;

(se også navn);

[ gå videre], se videre;

[ gå væk], se væk.

Danish-English dictionary > gå
9 dar

v.

1 to give.

dar algo a alguien to give something to somebody, to give somebody something

se lo di a mi hermano I gave it to my brother

Ella me da dinero She gives me money.

Su elogio da ánimos His praise gives encouragement.

El negocio da muchas ganancias The business yields much profit.

2 to give, to produce.

la salsa le da un sabor muy bueno the sauce gives it a very pleasant taste, the sauce makes it taste very nice

3 to have, to hold (fiesta, cena).

dar una cena en honor de alguien to hold o give a dinner in someone's honor

4 to turn or switch on (luz, agua, gas) (encender).

5 to show (Cine, Teatro & TV).

dan una película del oeste they're showing a western, there's a western on

6 to show.

dar muestras de sensatez to show good sense

7 to teach.

dar inglés/historia to teach English/history

8 to deal (repartir) (en naipes).

9 to strike (horas).

dieron las tres en el reloj three o'clock struck

10 to get, to catch.

11 to deliver, to render, to allot, to confer.

12 to feel.

Me da alegría I feel joy.

13 to be given, to be granted, to be offered, to be handed in.

Se nos dio una buena casa We were given a good house.

14 to give forth, to burst out.

Ella dio un grito She gave forth a cry.

15 to make one feel.

Eso da asco That makes one feel revolt.

16 to hit.

Da duro el sol en este lugar The sun hits hard in this place

17 to give up.

* * *

DAR

CONJUGACIÓN

Present Indicative

doy, das, da, damos, dais, dan.

Past Indicative

di, diste, dio, dimos, disteis, dieron.

Present Subjunctive

dé, des, dé, demos, deis, den.

Imperfect Subjunctive

diera, dieras, diera, diéramos, dierais, dieran;

diese, dieses, diese, diésemos, dieseis, diesen.

Future Subjunctive

diere, dieres, diere, diéremos, diereis, dieren.

Imperative

da (tú), dé (él/Vd.), demos (nos.), dad (vos.), den (ellos/Vds.).

* * *

verb

1) to give

2) hit, strike

3) hand over, deliver

4) produce, yield

5) be enough

•

- dar a
- dar con
- dar contra
- dar por
- darse a
- darse de sí
- dárselas de
* * *
Para las expresiones dar importancia, dar ejemplo, dar las gracias, dar clases, dar a conocer, dar a entender, darse prisa, ver la otra entrada.
1. VERBO TRANSITIVO

1) (=entregar, conceder) [+ objeto, mensaje, permiso] to give; [+ naipes] to deal (out); [+ noticias] to give, tell

le dio un bocadillo a su hijo — he gave his son a sandwich

se lo di a Blanca — I gave it to Blanca

me dieron un diploma por mi buen comportamiento — I was given a diploma for good conduct

le dieron el primer premio — he was awarded {o} given first prize

déme dos kilos — I'll have two kilos, two kilos, please

• ir dando [cuerda] — to pay out rope

• dar los buenos [días] a algn — to say good morning to sb, say hello to sb

2) (=realizar) [+ paliza] to give; [+ paso] to take

dar un alarido — to shriek

dar una bofetada a algn — to slap sb

dar un golpe a algn — to hit sb

dio un golpe en la mesa — he banged on the table

dar un grito — to let out a cry, give a cry

dar un paseo — to go for a walk, take a walk

dar un suspiro — to heave {o} give a sigh, sigh

3) (=celebrar) [+ fiesta] to have, throw

la embajada dará una recepción — the embassy will hold a reception

4) (=encender) [+ luz] to turn on

¿has dado el gas? — have you turned on the gas?

5) (=presentar) [+ obra de teatro] to perform, put on; [+ película] to show, screen

dan una película de Almodóvar — there's an Almodóvar film on, they're showing {o} screening an Almodóvar film

¿qué dan hoy en la tele? — what's on TV tonight?

6) (=hacer sonar) [reloj] to strike

el reloj dio las tres — the clock struck three

ya han dado las ocho — it's past {o} gone eight o'clock

7) (=producir) [+ fruto] to bear; [+ ganancias, intereses] to yield

dar flores — to flower

este negocio da mucho dinero — there's a lot of money in this business

una inversión que da un 7% de interés — an investment that pays {o} yields 7% interest

8) (=tener como resultado)

el cálculo dio 99 — the sum worked out at 99

el atleta dio positivo en el control antidoping — the athlete tested positive for drugs

9) (=hacer sentir) [+ placer] to give

me dio mucha alegría verla — I was very pleased to see her

las babosas me dan asco — I find slugs disgusting {o} revolting

este jersey me da demasiado calor — this jumper is too hot, I'm too hot in this jumper

da gusto hablar con él — he's really nice to talk to

tu padre me da miedo — I'm scared {o} frightened of your father

me da pena tener que tirarlo — it's a pity to have to throw it away

el vino me da sueño — wine makes me sleepy

10) * (=fastidiar) to ruin

vinieron a visitarme y me dieron la tarde — they came to visit and ruined my afternoon

¡me estás dando las vacaciones! — you're ruining the holiday for me!

11) dar por (=considerar) to consider

doy el asunto por concluido — I consider the matter settled, I regard the matter as settled

le dieron por desaparecido — they gave him up for lost

doy el dinero por bien empleado — I consider it money well spent

lo daba por seguro — he was sure {o} certain of it

lo podemos dar por terminado — we can consider it finished

12)

- ¡y dale!

- estar/seguir dale que dale o dale que te pego o dale y dale

la vecina está dale que dale al piano — our neighbour is pounding away at the piano

estoy dale que dale a este problema — I've been bashing away at this problem *

- a mí no me la das

- ¡ahí te las den todas!

- por si vienen mal dadas

para dar y tomar —

tenemos botellas para dar y tomar — we've got loads {o} stacks of bottles

aquí hay basura para dar y tomar — there's tons of rubbish here

- me da que...

me da que no va a venir — I have a feeling (that) he's not going to come

2. VERBO INTRANSITIVO

1) (=entregar) to give

dame, yo te lo arreglo — give it here, I'll fix it for you

- a quien dan no escoge

2) (=entrar)

me dieron ganas de vomitar — I felt like being sick

si te da un mareo siéntate — if you feel giddy, sit down

le dio un fuerte dolor en el costado — he felt a sudden sharp pain in his side

le dio un infarto — he had a heart attack

3) (=importar)

¡qué más da!, ¡da igual! — it doesn't matter!, never mind!

¿qué más te da? — what does it matter to you?

¿qué más da un sitio que otro? — surely one place is as good as another!, it doesn't make any difference which place we choose

lo mismo da — it makes no difference {o} odds

me da igual, lo mismo me da, tanto me da — it's all the same to me, I don't mind

4) [seguido de preposición]
dar a (=estar orientado) [cuarto, ventana] to look out onto, overlook; [fachada] to face
mi habitación da al jardín — my room looks out onto {o} overlooks the garden
darle a (=hacer funcionar) [+ botón] to press; (=golpear) to hit; [+ balón] to kick
dale a la tecla roja — hit {o} press the red key

darle a la bomba — to pump, work the pump

dale más fuerte a la bomba — pump harder

¡dale! — hit him!

no es capaz de darle al balón de cabeza — he can't head the ball
dar con (=encontrar) [+ persona] to find; [+ idea, solución] to hit on, come up with
dimos con él dos horas más tarde — we found him two hours later

al final di con la solución — I finally hit on the solution, I finally came up with the solution

no doy con el nombre — I can't think of the name

• dar [consigo] en — to end up in

dio consigo en la cárcel — he ended up in jail
dar contra (=golpear) to hit
el barco dio contra el puente — the ship hit the bridge
dar de
dar de palos a algn — to give sb a beating

dar de puñetazos a algn — to punch sb

dar de barniz a algo — to varnish sth

• dar de [beber] a algn — to give sb something to drink

• dar de [comer] a algn — to feed sb

• dar de [sí] — [comida, bebida] to go a long way

lo que cada uno puede dar de sí — what each person can contribute
dar en [+ blanco, suelo] to hit; [+ solución] to hit on, come up with
el sol me da en la cara — the sun is in my eyes

• dar en [hacer] algo — to take to doing sth

han dado en llamarle Boko — they've taken to calling him Boko
darle a algn por hacer algo
le ha dado por no venir a clase — he has taken to cutting classes

les dio por venir a vernos — they took it into their heads to come and see us

últimamente le ha dado por el golf — he's taken up golf lately

al chico le daba por dormirse en la clase — the boy was always falling asleep in class

la casa que a alguien le dio por llamar Miramar — the house that someone had the bright idea of calling Miramar
dar para (=ser suficiente) to be enough for
con eso da para cuatro personas — this is enough for four people

mi pobre cabeza no da para más hoy — I don't think my poor head can take any more today

5) dar que hablar to set people talking

una película que da en qué pensar — a thought-provoking film, a film which gives you a lot to think about

3.

See:

darse

* * *
1.
verbo transitivo

Sentido I

1) ( entregar) to give

dale las llaves a Pedro — give the keys to Pedro

se las di a Jaime — I gave them to Jaime

déme un kilo de peras — can I have a kilo of pears?

500 dólares ¿quién da más? — any advance on 500 dollars?; conocer verbo transitivo 3b, entender verbo transitivo 2b

2) (regalar, donar) to give

¿me lo prestas? - te lo doy, no lo necesito — can I borrow it? - you can keep it, I don't need it

qué no daría por que así fuera! — I'd give anything for that to be the case

donde las dan las toman — two can play at that game

tener para dar y vender — to have plenty to spare

3) <cartas/mano> to deal

4)

a) ( proporcionar) <fuerzas/valor/esperanza> to give

eso me dio la idea — that's where I got the idea from

si le dan la ocasión — if he's given the chance

pide que te den más información — ask them to give you more information

b) (Mús) to give

¿me das el la? — can you give me an A?

5) (conferir, aportar) <sabor/color/forma> to give

las luces le daban un ambiente festivo — the lights gave a festive atmosphere

6)

a) ( aplicar) to give

dale otra capa de barniz — give it another coat of varnish

hay que darle cera al piso — the floor needs waxing

dale una puntada para sujetarlo — put a stitch in to hold it

b) <sedante/masaje> to give

7)

a) ( conceder) <prórroga/permiso> to give

el dentista me dio hora para el miércoles — I have an appointment with the dentist on Wednesday

dan facilidades de pago — they offer easy repayment facilities o terms

nos dieron un premio — we won o got a prize

me dieron un diploma — I got a diploma

no le doy ni un mes a esa relación — I don't think they'll last more than a month together

b) (RPl) ( calcular)

¿qué edad le das? — how old do you think he is?

8)

a) (expresar, decir)

¿le diste las gracias? — did you thank him?, did you say thank you?

no me dio ni los buenos días — she didn't even say hello

dales saludos — give/send them my regards

darle la bienvenida a alguien — to welcome somebody

me dio su parecer or opinión — she gave me her opinion

tuve que darle la noticia — I was the one who had to break the news to him

b) (señalar, indicar)

me da ocupado or (Esp) comunicando — the line's busy o (BrE) engaged

el reloj dio las cinco — the clock struck five

Sentido II

9) ( producir) <fruto/flor> to bear

estos campos dan mucho grano — these fields have a high grain yield

este negocio da mucho dinero — there's a lot of money in this business

esos bonos dan un 7% — those bonds yield 7%

10)

a) ( rendir)

ha dado todo lo que esperaba de él — he has lived up to my/his expectations

ese jugador lo da todo — that player puts everything into the game

b) (AmL) ( alcanzar hasta)

¿cuánto da ese coche? — how fast can that car go?

da 150 kilómetros por hora — it can do o go 150 kilometers an hour

venía a todo lo que daba — it was traveling at full speed

ponen la radio a todo lo que da — they turn the radio on full blast

11) (causar, provocar)

la comida muy salada da sed — salty food makes you thirsty

estos niños dan tanto trabajo! — these kids are such hard work!; (+ me/te/le etc)

¿no te da calor esa camisa? — aren't you too warm in that shirt?

el vino le había dado sueño — the wine had made him sleepy

me da mucha pena verla tan triste — it hurts me to see her so sad

qué susto me has dado! — you gave me such a fright!

este coche no me ha dado problemas — this car hasn't given me any trouble; ver tb asco, hambre, miedo, etc

dar que + inf: el jardín da muchísimo que hacer there's always such a lot to do in the garden; lo que dijo me dio que pensar — what he said gave me plenty to think about; ver tb dar III 1)

Sentido III

12) ( presentar) < concierto> to give

¿qué dan esta noche en la tele? — what's on TV tonight? (colloq)

ayer daban una obra de Calderón — there was a Calderón play on yesterday

¿dónde están dando esa película? — where's that film showing?

13)

a) < fiesta> to give; <baile/banquete> to hold

b) < conferencia> to give; < discurso> (AmL) to make

c) (CS) < examen> to take o (BrE) sit; ver tb clase 5)

Sentido IV

14) ( realizar la acción que se indica)

dar lectura a un comunicado — to read out a communiqué

dar un grito/un suspiro — to give a shout/heave a sigh

dar un paso atrás/adelante — to take a step back/forward

dame un beso/abrazo — give me a kiss/hug; ver tb golpe, paseo, vuelta, etc

Sentido V

15) ( considerar)

dar algo/a alguien por algo: lo dieron por muerto they gave him up for dead; doy por terminada la sesión I declare the session closed; ese tema lo doy por sabido I'm assuming you've already covered that topic; puedes dar por perdido el dinero you can say goodbye to that money; dalo por hecho! consider it done!; si apruebo daré el tiempo por bien empleado — if I pass it will have been time well spent
2.
dar vi

Sentido I

1)

a) ( entregar)

no puedes con todo, dame que te ayudo — you'll never manage all that on your own, here, let me help you

¿me das para un helado? — can I have some money for an ice cream?

b) ( en naipes) to deal

te toca dar a ti — it's your deal

2) (ser suficiente, alcanzar)

dar para algo/alguien: este pollo da para dos comidas this chicken will do for two meals; con una botella no da para todos one bottle's not enough to go round; (+ me/te/le etc) eso no te da ni para un chicle you can't even buy a piece of chewing gum with that; no me dio (el) tiempo I didn't have time; dar de sí to stretch; qué poco dan de sí mil pesetas! a thousand pesetas doesn't go very far!; no dar para más: su inteligencia no da para más that's as much as his brain can cope with; lo que gano no da para más what I earn doesn't go any further; la fiesta no daba para más — the party was beginning to wind down

3) dar a

a) puerta to give onto, open onto; ventana to look onto, give onto

b) fachada/frente ( estar orientado hacia) to face

la terraza da al mar — the balcony overlooks o faces the sea

c) ( llegar hasta) río to flow into, go into; calle to lead to

4) ( arrojar un resultado)

el análisis le dio positivo/negativo — her test was positive/negative

¿cuánto da la cuenta? — what does it come to?

a mí me dio 247 — I made it (to be) 247

5) ( importar)

da lo mismo, ya iremos otro día — it doesn't matter, we'll go another day

qué más da! — what does it matter!

¿qué más da un color que otro? — what difference does it make what color it is?; (+ me/te/le etc)

¿el jueves o el viernes? - me da igual — Thursday or Friday? - I don't mind o it doesn't make any difference to me

¿y a ti qué más te da si él viene? — what's it to you if he comes? (colloq)

Sentido II

6)

a) (pegar, golpear)

darle a alguien — to hit somebody; ( como castigo) to smack somebody

le dio en la cabeza/con un palo — he hit him on the head/with a stick

dale al balón con fuerza — kick the ball hard

te voy a dar (de palos) — I'm going to give you a good beating

el balón dio en el poste — the ball hit the post

b) (fam) (a tarea, asignatura)

darle a algo: me pasé todo el verano dándole al inglés I spent the whole summer working on my English; cómo le da al vino! he really knocks back o (AmE) down the wine (colloq); cómo le han dado al queso! ya casi no queda! — they've certainly been at the cheese, there's hardly any left! (colloq)

c) ( acertar) to hit

dar en el blanco/el centro — to hit the target/the bull's-eye

7) (accionar, mover)

darle a algo — a botón/tecla to press something; a interruptor to flick something; a manivela to turn something; (+ compl)

dale al volante hacia la derecha — turn the wheel to the right

dale a esa palanca hacia arriba — push that lever up

dale para atrás — back up

8)

a) (fam) ( indicando insistencia)

y dale! ya te he dicho que no voy — there you go again! I've told you I'm not going (colloq)

y dale con lo de su edad! — stop going on about her age!

dale que dale or (Esp) dale que te pego! — (fam)

he estado todo el día dale que dale — I've been hard at it all day

dale que dale con lo mismo! — stop going on about it!

b) (RPl fam) ( instando a hacer algo) come on

dale, prestámelo — come on o go on, lend it to me

9) dar con ( encontrar) < persona> to find; < solución> to hit upon, find; < palabra> to come up with

Sentido III

10) (acometer, sobrevenir) (+ me/te/le etc)

le dio un mareo — she felt dizzy

le dio un infarto — he had a heart attack

me va a dar algo — (fam) I'm going to have a fit (colloq); ver tb dar verbo transitivo II 3, escalofrío, frío, gana, etc

11) (hablando de manías, ocurrencias)

darle a alguien por + inf — to take to -ing

le ha dado por pintar — he's taken to painting

le ha dado por decir que... — he's started saying that...

le ha dado por el yoga — she's got into yoga

le ha dado con que me conoce — she's got it into her head that she knows me

12) sol/viento/luz

aquí da el sol toda la mañana — you get the sun all morning here

en esa playa da mucho el viento — it's very windy on that beach

la luz le daba de lleno en los ojos — the light was shining right in his eyes
3.
1) darse v pron

Sentido I

2) ( producirse) to grow

en esta zona se da bien el trigo — wheat grows well in this area

3) ( presentarse) oportunidad/ocasión to arise

se dio el caso que iba pasando por ahí — it so happened that I was passing by

4) ( resultar) (+ me/te/le etc)

se le dan los idiomas — she's good at languages

¿cómo se te da a ti la costura? — are you any good at sewing?

Sentido II

5)

a) (dedicarse, entregarse)

darse a algo: se dio a la bebida she took to drink; se ha dado por entero a su familia/a la causa — she has devoted herself entirely to her family/to the cause

b) (CS, Ven) ( ser sociable)

darse con alguien — to get on with somebody

no se da con los suegros — she doesn't have much to do with her in-laws

Sentido III

6)

a) (refl) ( realizar la acción que se indica)

me di una ducha — I took o had a shower

darse un banquete — to have a feast

dárselas de algo: se las da de que sabe mucho he likes to make out he knows a lot; dárselas de listo to act smart; ¿y de qué se las da ése? — who does he think he is?

b) (golpearse, pegarse)

se dio con el martillo en el dedo — he hit his finger with the hammer

no te vayas a dar con la cabeza contra el techo — don't hit o bang your head on the ceiling

se dieron contra un árbol — they crashed into a tree

se dio dar un golpe en la rodilla — he hit his knee

c) (recípr)

se estaban dando (de) patadas/puñetazos — they were kicking/punching each other

Sentido IV

7) ( considerarse)

darse por algo: con eso me daría por satisfecha I'd be quite happy with that; darse por vencido — to give up; ver tb aludir a, enterado 1

* * *

= allow, give, issue, pitch, hand over, pass over, give away, give out, get + free.

Ex. Folders allow a set of papers to be kept together when a set on a given topic is removed from the file.

Ex. An abstract of a bibliography can be expected to note whether author affiliations are given = Es de esperar que el resumen de una bibliografía indique si se incluyen los lugares de trabajo de los autores.

Ex. Once a user is registered, a password will be issued which provides access to all or most of the data bases offered by the host as and when the user wishes.

Ex. Thus pitching instructions at the right level can be difficult.

Ex. Eventually, teachers should be able to ' hand the chalk over to the students' and take a back seat.

Ex. She also indicated in passing that in future authors would not automatically pass over the copyright of research results in papers to publishers.

Ex. This must be done in a fully commercial way, not by giving away machines or paper, nor by giving away imported books.

Ex. Similarly, equipment such as this can often give out quite a lot of heat which has to be adequately dissipated.

Ex. Most people know 'earbuds' as the cheap-o earphones you get free with a cell phone.

----

* acción de dar un nombre a Algo = naming.

* antes de darse cuenta = before + Pronombre + know what + happen, before + Pronombre + know it.

* con la sabiduría que da la experiencia = with the benefit of hindsight.

* cosas que dan miedo = things that go bump in the night.

* da la casualidad = as it happens.

* dale alas a tu imaginación = let + your imagination fly!.

* dando sacudidas = jerkily.

* dar el esquinazo a = give + Nombre + a wide berth.

* dar a = look onto, give onto, overlook.

* dar a Algo el nombre de = earn + Nombre + the name of.

* dar a Algo más importancia de la que tiene = oversell.

* dar a Algo una nueva dimensión = take + Nombre + into a new dimension.

* dar a Algo una nueva perspectiva = give + Nombre + a new twist.

* dar a Alguien el beneficio de la duda = give + Nombre + the benefit of the doubt.

* dar a Alguien una mano y te cogen el brazo = give + Pronombre + an inch and + Pronombre + take a mile, give + Pronombre + an inch and + Pronombre + take a mile.

* dar a Alguien una oportunidad de triunfar = give + Nombre + a fighting chance.

* dar a Alguien una palmada en la espalda = pat + Alguien + on the back for + Algo.

* dar a Alguien una palmadita en la espalda = pat + Alguien + on the back for + Algo.

* dar a Alguien una puñalada por la espalda = stab + Alguien + in the back.

* dar a Alguien una puñalada trapera = stab + Alguien + in the back.

* dar a Alguien un margen de confianza = give + Nombre + the benefit of the doubt.

* dar abasto = cope.

* dar abasto con = cope with.

* dar acceso = provide + access.

* dar acceso a = give + access to.

* dar a conocer = bring to + the attention, communicate, publicise [publicize, -USA], report, articulate, make + known.

* dar a conocer la presencia de = make + Posesivo + presence known.

* dar a entender = give to + understand, hint, send + a clear signal that, lull + Nombre + into thinking, insinuate, intimate.

* dar agua = lose + water, leak.

* dar a la calle = give onto + the street.

* dar a la caza de = chase down.

* dar Algo a conocer = get + the word out.

* dar alguna esperanza = give + some cause for hope.

* dar al traste con los planes = upset + the applecart.

* dar al traste con + Posesivo + planes = upset + Posesivo + plans, ruin + Posesivo + plans.

* dar al traste con todo = upset + the applecart.

* dar a luz = birth, deliver.

* dar a luz a = give + birth to.

* dar ánimos = give + a word of encouragement, hearten.

* dar apoyo = give + support, support, provide + support.

* dar asco = stink, disgust.

* dar aullidos = caterwaul.

* dar autoría = lend + authoritativeness.

* dar autoridad a Algo = lend + authority to.

* dar bandazos = lurch.

* dar bastante importancia a = place + great store on.

* dar brillo a = buff, buff up.

* dar buen uso a Algo = put to + good use.

* dar cabida a = accommodate, include, hold, take, make + room (for), leave + room for, leave + room for.

* dar cabida al crecimiento = accommodate + growth.

* dar caladas = puff.

* dar calidad = deliver + value.

* dar caprichos = pamper.

* dar cera = wax.

* dar chillidos = shriek.

* dar cien mil vueltas = beat + Nombre + hands down, win + hands down.

* dar clase = give + a lesson, teach + class, teach + lesson, hold + class.

* dar coba = toady, fawn (on/upon/over).

* dar comienzo a = give + a start to.

* dar como ejemplo = cite + as an example.

* dar como norma = rule.

* dar como resultado = add up to, result (in), lead to.

* dar con = hit on/upon, put + Posesivo + finger on, stumble on.

* dar conferencia = lecture.

* dar consejo sobre = give + advice on.

* dar consentimiento = give + licence.

* dar con una esponja húmeda = sponging.

* dar con una idea = hit on/upon + idea.

* dar con una solución = come up with + solution.

* dar coraje = peeve.

* dar corte = self-conscious, feel + shy.

* dar credibilidad = give + credence, lend + credence, bestow + credibility, provide + credibility.

* dar crédito = give + credence.

* dar cualquier cosa por Algo = give + an eye-tooth for/to.

* dar cuenta = render + an account of.

* dar cuenta de = account for.

* dar cuenta de Algo = be held to account.

* dar cuerda a un reloj = wind + clock.

* dar cuerpo = give + substance.

* dar cuerpo a = flesh out.

* dar cuerpo y forma a = lend + substance and form to.

* dar datos de = give + details of.

* dar de alta = discharge from + hospital.

* dar de baja = take out of + circulation.

* dar de cara a = front.

* dar de comer = feed.

* dar de lado = short-circuit [shortcircuit], give + Nombre + the cold shoulder.

* dar de lleno = hit + home.

* dar de mala gana = begrudge, grudge.

* dar de mamar = breast-feeding [breastfeeding].

* dar de mamar a = breast-feed [breastfeed].

* dar demasiada información y muy rápidamente = trot out.

* dar de qué hablar = raise + eyebrows, fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours.

* dar de quilla = keel over.

* dar derecho a = entitle to.

* dar descanso de = give + relief from.

* dar de sí = stretch out.

* dar detalles de = give + details of.

* dar de Uno mismo = give of + Reflexivo.

* dar dinero = pay + money, donate + Posesivo + money.

* dar dirección = lend + direction.

* dar directrices = give + guidance, provide + guidance.

* dar duro = pack + a wallop.

* dar ejemplo = set + an example, lead by + example.

* dar ejemplo de = illustrate.

* dar el brazo a torcer = give in to.

* dar el brazo derecho = give + Posesivo + right arm.

* dar el do de pecho = do + Posesivo + best, pull out + all the stops, do + Posesivo + utmost.

* dar el efecto de = give + the effect of.

* dar el esquinazo = dodge.

* dar el esquinazo a = steer + clear of, steer away from.

* dar el golpe de gracia = administer + the coup de grace, deliver + the coup de grace.

* dar el nombre = label.

* dar el oro y el moro = give + Posesivo + right arm.

* dar el pecho = breast-feed [breastfeed].

* dar el pésame = pass + Posesivo + condolences.

* dar el pistoletazo de salida = fire + the starting gun.

* dar el primer paso = make + a start, take + the first step.

* dar el puntillazo a = put + an end to, bring + an end to, bring to + an end.

* dar el salto = make + the leap.

* dar el todo por el todo = give + Posesivo + all.

* dar el último empujón = go + the last mile, go + the extra mile.

* dar el último repaso = tie + the pieces together.

* dar el visto bueno = approve, clear, give + green light, give + the go-ahead.

* dar el visto bueno a una factura = clear + invoice.

* dar el/un espectáculo = make + a spectacle of + Reflexivo.

* dar empujones = shove.

* dar en el blanco = hit + the bull's eye, strike + home, put + Posesivo + finger on, hit + the truth, hit + home.

* dar en el clavo = hit + the nail on the head, be spot on, strike + home, put + Posesivo + finger on, hit + the truth.

* dar en el larguero = hit + the crossbar, hit + the crossbar.

* dar en el travesaño = hit + the crossbar.

* dar energía = energise [energize, -USA].

* dar énfasis = give + emphasis, place + stress, give + stress.

* dar énfasis a = place + emphasis on.

* dar en garantía = pawn.

* dar en la diana = hit + home.

* dar en mano = hand (over).

* dar entrada = enter.

* dar esperanza = nurture + hope, give + hope, bring + visions of.

* dar esperanzas = raise + expectations, raise + hopes.

* dar estímulo = provide + boost.

* dar evasivas = stonewall, play for + time.

* dar evidencia = furnish with + evidence.

* dar fe = attest, certify.

* dar fe de = testify (to/of), vouch (for), be testimony to.

* dar fe de que = attest to + the fact that.

* dar fin = bring to + a close, draw to + a close, wind down.

* dar forma = become + cast, give + shape, shape, mould [mold, -USA], inform.

* dar forma cuadrada = square.

* dar fruto = bear + fruit, come to + fruition.

* dar fuerte = pack + a wallop.

* dar fuerza = empower, bring + strength.

* dar gato por liebre = buy + a pig in a poke, pass off + a lemon.

* dar golpes = pound.

* dar gracias por lo que Uno tiene = count + Posesivo + blessings.

* dar gritos = shriek, shout.

* dar guerra = act up, play up.

* dar gustirrinín = tickle + Posesivo + fancy.

* dar gusto = oblige, bring + pleasure, flavour [flavor, -USA].

* dar hipo = hiccup.

* dar ideas = offer + clues.

* da rienda suelta a tu imaginación = let + your imagination fly!.

* dar ímpetu = lend + force, give + impetus.

* dar importancia = attach + importance, give + prominence, stress, give + pre-eminence, give + relevance, place + importance, give + importance.

* dar importancia a = give + weight to, place + emphasis on, attach + weight to, create + a high profile for, give + a high profile, place + weight on.

* dar importancia a Algo = put + Algo + on the agenda, be on the agenda.

* dar indicios de = show + signs of.

* dar indicios y pistas = drop + hints and clues.

* dar información = provide + information, give + information, release + information.

* dar información adicional = give + further details.

* dar información de = give + details of.

* dar interés = spice up, add + spice.

* dar la alarma = sound + alarm.

* dar la apariencia de = place + a veneer of.

* dar la bienvenida = welcome.

* dar la casualidad que + Indicativo = happen to + Infinitivo, chance to + Infinitivo.

* dar la cuenta atrás = count + Nombre + out.

* dar la enhorabuena = give + congratulations.

* dar la entrada para = make + a deposit on.

* dar la espalda = turn + aside.

* dar la idea = give + the impression that.

* dar la imagen = give + the impression that.

* dar la impresión = convey + impression, strike + Pronombre Personal, give + the impression that, confer + impression, come off as.

* dar la impresión de = contrive, conjure up + a picture of, come across as.

* dar la impresión de seriedad en el trabajo = appear + businesslike.

* dar la la lata = nag (at).

* dar la lata = play up.

* dar la mano = extend + Posesivo + hand.

* dar la mano derecha = give + Posesivo + right arm.

* dar la murga = be a pest.

* dar la noticia = give + the news.

* dar la opinión sobre = give + opinion on.

* dar la oportunidad = give + chance.

* dar la oportunidad de = present with + opportunities for, allow + the opportunity to.

* dar la oportunidad de expresarse libremente = give + voice to.

* dar la oportunidad de opinar = give + voice to.

* dar la puntilla a = put + an end to, bring + an end to, bring to + an end.

* dar largas = stonewall, play for + time, fob + Alguien + off with + Algo.

* dar las cosas masticadas = spoon-feeding [spoonfeeding], spoon-feed [spoon feed/spoonfeed].

* dar la sensación = give + a sense.

* dar la sensación de = give + the effect of.

* dar la señal = give + the word, give + the signal.

* dar la señal de alarma = sound + the clarion.

* dar la señal de alerta = sound + the clarion.

* dar la señal de estar listo = prompt.

* dar lástima = feel + sorry for, pity.

* dar la talla = be up to the mark, be up to scratch, measure up (to), be up to snuff, make + the cut.

* dar latigazos = lash.

* dar la vida = lay down + Posesivo + life, give + Posesivo + life.

* dar la vuelta = turn + Nombre + (a)round, flip, swing around, swing back, turn (a)round.

* dar la vuelta a = round, turn on + its head.

* dar la vuelta en el aire = give + a toss.

* darle a Alguien carta blanca = give + Nombre + a blank cheque.

* darle a Alguien un cheque en blanco = give + Nombre + a blank cheque.

* darle a la botella = booze.

* darle a la lengua = shoot + the breeze, shoot + the bull.

* darle a la manivela de arranque = turn + the crank.

* darle alas a Alguien = let + Nombre + do things + Posesivo + (own) way.

* darle al palique = gas.

* darle a Uno escalofríos por Algo desagradable = make + Nombre + flinch.

* darle caña = hurry up, get + a move on, put + pressure on.

* darle caña a = have + a go at, get + stuck into.

* dar lecciones = give + lessons.

* darle cien mil vueltas a Alguien = knock + spots off + Nombre.

* darle el puntillazo = nail it.

* darle la razón a Alguien = side in + Posesivo + favour.

* darle largas = play + Nombre + along.

* darle largas a Algo = drag + Posesivo + feet, drag + Posesivo + heels.

* darle la vuelta a la tortilla = turn + the tables (on).

* darle sopas con hondas a Alguien = knock + spots off + Nombre.

* darle una interpretación = give + interpretation.

* darle una lección a Alguien = school.

* darle una paliza a Alguien = take + Nombre + to the cleaners, give + Nombre + a beating, school.

* darle un buen repaso a Alguien = take + Nombre + to the cleaners.

* darle un repaso a = buff up on, brush up on.

* darle un repaso a Alguien = school.

* darle vueltas a = dwell on/upon.

* darle vueltas a Algo = mull over, agonise over [agonize, -USA].

* darle vueltas a la idea = toy with, toy with + idea of.

* darle vueltas a la idea de = flirt with + the idea of.

* darle vueltas a un asunto = chew + the cud.

* darle vueltas a un problema = puzzle over + problem.

* dar libertad = give + licence.

* dar libertad a un esclavo = manumit.

* dar libertad para + Infinitivo = afford + the freedom to + Infinitivo.

* dar lo mejor de Uno mismo = give of + Posesivo + best.

* dar los pasos necesarios = take + steps.

* dar los primeros pasos en = venture into.

* dar los últimos retoques a = put + the finishing touches on.

* dar lugar = produce.

* dar lugar a = cause, generate, give + rise to, mean, result (in), leave + room for, bring about, lead to, cause, open + the door to, give + cause to, give + occasion to.

* dar lugar a la reflexión = provide + food for thought.

* dar lugar a problemas = give + rise to problems.

* dar lugar a queja = evoke + complaint.

* dar lugar a rumores = fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours.

* dar luz verde = give + green light, give + the go-ahead.

* dar mala impresión = look + bad.

* dar marcha atrás = do + an about-face, back up, backpedal [back-pedal].

* dar masaje = massage.

* dar más de sí = go further.

* dar más explicaciones = elaborate on.

* dar materia para la reflexión = provide + food for thought.

* dar mayor importancia a = give + pride of place to.

* dar media vuelta = do + an about-face.

* dar mejora (en) = give + improvement (in).

* dar menos de lo debido = shortchange.

* dar mucha importancia = put + a premium on.

* dar mucho en qué pensar = give + Nombre + much to think about, give + Nombre + a lot to think about.

* dar mucho valor a Algo = value + Nombre + highly.

* dar muestras de = show + signs of.

* dar + Nombre + una oportunidad = give + Nombre + a fair chance.

* dar notoriedad a = create + a high profile for, give + a high profile.

* dar nueva forma = reformat [re-format].

* dar nueva vida = give + Nombre + new life, give + a second life.

* dar opción = give + option.

* dar origen = mother.

* dar origen a = give + rise to, bring about, lead to, give + cause to, give + occasion to.

* dar otro paso muy importante = reach + another milestone.

* dar pábulo a = fuel, spark off.

* dar pábulo a rumores = fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours.

* dar palos de ciego = grope (for/toward).

* dar pánico = scare + the living daylights out of, frighten + the living daylights out of, dread, scare + the hell out of.

* dar parte de = report.

* dar paso (a) = give + way (to), yield to, make + way (for).

* dar patadas en el estómago = stick in + Posesivo + craw.

* dar pavor = be scared stiff, be frightened to death, be petrified of, be terrified, scare + the living daylights out of, frighten + the living daylights out of, scare + the hell out of.

* dar pecho = breast-feeding [breastfeeding].

* dar pereza = can't/couldn't be bothered.

* dar permiso = give + permission, give + time off, grant + Alguien + leave.

* dar permiso en el trabajo = give + time off work.

* dar pie a = spark off, give + rise to, bring about, lead to, cause, open + the door to, give + cause to, give + occasion to.

* dar pisotones = stomp.

* dar pistas = throw + hints.

* dar pistas falsas = throw out + false leads.

* dar placer = give + pleasure, give + enjoyment.

* dar poderes = give + powers.

* dar por = tickle + Posesivo + fancy.

* dar por concluido = put to + bed, close + the book on.

* dar por culo = piss + Nombre + off.

* dar por descontado = take for + granted, discount.

* dar por hecho = take for + granted.

* dar por perdido = be past praying for, write off.

* dar por saldado = close + the book on.

* dar por seguro que = rest + assured that.

* dar por sentado = take for + granted.

* dar por sentado Algo que realmente no lo está = beg + the question.

* dar + Posesivo + vida = give + Posesivo + all.

* dar preferencia = give + preference.

* dar prestigio = lend + authoritativeness.

* dar prioridad = award + priority, emphasise [emphasize, -USA], give + priority, give + precedence, assign + priority, give + preference.

* dar prioridad a = give + pride of place to, place + emphasis on, prioritise [prioritize, -USA].

* dar prioridad a algo = make + a priority.

* dar problemas = play up.

* dar propina = tipping.

* dar pruebas = provide + evidence.

* dar publicidad = publicise [publicize, -USA], give + publicity.

* dar puntapiés = kick + Posesivo + feet.

* dar punzadas = throb, twinge.

* dar quebraderos de cabeza = give + headaches.

* dar que hablar = fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours, raise + eyebrows.

* dar quehacer = make + trouble.

* dar rabia = incense, gall, peeve.

* dar razón de ser = bring + purpose.

* dar recompensa = mete out + reward.

* dar registro = accession.

* dar relevancia = give + relevance.

* dar relevancia a = create + a high profile for, give + a high profile.

* dar relevancia a Algo = put + Algo + on the agenda.

* dar resoplidos = chug.

* dar respuesta = provide + answer, elicit + answer, develop + answer.

* dar resultado = be successful, give + result, work, pay off, be a success, pay.

* dar resultados = produce + results.

* dar rienda suelta = unleash.

* dar rienda suelta a = give + free rein to, allow + vent for, give + vent to, vent.

* dar rienda suelta a + Nombre = let + Nombre + run riot.

* dar riqueza a = add + richness to.

* dar risitas = giggle.

* dar sabor = spice up, add + spice.

* dar salida a = vent.

* dar saltitos = hop, skip.

* dar sangre = donate + Posesivo + blood.

* darse = appear, occur.

* darse a = lend + Reflexivo + to.

* darse aires = strut.

* darse aires de grandeza = give + Reflexivo + such airs, aggrandise + Reflexivo.

* darse a la fuga = flee, lam (it), go into + hiding, make + a quick getaway, take to + Posesivo + heels, run off.

* darse a los demás = give of + Reflexivo.

* darse con un canto en los dientes = count + Reflexivo + lucky, think + Reflexivo + lucky, consider + Reflexivo + lucky.

* darse cuenta = become + aware, dawn on, detect, perceive, find, note, make + aware, come to + realise, wise up, reach + understanding, eye + catch, strike + home, suss (out), hit + home.

* darse cuenta de = be aware of, be cognisant of, realise [realize, -USA], sense, wake up to, sink in, become + cognisant of, see through.

* darse cuenta del peligro que = see + the danger that.

* darse cuenta de un problema = alight on + problem.

* darse de baja de una suscripción = unsubscribe.

* darse el caso que + Indicativo = happen to + Infinitivo, chance to + Infinitivo.

* darse el gusto de = indulge in.

* darse el gusto de comprar = splurge on.

* darse el lote = snog, neck.

* darse el lujo de = splurge on.

* darse golpes de pecho = beat + Posesivo + breast.

* darse golpes en el pecho = beat + Posesivo + breast.

* darse la mano = join + hands, shake + hand.

* dárselas de = fancy + Reflexivo.

* dársele Algo bien a Uno = be good at.

* dársele a Uno bien las plantas = have + a green thumb, have + green fingers.

* dársele a Uno mejor Algo = be better at.

* dársele mejor a Uno = do + best.

* darse media vuelta = turn on + Posesivo + heel.

* darse (muchos) aires = give + Reflexivo + such airs, aggrandise + Reflexivo.

* dar sentido = make + sense (out) of, make + sense of life.

* dar sentido a = make + meaningful, give + meaning to.

* dar sentido a las cosas = sense-making, meaning making.

* dar sentido a la vida = give + meaning to life.

* dar sentido a + Posesivo + vida = make + sense of + Posesivo + life.

* dar señales de = show + signs of.

* dar señales de vida = show + signs of life.

* darse por afortunado = count + Reflexivo + lucky, think + Reflexivo + lucky, consider + Reflexivo + lucky.

* darse por aludido = take + things personally, take + a hint, take + things personally, get + a hint.

* darse por derrotado = sound + note of defeat.

* darse por vencido = throw in + the towel, throw in/up + the sponge.

* darse prisa = hurry, hurry up, get on + Posesivo + running shoes, shake + a leg, hot-foot it to, make + haste, rattle + Posesivo + dags, get + a wiggle on, put + Posesivo + skates on, get + Posesivo + skates on, get + a move on.

* darse prisa con calma = make + haste slowly.

* dar servicio = service.

* darse una comilona = make + a pig of + Reflexivo, pig out (on).

* darse una leche = come + a cropper.

* darse un apretón de manos = clasp + hands.

* darse una situación más esperanzadora = sound + a note of hope.

* darse un atracón = make + a pig of + Reflexivo, pig out (on), stuff + Posesivo + face.

* darse una transacción económica = cash + change hands.

* darse una tripotada = make + a pig of + Reflexivo, pig out (on).

* darse una vacante = occur + vacancy.

* darse un baño de sol = sunbathe.

* darse un chapuzón = take + a dip.

* darse un descanso = give + Reflexivo + a break, rest on + Posesivo + oars.

* darse un festín de = feast on.

* darse un garbeo = mosey.

* darse un porrazo = come + a cropper.

* darse un respiro = lie on + Posesivo + oars, rest on + Posesivo + oars.

* darse un tortazo = come + a cropper.

* dar significado = imbue with + meaning.

* dar sombra = shade.

* dar su conformidad a = assent to.

* dar sugerencias = give + suggestions.

* dar terror = scare + the living daylights out of.

* dar testimonio = bear + witness, give + testimony.

* dar tiempo = give + time, donate + Posesivo + time.

* dar tiempo a Alguien = give + Nombre + some time.

* dar título = title.

* dar todo de Uno mismo = give of + Posesivo + best.

* dar todo el oro del mundo = give + Posesivo + right arm.

* dar tono = tone.

* dar trabajo = present + burden.

* dar una advertencia = raise + caveat, issue + warning.

* dar una apariencia de = provide + a semblance of, give + a semblance of.

* dar una azotaina = spank.

* dar una bofetada = cuff, slap.

* dar una bofetada a Alguien = give + Nombre + a slap in the face.

* dar una buena paliza = whitewash, thrash.

* dar una cabezadita = nap, catching 10, napping.

* dar una carcajada = give + a laugh, let out + a laugh.

* dar una charla = give + address, give + a talk, give + a presentation, give + speech.

* dar una conferencia = deliver + talk, make + a speech, give + speech, deliver + lecture, give + a lecture.

* dar una contractura muscular = pull + a muscle.

* dar una cornada = gore.

* dar una excusa = give + excuse.

* dar una explicación = present + explanation.

* dar una falsa impresión = keep up + facade, put on + an act.

* dar una fiesta = give + a party.

* dar una galleta = slap.

* dar una guantada = slap.

* dar una idea = give + idea, give + glimpse, provide + an understanding.

* dar una idea de = give + a feel for, give + indication, provide + a glimpse of, give + a flavour of, be indicative of, provide + insight into, give + a picture, give + an insight into, give + an inkling of.

* dar una idea general = put in + the picture, give + a general picture, paint + a broad picture.

* dar una imagen = convey + image, present + picture, paint + a picture, present + an image, present + a picture.

* dar una imagen de = give + an impression of.

* dar una impresión = make + an impression, leave + an impression, present + an image.

* dar una impresión de = give + an impression of.

* dar una impresión equivocada = send + the wrong signals.

* dar una lección de humildad = humble.

* dar una llamada de atención = sound + a wake-up call.

* dar una norma = give + prescription.

* dar una opinión = offer + opinion.

* dar una oportunidad = give + opportunity, provide + opportunity, grant + opportunity, present + an opportunity, create + opportunity.

* dar una oportunidad a Alguien = give + Nombre + a head start.

* dar una orden = issue + command, issue + instruction.

* dar una paliza = clobber, pummel, slaughter, knock + the living daylights out of, knock + the hell out out of, whip, whitewash, thrash, wallop, lick, baste, take + a pounding, take + a beating, belt, trounce, beat + Nombre + (all) hollow.

* dar una paliza a Alguien = beat + Nombre + up, beat + Nombre + black and blue.

* dar una patada = kick, boot.

* dar una pista = give + a hint.

* dar una posibilidad = afford + opportunity.

* dar un apretón de manos = shake + hand.

* dar una rabieta = throw + a tantrum.

* dar una razón = give + reason.

* dar una respuesta = furnish + answer, frame + response.

* dar una sacudida = give + a shake, give + a jerk.

* dar una segunda oportunidad = give + a second chance.

* dar una segunda vida = give + a second life.

* dar una solución = provide + solution, develop + solution.

* dar una solución por buena que realmente no lo es = beg + the solution.

* dar un aspecto + Adjetivo = give + a + Adjetivo + look.

* dar un ataque de nervios = have + an attack of hysterics.

* dar una torta = slap.

* dar una torta a Alguien = give + Nombre + a slap in the face.

* dar una tunda = trounce.

* dar una ventaja = give + Nombre + an edge.

* dar una ventaja a Alguien = give + Nombre + a head start.

* dar una visión = present + view, provide + an understanding.

* dar una visión general = give + a general picture.

* dar una visión global = give + overview, present + an overview, present + an overall picture, give + an overall picture, overview.

* dar una visión total = give + a complete picture.

* dar un aviso = make + warning.

* dar una voltereta = somersault, do + a somersault, summersault.

* dar una voz = holler.

* dar una vuelta de campana = capsize, somersault, do + a somersault, summersault.

* dar una vuelta en coche = go out for + a drive.

* dar un berrinche = throw + a tantrum.

* dar un beso de despedida = kiss + Nombre + goodbye.

* dar un bocado a = take + a bite out of.

* dar un bofetón = cuff, slap.

* dar un bofetón a Alguien = give + Nombre + a slap in the face.

* dar un cachete = spank, cuff, slap.

* dar un cachete a Alguien = slap + Nombre + on the wrist.

* dar un calambre = cramp.

* dar un chillido = holler.

* dar un comienzo a = give + a start to.

* dar un coscorrón = cuff.

* dar un ejemplo = give + example.

* dar un empujón = give + a boost.

* dar un golpe = knock.

* dar un golpe por detrás = rear-end.

* dar un gran paso adelante = reach + milestone.

* dar un grito = holler.

* dar un guantazo = slap.

* dar un hachazo = hack.

* dar un hervor = parboil.

* dar un impulso = kick-start [kickstart].

* dar un lavado de cara = spruce up.

* dar un manotazo = swat at, cuff, slap.

* dar un manotazo a Alguien = give + Nombre + a slap in the face.

* dar un nivel de prioridad alto = put + Nombre + high on + Posesivo + list of priorities.

* dar un nuevo acabado = refinish.

* dar un nuevo impulso = pep up.

* dar un nuevo nombre = rename.

* dar un ojo de la cara por Algo = give + an eye-tooth for/to.

* dar unos azotes = spank.

* dar un paseo = take + a stroll.

* * *
1.
verbo transitivo

Sentido I

1) ( entregar) to give

dale las llaves a Pedro — give the keys to Pedro

se las di a Jaime — I gave them to Jaime

déme un kilo de peras — can I have a kilo of pears?

500 dólares ¿quién da más? — any advance on 500 dollars?; conocer verbo transitivo 3b, entender verbo transitivo 2b

2) (regalar, donar) to give

¿me lo prestas? - te lo doy, no lo necesito — can I borrow it? - you can keep it, I don't need it

qué no daría por que así fuera! — I'd give anything for that to be the case

donde las dan las toman — two can play at that game

tener para dar y vender — to have plenty to spare

3) <cartas/mano> to deal

4)

a) ( proporcionar) <fuerzas/valor/esperanza> to give

eso me dio la idea — that's where I got the idea from

si le dan la ocasión — if he's given the chance

pide que te den más información — ask them to give you more information

b) (Mús) to give

¿me das el la? — can you give me an A?

5) (conferir, aportar) <sabor/color/forma> to give

las luces le daban un ambiente festivo — the lights gave a festive atmosphere

6)

a) ( aplicar) to give

dale otra capa de barniz — give it another coat of varnish

hay que darle cera al piso — the floor needs waxing

dale una puntada para sujetarlo — put a stitch in to hold it

b) <sedante/masaje> to give

7)

a) ( conceder) <prórroga/permiso> to give

el dentista me dio hora para el miércoles — I have an appointment with the dentist on Wednesday

dan facilidades de pago — they offer easy repayment facilities o terms

nos dieron un premio — we won o got a prize

me dieron un diploma — I got a diploma

no le doy ni un mes a esa relación — I don't think they'll last more than a month together

b) (RPl) ( calcular)

¿qué edad le das? — how old do you think he is?

8)

a) (expresar, decir)

¿le diste las gracias? — did you thank him?, did you say thank you?

no me dio ni los buenos días — she didn't even say hello

dales saludos — give/send them my regards

darle la bienvenida a alguien — to welcome somebody

me dio su parecer or opinión — she gave me her opinion

tuve que darle la noticia — I was the one who had to break the news to him

b) (señalar, indicar)

me da ocupado or (Esp) comunicando — the line's busy o (BrE) engaged

el reloj dio las cinco — the clock struck five

Sentido II

9) ( producir) <fruto/flor> to bear

estos campos dan mucho grano — these fields have a high grain yield

este negocio da mucho dinero — there's a lot of money in this business

esos bonos dan un 7% — those bonds yield 7%

10)

a) ( rendir)

ha dado todo lo que esperaba de él — he has lived up to my/his expectations

ese jugador lo da todo — that player puts everything into the game

b) (AmL) ( alcanzar hasta)

¿cuánto da ese coche? — how fast can that car go?

da 150 kilómetros por hora — it can do o go 150 kilometers an hour

venía a todo lo que daba — it was traveling at full speed

ponen la radio a todo lo que da — they turn the radio on full blast

11) (causar, provocar)

la comida muy salada da sed — salty food makes you thirsty

estos niños dan tanto trabajo! — these kids are such hard work!; (+ me/te/le etc)

¿no te da calor esa camisa? — aren't you too warm in that shirt?

el vino le había dado sueño — the wine had made him sleepy

me da mucha pena verla tan triste — it hurts me to see her so sad

qué susto me has dado! — you gave me such a fright!

este coche no me ha dado problemas — this car hasn't given me any trouble; ver tb asco, hambre, miedo, etc

dar que + inf: el jardín da muchísimo que hacer there's always such a lot to do in the garden; lo que dijo me dio que pensar — what he said gave me plenty to think about; ver tb dar III 1)

Sentido III

12) ( presentar) < concierto> to give

¿qué dan esta noche en la tele? — what's on TV tonight? (colloq)

ayer daban una obra de Calderón — there was a Calderón play on yesterday

¿dónde están dando esa película? — where's that film showing?

13)

a) < fiesta> to give; <baile/banquete> to hold

b) < conferencia> to give; < discurso> (AmL) to make

c) (CS) < examen> to take o (BrE) sit; ver tb clase 5)

Sentido IV

14) ( realizar la acción que se indica)

dar lectura a un comunicado — to read out a communiqué

dar un grito/un suspiro — to give a shout/heave a sigh

dar un paso atrás/adelante — to take a step back/forward

dame un beso/abrazo — give me a kiss/hug; ver tb golpe, paseo, vuelta, etc

Sentido V

15) ( considerar)

dar algo/a alguien por algo: lo dieron por muerto they gave him up for dead; doy por terminada la sesión I declare the session closed; ese tema lo doy por sabido I'm assuming you've already covered that topic; puedes dar por perdido el dinero you can say goodbye to that money; dalo por hecho! consider it done!; si apruebo daré el tiempo por bien empleado — if I pass it will have been time well spent
2.
dar vi

Sentido I

1)

a) ( entregar)

no puedes con todo, dame que te ayudo — you'll never manage all that on your own, here, let me help you

¿me das para un helado? — can I have some money for an ice cream?

b) ( en naipes) to deal

te toca dar a ti — it's your deal

2) (ser suficiente, alcanzar)

dar para algo/alguien: este pollo da para dos comidas this chicken will do for two meals; con una botella no da para todos one bottle's not enough to go round; (+ me/te/le etc) eso no te da ni para un chicle you can't even buy a piece of chewing gum with that; no me dio (el) tiempo I didn't have time; dar de sí to stretch; qué poco dan de sí mil pesetas! a thousand pesetas doesn't go very far!; no dar para más: su inteligencia no da para más that's as much as his brain can cope with; lo que gano no da para más what I earn doesn't go any further; la fiesta no daba para más — the party was beginning to wind down

3) dar a

a) puerta to give onto, open onto; ventana to look onto, give onto

b) fachada/frente ( estar orientado hacia) to face

la terraza da al mar — the balcony overlooks o faces the sea

c) ( llegar hasta) río to flow into, go into; calle to lead to

4) ( arrojar un resultado)

el análisis le dio positivo/negativo — her test was positive/negative

¿cuánto da la cuenta? — what does it come to?

a mí me dio 247 — I made it (to be) 247

5) ( importar)

da lo mismo, ya iremos otro día — it doesn't matter, we'll go another day

qué más da! — what does it matter!

¿qué más da un color que otro? — what difference does it make what color it is?; (+ me/te/le etc)

¿el jueves o el viernes? - me da igual — Thursday or Friday? - I don't mind o it doesn't make any difference to me

¿y a ti qué más te da si él viene? — what's it to you if he comes? (colloq)

Sentido II

6)

a) (pegar, golpear)

darle a alguien — to hit somebody; ( como castigo) to smack somebody

le dio en la cabeza/con un palo — he hit him on the head/with a stick

dale al balón con fuerza — kick the ball hard

te voy a dar (de palos) — I'm going to give you a good beating

el balón dio en el poste — the ball hit the post

b) (fam) (a tarea, asignatura)

darle a algo: me pasé todo el verano dándole al inglés I spent the whole summer working on my English; cómo le da al vino! he really knocks back o (AmE) down the wine (colloq); cómo le han dado al queso! ya casi no queda! — they've certainly been at the cheese, there's hardly any left! (colloq)

c) ( acertar) to hit

dar en el blanco/el centro — to hit the target/the bull's-eye

7) (accionar, mover)

darle a algo — a botón/tecla to press something; a interruptor to flick something; a manivela to turn something; (+ compl)

dale al volante hacia la derecha — turn the wheel to the right

dale a esa palanca hacia arriba — push that lever up

dale para atrás — back up

8)

a) (fam) ( indicando insistencia)

y dale! ya te he dicho que no voy — there you go again! I've told you I'm not going (colloq)

y dale con lo de su edad! — stop going on about her age!

dale que dale or (Esp) dale que te pego! — (fam)

he estado todo el día dale que dale — I've been hard at it all day

dale que dale con lo mismo! — stop going on about it!

b) (RPl fam) ( instando a hacer algo) come on

dale, prestámelo — come on o go on, lend it to me

9) dar con ( encontrar) < persona> to find; < solución> to hit upon, find; < palabra> to come up with

Sentido III

10) (acometer, sobrevenir) (+ me/te/le etc)

le dio un mareo — she felt dizzy

le dio un infarto — he had a heart attack

me va a dar algo — (fam) I'm going to have a fit (colloq); ver tb dar verbo transitivo II 3, escalofrío, frío, gana, etc

11) (hablando de manías, ocurrencias)

darle a alguien por + inf — to take to -ing

le ha dado por pintar — he's taken to painting

le ha dado por decir que... — he's started saying that...

le ha dado por el yoga — she's got into yoga

le ha dado con que me conoce — she's got it into her head that she knows me

12) sol/viento/luz

aquí da el sol toda la mañana — you get the sun all morning here

en esa playa da mucho el viento — it's very windy on that beach

la luz le daba de lleno en los ojos — the light was shining right in his eyes
3.
1) darse v pron

Sentido I

2) ( producirse) to grow

en esta zona se da bien el trigo — wheat grows well in this area

3) ( presentarse) oportunidad/ocasión to arise

se dio el caso que iba pasando por ahí — it so happened that I was passing by

4) ( resultar) (+ me/te/le etc)

se le dan los idiomas — she's good at languages

¿cómo se te da a ti la costura? — are you any good at sewing?

Sentido II

5)

a) (dedicarse, entregarse)

darse a algo: se dio a la bebida she took to drink; se ha dado por entero a su familia/a la causa — she has devoted herself entirely to her family/to the cause

b) (CS, Ven) ( ser sociable)

darse con alguien — to get on with somebody

no se da con los suegros — she doesn't have much to do with her in-laws

Sentido III

6)

a) (refl) ( realizar la acción que se indica)

me di una ducha — I took o had a shower

darse un banquete — to have a feast

dárselas de algo: se las da de que sabe mucho he likes to make out he knows a lot; dárselas de listo to act smart; ¿y de qué se las da ése? — who does he think he is?

b) (golpearse, pegarse)

se dio con el martillo en el dedo — he hit his finger with the hammer

no te vayas a dar con la cabeza contra el techo — don't hit o bang your head on the ceiling

se dieron contra un árbol — they crashed into a tree

se dio dar un golpe en la rodilla — he hit his knee

c) (recípr)

se estaban dando (de) patadas/puñetazos — they were kicking/punching each other

Sentido IV

7) ( considerarse)

darse por algo: con eso me daría por satisfecha I'd be quite happy with that; darse por vencido — to give up; ver tb aludir a, enterado 1

* * *

= allow, give, issue, pitch, hand over, pass over, give away, give out, get + free.

Ex: Folders allow a set of papers to be kept together when a set on a given topic is removed from the file.

Ex: An abstract of a bibliography can be expected to note whether author affiliations are given = Es de esperar que el resumen de una bibliografía indique si se incluyen los lugares de trabajo de los autores.

Ex: Once a user is registered, a password will be issued which provides access to all or most of the data bases offered by the host as and when the user wishes.

Ex: Thus pitching instructions at the right level can be difficult.

Ex: Eventually, teachers should be able to ' hand the chalk over to the students' and take a back seat.

Ex: She also indicated in passing that in future authors would not automatically pass over the copyright of research results in papers to publishers.

Ex: This must be done in a fully commercial way, not by giving away machines or paper, nor by giving away imported books.

Ex: Similarly, equipment such as this can often give out quite a lot of heat which has to be adequately dissipated.

Ex: Most people know 'earbuds' as the cheap-o earphones you get free with a cell phone.

* acción de dar un nombre a Algo = naming.

* antes de darse cuenta = before + Pronombre + know what + happen, before + Pronombre + know it.

* con la sabiduría que da la experiencia = with the benefit of hindsight.

* cosas que dan miedo = things that go bump in the night.

* da la casualidad = as it happens.

* dale alas a tu imaginación = let + your imagination fly!.

* dando sacudidas = jerkily.

* dar el esquinazo a = give + Nombre + a wide berth.

* dar a = look onto, give onto, overlook.

* dar a Algo el nombre de = earn + Nombre + the name of.

* dar a Algo más importancia de la que tiene = oversell.

* dar a Algo una nueva dimensión = take + Nombre + into a new dimension.

* dar a Algo una nueva perspectiva = give + Nombre + a new twist.

* dar a Alguien el beneficio de la duda = give + Nombre + the benefit of the doubt.

* dar a Alguien una mano y te cogen el brazo = give + Pronombre + an inch and + Pronombre + take a mile, give + Pronombre + an inch and + Pronombre + take a mile.

* dar a Alguien una oportunidad de triunfar = give + Nombre + a fighting chance.

* dar a Alguien una palmada en la espalda = pat + Alguien + on the back for + Algo.

* dar a Alguien una palmadita en la espalda = pat + Alguien + on the back for + Algo.

* dar a Alguien una puñalada por la espalda = stab + Alguien + in the back.

* dar a Alguien una puñalada trapera = stab + Alguien + in the back.

* dar a Alguien un margen de confianza = give + Nombre + the benefit of the doubt.

* dar abasto = cope.

* dar abasto con = cope with.

* dar acceso = provide + access.

* dar acceso a = give + access to.

* dar a conocer = bring to + the attention, communicate, publicise [publicize, -USA], report, articulate, make + known.

* dar a conocer la presencia de = make + Posesivo + presence known.

* dar a entender = give to + understand, hint, send + a clear signal that, lull + Nombre + into thinking, insinuate, intimate.

* dar agua = lose + water, leak.

* dar a la calle = give onto + the street.

* dar a la caza de = chase down.

* dar Algo a conocer = get + the word out.

* dar alguna esperanza = give + some cause for hope.

* dar al traste con los planes = upset + the applecart.

* dar al traste con + Posesivo + planes = upset + Posesivo + plans, ruin + Posesivo + plans.

* dar al traste con todo = upset + the applecart.

* dar a luz = birth, deliver.

* dar a luz a = give + birth to.

* dar ánimos = give + a word of encouragement, hearten.

* dar apoyo = give + support, support, provide + support.

* dar asco = stink, disgust.

* dar aullidos = caterwaul.

* dar autoría = lend + authoritativeness.

* dar autoridad a Algo = lend + authority to.

* dar bandazos = lurch.

* dar bastante importancia a = place + great store on.

* dar brillo a = buff, buff up.

* dar buen uso a Algo = put to + good use.

* dar cabida a = accommodate, include, hold, take, make + room (for), leave + room for, leave + room for.

* dar cabida al crecimiento = accommodate + growth.

* dar caladas = puff.

* dar calidad = deliver + value.

* dar caprichos = pamper.

* dar cera = wax.

* dar chillidos = shriek.

* dar cien mil vueltas = beat + Nombre + hands down, win + hands down.

* dar clase = give + a lesson, teach + class, teach + lesson, hold + class.

* dar coba = toady, fawn (on/upon/over).

* dar comienzo a = give + a start to.

* dar como ejemplo = cite + as an example.

* dar como norma = rule.

* dar como resultado = add up to, result (in), lead to.

* dar con = hit on/upon, put + Posesivo + finger on, stumble on.

* dar conferencia = lecture.

* dar consejo sobre = give + advice on.

* dar consentimiento = give + licence.

* dar con una esponja húmeda = sponging.

* dar con una idea = hit on/upon + idea.

* dar con una solución = come up with + solution.

* dar coraje = peeve.

* dar corte = self-conscious, feel + shy.

* dar credibilidad = give + credence, lend + credence, bestow + credibility, provide + credibility.

* dar crédito = give + credence.

* dar cualquier cosa por Algo = give + an eye-tooth for/to.

* dar cuenta = render + an account of.

* dar cuenta de = account for.

* dar cuenta de Algo = be held to account.

* dar cuerda a un reloj = wind + clock.

* dar cuerpo = give + substance.

* dar cuerpo a = flesh out.

* dar cuerpo y forma a = lend + substance and form to.

* dar datos de = give + details of.

* dar de alta = discharge from + hospital.

* dar de baja = take out of + circulation.

* dar de cara a = front.

* dar de comer = feed.

* dar de lado = short-circuit [shortcircuit], give + Nombre + the cold shoulder.

* dar de lleno = hit + home.

* dar de mala gana = begrudge, grudge.

* dar de mamar = breast-feeding [breastfeeding].

* dar de mamar a = breast-feed [breastfeed].

* dar demasiada información y muy rápidamente = trot out.

* dar de qué hablar = raise + eyebrows, fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours.

* dar de quilla = keel over.

* dar derecho a = entitle to.

* dar descanso de = give + relief from.

* dar de sí = stretch out.

* dar detalles de = give + details of.

* dar de Uno mismo = give of + Reflexivo.

* dar dinero = pay + money, donate + Posesivo + money.

* dar dirección = lend + direction.

* dar directrices = give + guidance, provide + guidance.

* dar duro = pack + a wallop.

* dar ejemplo = set + an example, lead by + example.

* dar ejemplo de = illustrate.

* dar el brazo a torcer = give in to.

* dar el brazo derecho = give + Posesivo + right arm.

* dar el do de pecho = do + Posesivo + best, pull out + all the stops, do + Posesivo + utmost.

* dar el efecto de = give + the effect of.

* dar el esquinazo = dodge.

* dar el esquinazo a = steer + clear of, steer away from.

* dar el golpe de gracia = administer + the coup de grace, deliver + the coup de grace.

* dar el nombre = label.

* dar el oro y el moro = give + Posesivo + right arm.

* dar el pecho = breast-feed [breastfeed].

* dar el pésame = pass + Posesivo + condolences.

* dar el pistoletazo de salida = fire + the starting gun.

* dar el primer paso = make + a start, take + the first step.

* dar el puntillazo a = put + an end to, bring + an end to, bring to + an end.

* dar el salto = make + the leap.

* dar el todo por el todo = give + Posesivo + all.

* dar el último empujón = go + the last mile, go + the extra mile.

* dar el último repaso = tie + the pieces together.

* dar el visto bueno = approve, clear, give + green light, give + the go-ahead.

* dar el visto bueno a una factura = clear + invoice.

* dar el/un espectáculo = make + a spectacle of + Reflexivo.

* dar empujones = shove.

* dar en el blanco = hit + the bull's eye, strike + home, put + Posesivo + finger on, hit + the truth, hit + home.

* dar en el clavo = hit + the nail on the head, be spot on, strike + home, put + Posesivo + finger on, hit + the truth.

* dar en el larguero = hit + the crossbar, hit + the crossbar.

* dar en el travesaño = hit + the crossbar.

* dar energía = energise [energize, -USA].

* dar énfasis = give + emphasis, place + stress, give + stress.

* dar énfasis a = place + emphasis on.

* dar en garantía = pawn.

* dar en la diana = hit + home.

* dar en mano = hand (over).

* dar entrada = enter.

* dar esperanza = nurture + hope, give + hope, bring + visions of.

* dar esperanzas = raise + expectations, raise + hopes.

* dar estímulo = provide + boost.

* dar evasivas = stonewall, play for + time.

* dar evidencia = furnish with + evidence.

* dar fe = attest, certify.

* dar fe de = testify (to/of), vouch (for), be testimony to.

* dar fe de que = attest to + the fact that.

* dar fin = bring to + a close, draw to + a close, wind down.

* dar forma = become + cast, give + shape, shape, mould [mold, -USA], inform.

* dar forma cuadrada = square.

* dar fruto = bear + fruit, come to + fruition.

* dar fuerte = pack + a wallop.

* dar fuerza = empower, bring + strength.

* dar gato por liebre = buy + a pig in a poke, pass off + a lemon.

* dar golpes = pound.

* dar gracias por lo que Uno tiene = count + Posesivo + blessings.

* dar gritos = shriek, shout.

* dar guerra = act up, play up.

* dar gustirrinín = tickle + Posesivo + fancy.

* dar gusto = oblige, bring + pleasure, flavour [flavor, -USA].

* dar hipo = hiccup.

* dar ideas = offer + clues.

* da rienda suelta a tu imaginación = let + your imagination fly!.

* dar ímpetu = lend + force, give + impetus.

* dar importancia = attach + importance, give + prominence, stress, give + pre-eminence, give + relevance, place + importance, give + importance.

* dar importancia a = give + weight to, place + emphasis on, attach + weight to, create + a high profile for, give + a high profile, place + weight on.

* dar importancia a Algo = put + Algo + on the agenda, be on the agenda.

* dar indicios de = show + signs of.

* dar indicios y pistas = drop + hints and clues.

* dar información = provide + information, give + information, release + information.

* dar información adicional = give + further details.

* dar información de = give + details of.

* dar interés = spice up, add + spice.

* dar la alarma = sound + alarm.

* dar la apariencia de = place + a veneer of.

* dar la bienvenida = welcome.

* dar la casualidad que + Indicativo = happen to + Infinitivo, chance to + Infinitivo.

* dar la cuenta atrás = count + Nombre + out.

* dar la enhorabuena = give + congratulations.

* dar la entrada para = make + a deposit on.

* dar la espalda = turn + aside.

* dar la idea = give + the impression that.

* dar la imagen = give + the impression that.

* dar la impresión = convey + impression, strike + Pronombre Personal, give + the impression that, confer + impression, come off as.

* dar la impresión de = contrive, conjure up + a picture of, come across as.

* dar la impresión de seriedad en el trabajo = appear + businesslike.

* dar la la lata = nag (at).

* dar la lata = play up.

* dar la mano = extend + Posesivo + hand.

* dar la mano derecha = give + Posesivo + right arm.

* dar la murga = be a pest.

* dar la noticia = give + the news.

* dar la opinión sobre = give + opinion on.

* dar la oportunidad = give + chance.

* dar la oportunidad de = present with + opportunities for, allow + the opportunity to.

* dar la oportunidad de expresarse libremente = give + voice to.

* dar la oportunidad de opinar = give + voice to.

* dar la puntilla a = put + an end to, bring + an end to, bring to + an end.

* dar largas = stonewall, play for + time, fob + Alguien + off with + Algo.

* dar las cosas masticadas = spoon-feeding [spoonfeeding], spoon-feed [spoon feed/spoonfeed].

* dar la sensación = give + a sense.

* dar la sensación de = give + the effect of.

* dar la señal = give + the word, give + the signal.

* dar la señal de alarma = sound + the clarion.

* dar la señal de alerta = sound + the clarion.

* dar la señal de estar listo = prompt.

* dar lástima = feel + sorry for, pity.

* dar la talla = be up to the mark, be up to scratch, measure up (to), be up to snuff, make + the cut.

* dar latigazos = lash.

* dar la vida = lay down + Posesivo + life, give + Posesivo + life.

* dar la vuelta = turn + Nombre + (a)round, flip, swing around, swing back, turn (a)round.

* dar la vuelta a = round, turn on + its head.

* dar la vuelta en el aire = give + a toss.

* darle a Alguien carta blanca = give + Nombre + a blank cheque.

* darle a Alguien un cheque en blanco = give + Nombre + a blank cheque.

* darle a la botella = booze.

* darle a la lengua = shoot + the breeze, shoot + the bull.

* darle a la manivela de arranque = turn + the crank.

* darle alas a Alguien = let + Nombre + do things + Posesivo + (own) way.

* darle al palique = gas.

* darle a Uno escalofríos por Algo desagradable = make + Nombre + flinch.

* darle caña = hurry up, get + a move on, put + pressure on.

* darle caña a = have + a go at, get + stuck into.

* dar lecciones = give + lessons.

* darle cien mil vueltas a Alguien = knock + spots off + Nombre.

* darle el puntillazo = nail it.

* darle la razón a Alguien = side in + Posesivo + favour.

* darle largas = play + Nombre + along.

* darle largas a Algo = drag + Posesivo + feet, drag + Posesivo + heels.

* darle la vuelta a la tortilla = turn + the tables (on).

* darle sopas con hondas a Alguien = knock + spots off + Nombre.

* darle una interpretación = give + interpretation.

* darle una lección a Alguien = school.

* darle una paliza a Alguien = take + Nombre + to the cleaners, give + Nombre + a beating, school.

* darle un buen repaso a Alguien = take + Nombre + to the cleaners.

* darle un repaso a = buff up on, brush up on.

* darle un repaso a Alguien = school.

* darle vueltas a = dwell on/upon.

* darle vueltas a Algo = mull over, agonise over [agonize, -USA].

* darle vueltas a la idea = toy with, toy with + idea of.

* darle vueltas a la idea de = flirt with + the idea of.

* darle vueltas a un asunto = chew + the cud.

* darle vueltas a un problema = puzzle over + problem.

* dar libertad = give + licence.

* dar libertad a un esclavo = manumit.

* dar libertad para + Infinitivo = afford + the freedom to + Infinitivo.

* dar lo mejor de Uno mismo = give of + Posesivo + best.

* dar los pasos necesarios = take + steps.

* dar los primeros pasos en = venture into.

* dar los últimos retoques a = put + the finishing touches on.

* dar lugar = produce.

* dar lugar a = cause, generate, give + rise to, mean, result (in), leave + room for, bring about, lead to, cause, open + the door to, give + cause to, give + occasion to.

* dar lugar a la reflexión = provide + food for thought.

* dar lugar a problemas = give + rise to problems.

* dar lugar a queja = evoke + complaint.

* dar lugar a rumores = fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours.

* dar luz verde = give + green light, give + the go-ahead.

* dar mala impresión = look + bad.

* dar marcha atrás = do + an about-face, back up, backpedal [back-pedal].

* dar masaje = massage.

* dar más de sí = go further.

* dar más explicaciones = elaborate on.

* dar materia para la reflexión = provide + food for thought.

* dar mayor importancia a = give + pride of place to.

* dar media vuelta = do + an about-face.

* dar mejora (en) = give + improvement (in).

* dar menos de lo debido = shortchange.

* dar mucha importancia = put + a premium on.

* dar mucho en qué pensar = give + Nombre + much to think about, give + Nombre + a lot to think about.

* dar mucho valor a Algo = value + Nombre + highly.

* dar muestras de = show + signs of.

* dar + Nombre + una oportunidad = give + Nombre + a fair chance.

* dar notoriedad a = create + a high profile for, give + a high profile.

* dar nueva forma = reformat [re-format].

* dar nueva vida = give + Nombre + new life, give + a second life.

* dar opción = give + option.

* dar origen = mother.

* dar origen a = give + rise to, bring about, lead to, give + cause to, give + occasion to.

* dar otro paso muy importante = reach + another milestone.

* dar pábulo a = fuel, spark off.

* dar pábulo a rumores = fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours.

* dar palos de ciego = grope (for/toward).

* dar pánico = scare + the living daylights out of, frighten + the living daylights out of, dread, scare + the hell out of.

* dar parte de = report.

* dar paso (a) = give + way (to), yield to, make + way (for).

* dar patadas en el estómago = stick in + Posesivo + craw.

* dar pavor = be scared stiff, be frightened to death, be petrified of, be terrified, scare + the living daylights out of, frighten + the living daylights out of, scare + the hell out of.

* dar pecho = breast-feeding [breastfeeding].

* dar pereza = can't/couldn't be bothered.

* dar permiso = give + permission, give + time off, grant + Alguien + leave.

* dar permiso en el trabajo = give + time off work.

* dar pie a = spark off, give + rise to, bring about, lead to, cause, open + the door to, give + cause to, give + occasion to.

* dar pisotones = stomp.

* dar pistas = throw + hints.

* dar pistas falsas = throw out + false leads.

* dar placer = give + pleasure, give + enjoyment.

* dar poderes = give + powers.

* dar por = tickle + Posesivo + fancy.

* dar por concluido = put to + bed, close + the book on.

* dar por culo = piss + Nombre + off.

* dar por descontado = take for + granted, discount.

* dar por hecho = take for + granted.

* dar por perdido = be past praying for, write off.

* dar por saldado = close + the book on.

* dar por seguro que = rest + assured that.

* dar por sentado = take for + granted.

* dar por sentado Algo que realmente no lo está = beg + the question.

* dar + Posesivo + vida = give + Posesivo + all.

* dar preferencia = give + preference.

* dar prestigio = lend + authoritativeness.

* dar prioridad = award + priority, emphasise [emphasize, -USA], give + priority, give + precedence, assign + priority, give + preference.

* dar prioridad a = give + pride of place to, place + emphasis on, prioritise [prioritize, -USA].

* dar prioridad a algo = make + a priority.

* dar problemas = play up.

* dar propina = tipping.

* dar pruebas = provide + evidence.

* dar publicidad = publicise [publicize, -USA], give + publicity.

* dar puntapiés = kick + Posesivo + feet.

* dar punzadas = throb, twinge.

* dar quebraderos de cabeza = give + headaches.

* dar que hablar = fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours, raise + eyebrows.

* dar quehacer = make + trouble.

* dar rabia = incense, gall, peeve.

* dar razón de ser = bring + purpose.

* dar recompensa = mete out + reward.

* dar registro = accession.

* dar relevancia = give + relevance.

* dar relevancia a = create + a high profile for, give + a high profile.

* dar relevancia a Algo = put + Algo + on the agenda.

* dar resoplidos = chug.

* dar respuesta = provide + answer, elicit + answer, develop + answer.

* dar resultado = be successful, give + result, work, pay off, be a success, pay.

* dar resultados = produce + results.

* dar rienda suelta = unleash.

* dar rienda suelta a = give + free rein to, allow + vent for, give + vent to, vent.

* dar rienda suelta a + Nombre = let + Nombre + run riot.

* dar riqueza a = add + richness to.

* dar risitas = giggle.

* dar sabor = spice up, add + spice.

* dar salida a = vent.

* dar saltitos = hop, skip.

* dar sangre = donate + Posesivo + blood.

* darse = appear, occur.

* darse a = lend + Reflexivo + to.

* darse aires = strut.

* darse aires de grandeza = give + Reflexivo + such airs, aggrandise + Reflexivo.

* darse a la fuga = flee, lam (it), go into + hiding, make + a quick getaway, take to + Posesivo + heels, run off.

* darse a los demás = give of + Reflexivo.

* darse con un canto en los dientes = count + Reflexivo + lucky, think + Reflexivo + lucky, consider + Reflexivo + lucky.

* darse cuenta = become + aware, dawn on, detect, perceive, find, note, make + aware, come to + realise, wise up, reach + understanding, eye + catch, strike + home, suss (out), hit + home.

* darse cuenta de = be aware of, be cognisant of, realise [realize, -USA], sense, wake up to, sink in, become + cognisant of, see through.

* darse cuenta del peligro que = see + the danger that.

* darse cuenta de un problema = alight on + problem.

* darse de baja de una suscripción = unsubscribe.

* darse el caso que + Indicativo = happen to + Infinitivo, chance to + Infinitivo.

* darse el gusto de = indulge in.

* darse el gusto de comprar = splurge on.

* darse el lote = snog, neck.

* darse el lujo de = splurge on.

* darse golpes de pecho = beat + Posesivo + breast.

* darse golpes en el pecho = beat + Posesivo + breast.

* darse la mano = join + hands, shake + hand.

* dárselas de = fancy + Reflexivo.

* dársele Algo bien a Uno = be good at.

* dársele a Uno bien las plantas = have + a green thumb, have + green fingers.

* dársele a Uno mejor Algo = be better at.

* dársele mejor a Uno = do + best.

* darse media vuelta = turn on + Posesivo + heel.

* darse (muchos) aires = give + Reflexivo + such airs, aggrandise + Reflexivo.

* dar sentido = make + sense (out) of, make + sense of life.

* dar sentido a = make + meaningful, give + meaning to.

* dar sentido a las cosas = sense-making, meaning making.

* dar sentido a la vida = give + meaning to life.

* dar sentido a + Posesivo + vida = make + sense of + Posesivo + life.

* dar señales de = show + signs of.

* dar señales de vida = show + signs of life.

* darse por afortunado = count + Reflexivo + lucky, think + Reflexivo + lucky, consider + Reflexivo + lucky.

* darse por aludido = take + things personally, take + a hint, take + things personally, get + a hint.

* darse por derrotado = sound + note of defeat.

* darse por vencido = throw in + the towel, throw in/up + the sponge.

* darse prisa = hurry, hurry up, get on + Posesivo + running shoes, shake + a leg, hot-foot it to, make + haste, rattle + Posesivo + dags, get + a wiggle on, put + Posesivo + skates on, get + Posesivo + skates on, get + a move on.

* darse prisa con calma = make + haste slowly.

* dar servicio = service.

* darse una comilona = make + a pig of + Reflexivo, pig out (on).

* darse una leche = come + a cropper.

* darse un apretón de manos = clasp + hands.

* darse una situación más esperanzadora = sound + a note of hope.

* darse un atracón = make + a pig of + Reflexivo, pig out (on), stuff + Posesivo + face.

* darse una transacción económica = cash + change hands.

* darse una tripotada = make + a pig of + Reflexivo, pig out (on).

* darse una vacante = occur + vacancy.

* darse un baño de sol = sunbathe.

* darse un chapuzón = take + a dip.

* darse un descanso = give + Reflexivo + a break, rest on + Posesivo + oars.

* darse un festín de = feast on.

* darse un garbeo = mosey.

* darse un porrazo = come + a cropper.

* darse un respiro = lie on + Posesivo + oars, rest on + Posesivo + oars.

* darse un tortazo = come + a cropper.

* dar significado = imbue with + meaning.

* dar sombra = shade.

* dar su conformidad a = assent to.

* dar sugerencias = give + suggestions.

* dar terror = scare + the living daylights out of.

* dar testimonio = bear + witness, give + testimony.

* dar tiempo = give + time, donate + Posesivo + time.

* dar tiempo a Alguien = give + Nombre + some time.

* dar título = title.

* dar todo de Uno mismo = give of + Posesivo + best.

* dar todo el oro del mundo = give + Posesivo + right arm.

* dar tono = tone.

* dar trabajo = present + burden.

* dar una advertencia = raise + caveat, issue + warning.

* dar una apariencia de = provide + a semblance of, give + a semblance of.

* dar una azotaina = spank.

* dar una bofetada = cuff, slap.

* dar una bofetada a Alguien = give + Nombre + a slap in the face.

* dar una buena paliza = whitewash, thrash.

* dar una cabezadita = nap, catching 10, napping.

* dar una carcajada = give + a laugh, let out + a laugh.

* dar una charla = give + address, give + a talk, give + a presentation, give + speech.

* dar una conferencia = deliver + talk, make + a speech, give + speech, deliver + lecture, give + a lecture.

* dar una contractura muscular = pull + a muscle.

* dar una cornada = gore.

* dar una excusa = give + excuse.

* dar una explicación = present + explanation.

* dar una falsa impresión = keep up + facade, put on + an act.

* dar una fiesta = give + a party.

* dar una galleta = slap.

* dar una guantada = slap.

* dar una idea = give + idea, give + glimpse, provide + an understanding.

* dar una idea de = give + a feel for, give + indication, provide + a glimpse of, give + a flavour of, be indicative of, provide + insight into, give + a picture, give + an insight into, give + an inkling of.

* dar una idea general = put in + the picture, give + a general picture, paint + a broad picture.

* dar una imagen = convey + image, present + picture, paint + a picture, present + an image, present + a picture.

* dar una imagen de = give + an impression of.

* dar una impresión = make + an impression, leave + an impression, present + an image.

* dar una impresión de = give + an impression of.

* dar una impresión equivocada = send + the wrong signals.

* dar una lección de humildad = humble.

* dar una llamada de atención = sound + a wake-up call.

* dar una norma = give + prescription.

* dar una opinión = offer + opinion.

* dar una oportunidad = give + opportunity, provide + opportunity, grant + opportunity, present + an opportunity, create + opportunity.

* dar una oportunidad a Alguien = give + Nombre + a head start.

* dar una orden = issue + command, issue + instruction.

* dar una paliza = clobber, pummel, slaughter, knock + the living daylights out of, knock + the hell out out of, whip, whitewash, thrash, wallop, lick, baste, take + a pounding, take + a beating, belt, trounce, beat + Nombre + (all) hollow.

* dar una paliza a Alguien = beat + Nombre + up, beat + Nombre + black and blue.

* dar una patada = kick, boot.

* dar una pista = give + a hint.

* dar una posibilidad = afford + opportunity.

* dar un apretón de manos = shake + hand.

* dar una rabieta = throw + a tantrum.

* dar una razón = give + reason.

* dar una respuesta = furnish + answer, frame + response.

* dar una sacudida = give + a shake, give + a jerk.

* dar una segunda oportunidad = give + a second chance.

* dar una segunda vida = give + a second life.

* dar una solución = provide + solution, develop + solution.

* dar una solución por buena que realmente no lo es = beg + the solution.

* dar un aspecto + Adjetivo = give + a + Adjetivo + look.

* dar un ataque de nervios = have + an attack of hysterics.

* dar una torta = slap.

* dar una torta a Alguien = give + Nombre + a slap in the face.

* dar una tunda = trounce.

* dar una ventaja = give + Nombre + an edge.

* dar una ventaja a Alguien = give + Nombre + a head start.

* dar una visión = present + view, provide + an understanding.

* dar una visión general = give + a general picture.

* dar una visión global = give + overview, present + an overview, present + an overall picture, give + an overall picture, overview.

* dar una visión total = give + a complete picture.

* dar un aviso = make + warning.

* dar una voltereta = somersault, do + a somersault, summersault.

* dar una voz = holler.

* dar una vuelta de campana = capsize, somersault, do + a somersault, summersault.

* dar una vuelta en coche = go out for + a drive.

* dar un berrinche = throw + a tantrum.

* dar un beso de despedida = kiss + Nombre + goodbye.

* dar un bocado a = take + a bite out of.

* dar un bofetón = cuff, slap.

* dar un bofetón a Alguien = give + Nombre + a slap in the face.

* dar un cachete = spank, cuff, slap.

* dar un cachete a Alguien = slap + Nombre + on the wrist.

* dar un calambre = cramp.

* dar un chillido = holler.

* dar un comienzo a = give + a start to.

* dar un coscorrón = cuff.

* dar un ejemplo = give + example.

* dar un empujón = give + a boost.

* dar un golpe = knock.

* dar un golpe por detrás = rear-end.

* dar un gran paso adelante = reach + milestone.

* dar un grito = holler.

* dar un guantazo = slap.

* dar un hachazo = hack.

* dar un hervor = parboil.

* dar un impulso = kick-start [kickstart].

* dar un lavado de cara = spruce up.

* dar un manotazo = swat at, cuff, slap.

* dar un manotazo a Alguien = give + Nombre + a slap in the face.

* dar un nivel de prioridad alto = put + Nombre + high on + Posesivo + list of priorities.

* dar un nuevo acabado = refinish.

* dar un nuevo impulso = pep up.

* dar un nuevo nombre = rename.

* dar un ojo de la cara por Algo = give + an eye-tooth for/to.

* dar unos azotes = spank.

* dar un paseo = take + a stroll, t

* * *

dar [ A25 ]

GUIA DE BUSQUEDA

■ dar (verbo transitivo)

Sentido I

A entregar

B regalar, donar

C en naipes

D

1 proporcionar

2 Música

E conferir, aportar

F

1 aplicar capa de barniz etc

2 dar: inyección etc

G

1 conceder prórroga etc

2 atribuir

3 pronosticando duración

4 dar: edad, años

H

1 expresar, decir

2 señalar, indicar

Sentido II

A producir

B rendir, alcanzar hasta

C causar, provocar

D arruinar, fastidiar

Sentido III

A presentar

B ofrecer, celebrar

C dar: conferencia

Sentido IV

A realizar la acción indicada

B dar: limpiada etc

Sentido V considerar

■ dar (verbo intransitivo)

Sentido I

A

1 entregar

2 en naipes

B ser suficiente, alcanzar

C

1 dar a: puerta etc

2 llegar hasta

3 estar orientado hacia

D comunicar

E arrojar un resultado

F importar

Sentido II

A

1 pegar, golpear

2 darle a algo: tarea

3 darle a algo: hacer uso de

4 acertar

B

1 darle a algo: accionar

2 mover

C

1 indicando insistencia

2 instando a alguien a hacer algo

D dar con

Sentido III

A acometer, sobrevenir

B

1 darle a alguien por algo

2 darle a alguien con algo

C dar en

D dar: sol, viento, luz

E acabar

■ darse (verbo pronominal)

Sentido I

A producirse

B ocurrir

C resultar

Sentido II

A dedicarse, entregarse

B tratarse, ser sociable

Sentido III

A realizar la acción indicada

B

1 golpearse, pegarse

2 darse (de) golpes

3 darse (de) patadas etc

Sentido IV considerarse

vt

Sentido I

A (entregar) to give

dale las llaves a Jaime give the keys to Jaime, give Jaime the keys

se las di a Jaime I gave them to Jaime

dale esto a tu madre de mi parte give this to your mother from me

deme un kilo de peras can I have a kilo of pears?

500 dólares ¿quién da más? any advance on 500 dollars?

dar algo A + INF:

da toda la ropa a planchar/lavar she sends all her clothes to be ironed/washed, she has all her ironing/washing done for her

comer¹ vi A 2. (↑ comer (1)), conocer, entender¹ vt A 2. (↑ entender (1)), mamar

B (regalar, donar) to give

¿me lo prestas? — te lo doy, yo no lo necesito can I borrow it? — you can have it o keep it, I don't need it

a mí nunca nadie me dio nada nobody's ever given me anything

daría cualquier cosa por que así fuera I'd give anything o ( colloq) I'd give my right arm for that to be the case

donde las dan las toman two can play at that game

estarlas dando ( Chi fam): entremos sin pagar, aquí las están dando let's just walk in without paying, they're asking for it ( colloq)

con ese profesor las están dando they get away with murder with that teacher ( colloq)

para dar y tomar or vender: coge los que quieras, tengo para dar y tomar or vender take as many as you want, I have plenty to spare o ( colloq) I've stacks of them

C (en naipes) to deal

¡me has dado unas cartas horribles! you've dealt o given me a terrible hand

D

1 (proporcionar) ‹fuerzas/valor/esperanza› to give

sus elogios me han dado ánimos his praise has given me encouragement o has encouraged me

eso me dio la idea para el libro that's where I got the idea for the book, that's what gave me the idea for the book

me dio un buen consejo she gave me some useful advice

mi familia no pudo darme una carrera my family weren't in a position to send me to o put me through university o to give me a university education

es capaz de robar si le dan la ocasión given the chance he's quite capable of stealing

pide que te den un presupuesto/más información ask them to give you o supply you with an estimate/more information

2 ( Música) to give

¿me das el la? can you give me an A?

E (conferir, aportar) ‹sabor/color/forma› to give

las luces le daban un ambiente festivo a la plaza the lights gave the square a very festive atmosphere, the lights lent a very festive atmosphere to the square

les dio forma redondeada a las puntas he rounded off the ends

necesita algo que le dé sentido a su vida he needs something that will give his life some meaning

F

1 (aplicar) ‹capa de barniz/mano de pintura› to give

dale otra capa de barniz/otra mano de pintura give it another coat of varnish/paint

hay que darle cera al piso we have to wax the floor

dale una puntada para sujetarlo put a stitch in to hold it

2 ‹inyección/lavativa/sedante› to give, administer ( frml); ‹masaje› to give

G

1 (conceder) ‹prórroga/permiso› to give

te doy hasta el jueves I'll give you until Thursday

¿quién te ha dado permiso para entrar allí? who gave you permission to go in there?, who said you could go in there?

si usted nos da permiso with your permission, if you will allow us

el dentista me ha dado hora para el miércoles I have an appointment with the dentist on Wednesday

dan facilidades de pago they offer easy repayment facilities o terms

nos dieron el tercer premio we won o got third prize, we were awarded third prize

al terminar el cursillo te dan un diploma when you finish the course you get a diploma

2

(atribuir): no le des demasiada importancia don't attach too much importance to it

yo le doy otra interpretación a ese pasaje I see o interpret that passage in a different way

tuvieron que darme la razón they had to admit I was right

3 (pronosticando duración) to give

no le dan ni dos meses de vida they've given him less than two months to live

no le doy ni un mes a esa relación I don't think they'll last more than a month together

4

( RPl) ‹edad/años› ¿cuántos años or qué edad le das? how old do you think o reckon she is?

yo no le daba más de 28 I didn't think he was more than 28

H

1

(expresar, decir): ¿le diste las gracias? did you thank him?, did you say thank you?

no me dio ni los buenos días she didn't even say hello

dales recuerdos de mi parte give/send them my regards

darle la bienvenida a algn to welcome sb

tenemos que ir a darles el pésame we must go and offer our condolences

me gustaría que me dieras tu parecer or opinión I'd like you to give me your opinion

le doy mi enhorabuena I'd like to congratulate you

¿me da la hora, por favor? have you got the time, please?

me tocó a mí darle la noticia I was the one who had to break the news to him

te han dado una orden you've been given an order, that was an order

han dado orden de desalojar el edificio they've ordered that the building be vacated

2

(señalar, indicar): me da ocupado or ( Esp) comunicando the line's busy o ( BrE) engaged

el reloj dio las cinco the clock struck five

muestra

Sentido II

A

(producir): estos campos dan mucho grano these fields have a high grain yield

esta estufa da mucho calor this heater gives out a lot of heat

esta clase de negocio da mucho dinero there's a lot of money in this business

esos bonos dan un 7% those bonds give a yield of 7%

los árboles han empezado a dar fruto the trees have begun to bear fruit

no le pudo dar un hijo she was unable to bear o give him a child

B

(rendir, alcanzar hasta): ¿cuánto da ese coche? how fast can that car go?

da 150 kilómetros por hora it can do o go 150 kilometers an hour

ha dado todo lo que el público esperaba de él he has lived up to the public's expectations of him

el coche venía a todo lo que daba the car was traveling at full speed

ponen la radio a todo lo que da they turn the radio on full blast

C

(causar, provocar): la comida muy salada da sed salty food makes you thirsty

¡estos críos dan tanto trabajo! these kids are such hard work!

(+ me/te/le etc): ¿no te da calor esa camisa? aren't you too warm in that shirt?

el vino le había dado sueño the wine had made him sleepy

me da mucha pena verla tan triste I can't bear o it hurts me to see her so sad

¡qué susto me has dado! you gave me such a fright!

me da no sé qué que se tenga que quedar sola I feel a bit funny about leaving her on her own

este coche no me ha dado problemas this car hasn't given me any trouble

ver tb asco, hambre, miedo, etc dar QUE + INF:

el jardín da muchísimo que hacer there's always such a lot to do in the garden

los niños dan que hacer children are a lot of work

lo que dijo me dio que pensar what he said gave me plenty of food for thought o plenty to think about

ver tb dar vi Sense III A.

D ( Esp fam) (arruinar, fastidiar) to spoil, ruin

Isabelita nos dio la noche we had an awful night thanks to little Isabel

Sentido III

A

(presentar): ¿qué dan esta noche en la tele? what's on TV tonight? ( colloq)

en el cine Avenida dan una película buenísima there's a really good movie on at the Avenida, they're showing a really good movie at the Avenida

ayer fuimos al teatro, daban una obra de Calderón we went to the theater yesterday, it was a play by Calderón

va a dar un concierto el mes que viene he's giving a concert next month

deja de gritar así, estás dando un espectáculo stop shouting like that, you're making a spectacle of yourself

B (ofrecer, celebrar) ‹fiesta› to give; ‹baile/banquete› to hold

C ‹conferencia› to give

dar examen (CS); to take o ( BrE) sit an exam

ver tb clase¹ f E. (↑ clase (1))

Sentido IV

A

(realizar la acción indicada): dieron lectura al comunicado they read out the communiqué

estuvo dando cabezadas durante toda la película he kept nodding off all through the film

dio un grito/un suspiro she shouted/sighed, she gave a shout/heaved a sigh

dio un paso atrás/adelante he took a step back/forward

(+ me/te/le etc): dame un beso/abrazo give me a kiss/hug

me dio un tirón del pelo he pulled my hair

golpe, paseo, vuelta, etc

dársela a algn ( Esp fam); to take sb in, put one over on sb

dárselas a algn ( Chi fam); to beat sb up

B

‹limpiada/barrida/planchazo› con que le des una enjuagada alcanza just a quick rinse will do

hay que darle una barrida al suelo de la cocina the kitchen floor needs a sweep o needs sweeping

quiero darle otra leída a este capítulo ( AmL); I want to run o read through this chapter again

Sentido V (considerar) dar algo/a algn POR algo:

lo dieron por muerto they gave him up for dead

doy por terminada la sesión I declare the session closed

ese tema lo doy por sabido I'm assuming you've already covered that topic

si le has prestado dinero ya lo puedes dar por perdido if you've lent him money you can kiss it goodbye

¿eso es lo que quieres? ¡dalo por hecho! is that what you want? consider it done! o ( AmE colloq) you got it!

si apruebo daré el tiempo por bien empleado if I pass it will have been time well spent

sentado

■ dar

vi

Sentido I

A

1

(entregar): dame, yo te lo coso let me have it o give it here, I'll sew it for you

no puedes con todo, dame que te ayudo you'll never manage all that on your own, here, let me help you

¿me das para un helado? can I have some money for an ice cream?

2 (en naipes) to deal

te toca dar a ti it's your deal, it's your turn to deal

B (ser suficiente, alcanzar) dar PARA algo/algn:

este pollo da para dos comidas this chicken is enough o will do for two meals

con una botella no da para todos one bottle's not enough to go round

da para hablar horas y horas you could talk about it for hours

(+ me/te/le etc): eso no te da ni para un chicle you can't even buy a piece of chewing gum with that

no le da la cabeza para la física he hasn't much of a head for physics

no me dio (el) tiempo I didn't have time

dar de sí to stretch

me quedan un poco ajustados, pero ya darán de sí they're a bit tight on me, but they'll stretch o give

¡cuánto ha dado de sí esa botella de jerez! that bottle of sherry's gone a long way!

¡qué poco dan de sí seis euros! six euros don't go very far!

el pobre ya no da más de sí the poor guy's fit to drop

no dar para más: su inteligencia no da para más that's as much as his brain can cope with

yo me voy, esto ya no da para más I'm leaving, this is a waste of time

ya no da para más or (CS) ya no da más de tanto trabajar he's worked himself into the ground

estoy que no doy más I'm all in ( colloq), I'm shattered o dead beat ( colloq), I'm pooped ( AmE colloq)

C dar a

1 «puerta/habitación» (comunicar con) to give on to

la puerta trasera da a un jardín/a la calle Palmar the back door opens o gives onto a garden/onto Palmar Street

todas las habitaciones dan a un patio all the rooms look onto o give onto a courtyard

2 (llegar hasta) «río» to go o flow into; «camino/sendero» to lead to

la calle va a dar directamente a la playa the street goes right down o leads straight to the beach

3 «fachada/frente» (estar orientado hacia) to face

la fachada principal da al sur the main facade faces south

la terraza da al mar the balcony overlooks o faces the sea

D

( RPl) (comunicar) darle a algn CON algn: ¿me das con Teresa, por favor? can I speak to Teresa, please?

en seguida le doy con el señor Seco I'll just put you through to Mr Seco

E

(arrojar un resultado): ¿cuánto da la cuenta? what does it come to?

a mí me dio 247 ¿y a ti? I made it (to be) 247, how about you?

el análisis le dio positivo/negativo her test was positive/negative

F

(importar): ¿cuál prefieres? — da igual which do you prefer? — I don't mind

da lo mismo, ya iremos otro día it doesn't matter, we'll go another day

(+ me/te/le etc): ¿el jueves o el viernes? — a mí me da igual Thursday or Friday? — I don't mind o it doesn't matter o it doesn't make any difference to me o it's all the same to me

la sopa se ha enfriado un poco — ¡qué más da! the soup's gone a bit cold — never mind o it doesn't matter

¿qué más da un color que otro? surely one color is as good as another!, what difference does it make what color it is?

(+ me/te/le etc): ¡qué más le da a él que otros tengan que hacer su trabajo! what does he care if others have to do his work?

¿y a ti qué más te da si él viene? what difference does it make to you if he comes?, what's it to you if he comes? ( colloq)

no quiere venir — tanto da she doesn't want to come — it makes no difference o so what?

(+ me/te/le etc): ¿a qué hora quieren cenar? — tanto nos da what time do you want to have dinner? — it's all the same to us o whenever

Sentido II

A

1 (pegar, golpear) (+ me/te/le etc):

le dio en la cabeza it hit him on the head

dale al balón con fuerza kick the ball hard

¡te voy a dar yo a ti como no me obedezcas! you're going to get it from me if you don't do what I say ( colloq)

le dio con la regla en los nudillos she rapped his knuckles with the ruler

cuando te agarren te van a dar de palos when they get you they're going to give you a good beating

2 ( fam) (a una tarea, asignatura) darle A algo:

me pasé todo el verano dándole al inglés I spent the whole summer working on o studying my English ( colloq)

vas a tener que darle más fuerte si quieres aprobar you're going to have to push yourself harder o put more effort into it if you want to pass

quiero darle un poco más a esta traducción antes de irme I want to do a bit more work on this translation before I go

3 ( fam) (hacer uso de) darle A algo:

¡cómo le da al vino! he really knocks back o ( AmE) down the wine ( colloq)

¡cómo le han dado al queso! ¡ya casi no queda! they've certainly been at the cheese, there's hardly any left! ( colloq)

¡cómo les has dado a estos zapatos! you've really been hard on these shoes!, you've worn these shoes out quickly!

lengua

4 (acertar) to hit

dar en el blanco/el centro to hit the target/the bull's-eye

clavo

B

1 (accionar) darle A algo:

dale a esa palanca hacia arriba push that lever up

le dio al interruptor she flicked the switch

le di a la manivela I turned the handle

dale al pedal press the pedal

tienes que darle a este botón/esta tecla you have to press this button/key

2 (mover) (+ compl):

dale al volante hacia la derecha turn the wheel to the right

dale para atrás ( Auto) back up

C

1 ( fam)

(indicando insistencia): ¡y dale! ya te he dicho que no voy there you go again! I've told you I'm not going ( colloq)

estuvo todo el día dale que dale con el clarinete he spent the whole day blowing away on his clarinet

¡y dale con lo de la edad! ¿qué importa eso? stop going on about her age! what does it matter?

¡dale que te pego! ( fam): he estado toda la mañana dale que te pego con esto I've been slaving away at this all morning

yo quiero olvidarlo y él ¡dale que te pego con lo mismo! I want to forget about it and he keeps on and on about it o he keeps banging on about it

2

( RPl fam) (instando a algn a hacer algo): dale, metete, el agua está lindísima come on, get in, the water's lovely

dale, prestámelo come on o go on, lend it to me

D dar con (encontrar) to find

por mucho que buscaron no dieron con él although they searched high and low they couldn't find him

creo que ya he dado con la solución I think I've hit upon o found the solution

cuando uno no da con la palabra adecuada when you can't come up with o find the right word

Sentido III

A (acometer, sobrevenir) (+ me/te/le etc):

le dio un mareo she felt dizzy

le dio un infarto he had a heart attack

como no se calle, me va a dar algo ( fam); if you don't shut up, I'm going to have a fit ( colloq)

¡me da una indignación cuando hace esas cosas …! I feel so angry when he does those things!

me da que ya no vienen ( fam); I have a (funny o sneaky) feeling they're not coming ( colloq)

ver tb dar vt Sense II C., escalofrío, frío² m B. (↑ frío (2)), gana, impresión, etc

B (hablando de ocurrencias, manías)

1 darle a algn POR algo:

le ha dado por decir que ya no lo quiero he's started saying that I don't love him any more

le ha dado por beber he's taken to drink, he's started drinking

le ha dado por el yoga she's got into yoga

¡menos mal que me dio por preguntar por cuánto saldría! it's just as well it occurred to me to ask o I thought to ask how much it would be!

darle a algn por ahí ( fam): ¿ahora hace pesas? — sí, le ha dado por ahí is he doing weights now? — yes, that's his latest craze o that's what he's into now

¿por qué lo hiciste? — no sé, me dio por ahí why did you do it? — I don't know, I just felt like it

cualquier día le da por ahí y la deja one of these days he'll just up and leave her

2 darle a algn CON algo:

le ha dado con que me conoce he's got it into his head he knows me

C dar en

(tender a): ha dado en salir acompañada por galanes jóvenes she has taken to being escorted in public by handsome young men

ha dado en esta locura she has got this crazy idea into her head

lo que se ha dado en llamar `drogodependencia' what has come to be known as `drug-dependence'

D

«sol/viento/luz»: aquí da el sol toda la mañana you get the sun all morning here

siéntate aquí, donde da el sol sit down here in the sun

en esa playa da mucho el viento it's very windy on that beach

la luz le daba de lleno en los ojos the light was shining right in his eyes

E

(acabar): ir/venir a dar: la pelota había ido a dar al jardín de al lado the ball had ended up in the next door garden

¿cómo habrá venido a dar esto aquí? how on earth did this get here?

■ darse

v pron

Sentido I

A (producirse) to grow

en esta zona se da bien el trigo wheat grows well in this area

B

(ocurrir) «caso/situación»: bien podría darse una situación así this kind of situation could well arise o occur

se dio la circunstancia de que la alarma estaba desconectada the alarm happened to be disconnected

para esto se tienen que dar las siguientes circunstancias this requires the following conditions

¿qué se da? ( fam); what's going on o happening? ( colloq)

C (resultar) (+ me/te/le etc):

se le dan muy bien los idiomas she's very good at languages

¿cómo se te da a ti la costura? how are you at sewing?, how's your sewing?

Sentido II

A (dedicarse, entregarse) darse A algo:

se dio a la bebida she took to drink, she hit the bottle ( colloq)

se da a la buena vida he spends his time having fun o living it up

se ha dado por entero a su familia/a la causa she has devoted herself entirely to her family/to the cause

B

( RPl) (tratarse, ser sociable) darse CON algn: no se da con la familia del marido she doesn't have much to do with her husband's family

Sentido III

A ( refl)

(realizar la acción indicada): voy a darme una ducha I'm going to take o have a shower

vamos a darnos un banquete we're going to have a feast

dárselas de algo: se las da de que sabe mucho he likes to make out he knows a lot

va dándoselas de rico y no tiene un duro he makes out he's rich but he hasn't got a penny

¿pero ése de qué se las da? si es un obrero como tú y yo who does he think he is? he's just another worker like you and me

no te las des de listo don't act so smart

B

1

(golpearse, pegarse): se dio con el martillo en el dedo he hit his finger with the hammer

no te vayas a dar con la cabeza contra el techo don't hit o bang your head on the ceiling

se dieron contra un árbol they crashed o went into a tree

se va a dar un golpe en la cabeza/espalda he's going to hit o bump his head/hit his back

se dio con la nariz or de narices contra la puerta he ran/walked straight into the door, he went smack into the door ( colloq)

2 ( refl):

darse (de) golpes to hit oneself

¡podría darme (de) patadas! I could kick myself!

3 ( recípr):

se estaban dando (de) patadas/tortazos en plena calle they were kicking/punching each other right there on the street

Sentido IV (considerarse) darse POR algo:

con eso me daría por satisfecha I'd be quite happy with that

no se dará por vencida hasta que lo consiga she won't give up until she gets it

puedes darte por contento de haber salido con vida you can count yourself lucky you weren't killed

no quiere darse por enterado he doesn't want to know

aludir vi 1. (↑ aludir)

* * *

dar ( conjugate dar) verbo transitivo
1
a) ( entregar) to give;

◊ dale las llaves a Pedro give the keys to Pedro;

déme un kilo de peras can I have a kilo of pears?;
See Also→ conocer verbo transitivo 3 b, entender verbo transitivo
b) ‹cartas/mano› to give

2
a) (donar, regalar) ‹sangre/limosna› to give;

◊ me dio su reloj she gave me her watch

b) ( proporcionar) ‹fuerzas/valor/esperanza› to give;

‹información/idea› to give
3
a) (conferir, aportar) ‹sabor/color/forma› to give

b) ( aplicar) ‹mano de pintura/barniz› to give

c) ‹sedante/masaje› to give

4 ( conceder) ‹prórroga/permiso› to give;
◊ el dentista me dio hora para el miércoles I have an appointment with the dentist on Wednesday;

nos dieron un premio we won o got a prize
5
a) (expresar, decir) ‹parecer/opinón› to give;

◊ ¿le diste las gracias? did you thank him?, did you say thank you?;

dales saludos give/send them my regards;
tuve que darle la noticia I was the one who had to break the news to him
b) (señalar, indicar): me da ocupado or (Esp) comunicando the line's busy o (BrE) engaged;

◊ el reloj dio las cinco the clock struck five

1
a) ( producir) ‹fruto/flor› to bear;

‹ dividendos› to pay;
◊ un negocio que da mucho dinero a business which makes a lot of money

b) (AmL) ( alcanzar hasta):

◊ da 150 kilómetros por hora it can do o go 150 kilometres an hour;

venía a todo lo que daba it was travelling at full speed;
ponen la radio a todo lo que da they turn the radio on full blast
2 (causar, provocar) ‹placer/susto› to give;
‹ problemas› to cause;
◊ dar trabajo to be hard work;

el calor le dio sueño/sed the heat made him sleepy/thirsty
1 ( presentar) ‹ concierto› to give;
◊ ¿qué dan esta noche en la tele? what's on TV tonight? (colloq);

¿dónde están dando esa película? where's that film showing?
2
a) ‹fiesta/conferencia› to give;

‹baile/banquete› to hold;
‹ discurso› (AmL) to make
b) (CS) ‹ examen› to take o (BrE) sit;

ver tb clase 4
( realizar la accion que se indica) ‹ grito› to give;
◊ dar un paso atrás to take a step back;

dame un beso give me a kiss;
ver tb golpe, paseo, vuelta, etc
( considerar) dar algo/a algn por algo:
◊ lo dieron por muerto they gave him up for dead;

ese tema lo doy por sabido I'm assuming you've already covered that topic;
¡dalo por hecho! consider it done!
verbo intransitivo
1
◊ dar a [ puerta] to give onto, open onto;

[ventana/balcón] to look onto, give onto;
[fachada/frente] to face
2 (ser suficiente, alcanzar) dar para algo/algn to be enough for sth/sb;
◊ no me dio (el) tiempo I didn't have time;

dar de sí ‹zapatos/jersey› to stretch
3 ( arrojar un resultado):
◊ el análisis le dio positivo her test was positive;

¿cuánto da la cuenta? what does it come to?;
a mí me dio 247 I made it (to be) 247
4 ( importar):
◊ da lo mismo it doesn't matter;

¡qué más da! what does it matter!;
¿qué más da? what difference does it make?;
me da igual I don't mind
5 ( en naipes) to deal
1
a) (pegar, golpear): darle a algn to hit sb;

( como castigo) to smack sb;
◊ dale al balón kick the ball;

el balón dio en el poste the ball hit the post
b) ( acertar) to hit;

◊ dar en el blanco to hit the target

2 (accionar, mover) darle a algo ‹a botón/tecla› to press sth;
‹ a interruptor› to flick sth;
‹a manivela/volante› to turn sth
3
◊ dar con ( encontrar) ‹ persona› to find;

‹ solución› to hit upon, find;
‹ palabra› to come up with
4 (hablando de manías, ocurrencias) darle a algn por hacer algo ‹por pintar/cocinar› to take to doing sth;
◊ le ha dado por decir que … he's started saying that …

5 [sol/luz]:
◊ aquí da el sol toda la mañana you get the sun all morning here;

la luz le daba de lleno en los ojos the light was shining right in his eyes
darse verbo pronominal
1 ( producirse) [fruta/trigo] to grow
2 ( presentarse) [oportunidad/ocasión] to arise
3 ( resultar) (+ me/te/le etc):
◊ se le dan los idiomas she's good at languages

a) ( refl) ( realizar lo que se indica) ‹ducha/banquete› to have;

◊ dárselas de algo: se las da de valiente/de que sabe mucho he likes to make out he's brave/he knows a lot;

dárselas de listo to act smart
b) (golpearse, pegarse):

◊ se dio con el martillo en el dedo he hit his finger with the hammer;

se dieron contra un árbol they crashed into a tree;
se dio dar un golpe en la rodilla he hit his knee
( considerarse) darse por algo:
◊ con eso me daría por satisfecha I'd be quite happy with that;

ver tb aludir a, enterado 1
dar
I verbo transitivo
1 to give: dame la mano, hold my hand
2 (conceder) to give: mi padre me dio permiso, my father gave me permission
le doy toda la razón, I think he is quite right
3 (transmitir una noticia) to tell
(un recado, recuerdos) to pass on, give
dar las gracias, to thank
4 (retransmitir u ofrecer un espectáculo) to show, put on
5 (organizar una fiesta) to throw, give
6 (producir lana, miel, etc) to produce, yield
(fruto, flores) to bear
(beneficio, interés) to give, yield
7 (causar un dolor, malestar) dar dolor de cabeza, to give a headache
(un sentimiento) dar pena, to make sad
le da mucha vergüenza, he's very embarrassed
8 (proporcionar) to provide: su empresa da trabajo a cincuenta personas, his factory gives work to fifty people
9 (una conferencia, charla) to give
(impartir clases) to teach
(recibir una clase) to have
US to take
10 (presentir) me da (en la nariz/en el corazón) que eso va a salir bien, I have a feeling that everything is going to turn out well
11 (estropear) to ruin: me dio la noche con sus ronquidos, he spoilt my sleep with his snoring
12 (abrir el paso de la luz) to switch on
(del gas, agua) to turn on
13 (propinar una bofetada, un puntapié, etc) to hit, give
14 (aplicar una mano de pintura, cera) to apply, put on
(un masaje, medicamento) to give
15 (considerar) dar por, to assume, consider: lo dieron por muerto, he was given up for dead
ese dinero lo puedes dar por perdido, you can consider that money lost
dar por supuesto/sabido, to take for granted, to assume
16 (la hora, un reloj) to strike: aún no habían dado las ocho, it was not yet past eight o'clock
17 (realizar la acción que implica el objeto) dar un abrazo/susto, to give a hug/fright
dar un paseo, to go for a walk
dar una voz, to give a shout
II verbo intransitivo
1 (sobrevenir) le dio un ataque de nervios, she had an attack of hysterics
2 dar de comer/cenar, to provide with lunch/dinner 3 dar a, (mirar, estar orientado a) to look out onto, to overlook
(una puerta) to open onto, lead to: esa puerta da al jardín, this door leads out onto the garden 4 dar con, (una persona, objeto) to come across: no fuimos capaces de dar con la contraseña, we couldn't come up with the password
dimos con él, we found him 5 dar de sí, (una camiseta, bañador) to stretch, give 6 dar en, to hit: el sol me daba en los ojos, the sun was (shining) in my eyes 7 dar para, to be enough o sufficient for: ese dinero no me da para nada, this money isn't enough for me
♦ Locuciones: dar a alguien por: le dio por ponerse a cantar, she decided to start singing
le dio por nadar, he got it into his head to go swimming
dar a entender a alguien que..., to make sb understand that...
dar la mano a alguien, to shake hands with sb
dar para: el presupuesto no da para más, the budget will not stretch any further
dar que hablar, to set people talking
dar que pensar: el suceso dio que pensar, the incident gave people food for thought
dar a conocer, (noticia) to release
' dar' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
abasto
- abrigar
- acelerón
- acertar
- acogerse
- acomodar
- acreditar
- admitir
- aflojar
- agradecer
- alarma
- albergue
- alcance
- alerta
- alimentar
- alojamiento
- alta
- amagar
- apetecer
- apurar
- armar
- asesorar
- atinar
- baño
- batalla
- blanca
- blanco
- bola
- bote
- brazo
- brinco
- buena
- bueno
- cabezada
- cabida
- cada
- calabaza
- calentar
- callar
- callada
- callo
- campanada
- cancha
- cante
- cara
- carpetazo
- carrete
- casar
- chivatazo
- citar
English:
about-face
- about-turn
- act up
- advance
- amplify
- announce
- around
- attach
- attest
- back
- backpedal
- barge into
- bear
- beat
- beat up
- beg
- begrudge
- birth
- block
- bluster
- bolster
- bop
- boss about
- boss around
- bother
- bounce
- bound
- breast-feed
- brief
- buff
- bull's-eye
- butt
- call
- chase down
- checkmate
- cheer
- chime
- circle
- clout
- coach
- come across
- credence
- day
- deal
- death
- deliver
- deposit
- direct
- discharge
- disgust

* * *

dar

♦ vt

1. [entregar, otorgar] to give;

dar algo a alguien to give sth to sb, to give sb sth;

da parte de sus ingresos a los necesitados she gives o donates part of her income to the poor;

dame el azúcar, por favor could you pass o give me the sugar, please?;

¡dámelo! give it to me!, give me it!;

se lo di a mi hermano I gave it to my brother;

daría cualquier cosa por saber lo que piensa I'd give anything to know what he's thinking

2. [pagar] to give;
[ofrecer en pago] to offer;
¿cuánto te dieron por la casa? how much did they give you for the house?;

el concesionario me da 2.000 euros por la moto vieja the dealer's offering 2,000 euros for my old motorbike;

300 dólares, ¿quién da más? [en subasta] is there any advance on 300 dollars?

3. [proporcionar] to give, to provide with;

la salsa le da un sabor muy bueno the sauce gives it a very pleasant taste, the sauce makes it taste very nice;

este color le da un aspecto diferente a la habitación this colour makes the room look different;

le di instrucciones de cómo llegar a casa I gave her directions for getting to my house;

no nos dio ninguna explicación sobre su ausencia he didn't give us o provide us with any explanation for his absence;

le dimos ánimos para que siguiera con su trabajo we encouraged her to continue with her work;

su familia hizo un gran esfuerzo por darle estudios universitarios his family went to a great deal of effort to enable him to go to university

4. [conceder] to give;

le han dado el Premio Nobel she has been awarded o given the Nobel Prize;

le dieron una beca he was awarded o given a grant;

yo no le daría demasiada importancia I wouldn't attach too much importance to it;

al final me dieron la razón in the end they accepted that I was right;

le dieron una semana más para presentar el informe they gave o allowed him one more week to hand in the report;

me dieron permiso para ir al médico I got o was allowed time off work to go to the doctor;

¿da su permiso para entrar? may I come in?;

nos dieron facilidades de pago they offered us easy payment terms;

los médicos no le dan más de seis meses de vida the doctors don't give him more than six months (to live);

¿qué interpretación das a este descubrimiento? how would you interpret this discovery?

5. [decir]
dar los buenos días to say hello;

dar la bienvenida a alguien to welcome sb;

le di las gracias por su ayuda I thanked her for her help;

fuimos a darles el pésame we went to offer them our condolences;

dale recuerdos de mi parte give him my regards, say hello to him from me;

dale la enhorabuena give her my congratulations;

me dio su opinión al respecto he gave me his opinion on the matter;

¿quién le dará la noticia? who's going to tell o give her the news?

6. [producir] to give, to produce;
[frutos, flores] to bear; [beneficios, intereses] to yield;
estas vacas dan mucha leche these cows produce a lot of milk;

esta cuenta da un 5 por ciento de interés this account offers a 5 percent interest rate, this account bears interest at 5 percent;

esta lámpara da mucha luz this light is very bright;

le dio tres hijos she bore him three children

7. [provocar] to give;

me da vergüenza/pena it makes me ashamed/sad;

me da risa it makes me laugh;

me da miedo it frightens me;

¡me da una rabia que me traten así! it infuriates me that they should treat me in this way!;

me dio un susto tremendo she gave me a real fright;

el viaje me dio mucho sueño the journey made me really sleepy;

da gusto leer un libro tan bien escrito it's a pleasure to read such a well-written book;

los cacahuetes dan mucha sed peanuts make you very thirsty;

este paseo me ha dado hambre this walk has made me hungry o given me an appetite;

estas botas dan mucho calor these boots are very warm

8. [luz, agua, gas] [encender] to turn o switch on;
[suministrar por primera vez] to connect; [suministrar tras un corte] to turn back on
9. [fiesta, cena] to have, to hold;

dar una cena en honor de alguien to hold o give a dinner in sb's honour;

darán una recepción después de la boda there will be a reception after the wedding

10. [en naipes] [repartir] to deal

11. [sujeto: reloj] to strike;

el reloj dio las doce the clock struck twelve

12. Cine, Teatro & TV to show;
[concierto, interpretación] to give;
¿qué dan esta noche en la tele? – dan una película del oeste what's on the TV tonight? – they're showing a western o there's a western on;

dieron la ceremonia en directo they broadcast the ceremony live

13. [propinar]
le di una bofetada I slapped him, I gave him a slap;

dio una patada a la pelota he kicked the ball;

darle un golpe/una puñalada a alguien to hit/stab sb

14. [untar con, aplicar]
dar una capa de pintura al salón to give the living-room a coat of paint;

dar barniz a una silla to varnish a chair

15. [señales, indicios] to show;

dar pruebas de sensatez to show good sense;

dar señales de vida to show signs of life

16. [enseñar] to teach;
[conferencia] to give;
dar inglés/historia to teach English/history;

dio una clase muy interesante she gave a very interesting class;

mañana no daremos clase there won't be a class tomorrow

17. Esp [recibir] [clase] to have;

doy clases de piano con una profesora francesa I have piano classes with a French piano teacher;

doy dos clases de francés a la semana I have two French classes a week

18. [expresa acción]
dar un grito to give a cry;

dar un suspiro to sigh, to give a sigh;

dar un vistazo a to have a look at;

dio lectura a los resultados de la elección she read out the election results;

cuando se enteró de la noticia, dio saltos de alegría when he heard the news, he jumped for joy;

voy a dar un paseo I'm going (to go) for a walk

19. Esp Fam [fastidiar] to ruin;

es tan pesado que me dio la tarde he's so boring that he ruined the afternoon for me;

el bebé nos da las noches con sus lloros the baby never lets us get a decent night's sleep

20. [considerar]
dar algo por to consider sth as;

eso lo doy por hecho I take that for granted;

doy por sentado que vendrás a la fiesta I take it for granted that o I assume you'll be coming to the party;

doy por explicado este periodo histórico that's all I want to say about this period of history;

doy esta discusión por terminada I consider this discussion to be over;

dar a alguien por muerto to give sb up for dead

21. Fam [presentir]
me da que no van a venir I have a feeling they're not going to come

22. RP [inyección] to give

23. Comp

donde las dan las toman you get what you deserve;

no dar una to get everything wrong

♦ vi

1. [en naipes] [repartir] to deal;

me toca dar a mí it's my deal

2. [entregar]
dame, que ya lo llevo yo give it to me, I'll carry it

3. [horas] to strike;

dieron las tres three o'clock struck

4. [golpear]
le dieron en la cabeza they hit him on the head;

la piedra dio contra el cristal the stone hit the window;

como no te portes bien, te voy a dar if you don't behave, I'll smack you

5. [accionar]
dar a [llave de paso] to turn;
[botón, timbre] to press;
dale al control remoto hit the remote control;

dale al pedal press down on the pedal;
Informát
dale a la tecla de retorno hit o press return;

dale a la manivela turn the handle

6. [estar orientado]
dar a [sujeto: ventana, balcón] to look out onto, to overlook;
[sujeto: pasillo, puerta] to lead to; [sujeto: casa, fachada] to face;
todas las habitaciones dan al mar all the rooms look out onto o face the sea

7. [sujeto: luz, viento]
el sol daba de lleno en la habitación the sunlight was streaming into the room;

la luz me daba directamente en la cara the light was shining directly in my face;

aquí da mucho viento it's very windy here

8. [encontrar]
dar con algo/alguien to find sth/sb;

he dado con la solución I've hit upon the solution

9. [proporcionar]
dar de beber a alguien to give sb something to drink;

da de mamar a su hijo she breast-feeds her son

10. [ser suficiente]
dar para to be enough for;

Comp

no dar ni para pipas: ¡eso no te da ni para pipas! that's not even enough to buy a bag of peanuts!

11. [motivar]
esta noticia va a dar mucho que hablar this news will set people talking;

aquello me dio que pensar that made me think

12. [importar]
¡y a ti qué más te da! what's it to you?;

me da igual o [m5] lo mismo it's all the same to me, I don't mind o care;

no vamos a poder ir al cine – ¡qué más da! we won't be able to go to the cinema – never mind!;

y si no lo conseguimos, ¿qué más da? if we don't manage it, so what?;

¡qué más da quién lo haga con tal de que lo haga bien! what does it matter o what difference does it make who does it as long as they do it properly?;

lo siento, no voy a poder ayudar – da igual, no te preocupes I'm sorry but I won't be able to help – it doesn't matter, don't worry;

¿vamos o nos quedamos? – da lo mismo should we go or should we stay? – it doesn't make any difference

13. [acertar]
dio en el blanco she hit the target;

diste en el blanco, hay que intentar reducir las pérdidas you hit the nail on the head, we have to try and reduce our losses

14. [tomar costumbre]
le ha dado por el yoga he's decided to go in for yoga;

ahora le ha dado por no comer fruta now she's decided not to eat fruit;

le dio por ponerse a cantar en medio de la clase he took it into his head to start singing in the middle of the class;

¿está aprendiendo ruso? – sí, le ha dado por ahí is she learning Russian? – yes, that's her latest thing;
Formal
dar en hacer algo to take to doing sth;

el viejo dio en leer libros de caballería the old man took to reading books on chivalry

15. [expresa repetición]
le dieron de palos they beat him repeatedly with sticks

16. [afectar]
le dio un infarto he had a heart attack

17.
dar de sí [ropa, calzado] to give, to stretch;

no dar más de sí o [m5] para más [persona, animal] not to be up to much any more;

este sueldo da mucho de sí this salary goes a long way;

estos zapatos no dan para más these shoes have had it;

es un poco tonto, no da para más he's a bit stupid, he's not up to anything else

18. [expresa enfado]
te digo que pares y tú, ¡dale (que dale)! I've told you to stop, but you just carry on and on!;

¡y dale con la música! there he goes again, playing loud music!;

te hemos dicho que no menciones el tema, y tú, dale que te pego we've told you not to mention the subject, but you just carry on regardless o but here you are, bringing it up again;

¡y dale! te lo he dicho bien claro, no voy a ir how many times do I have to tell you? o I've said it once and I'll say it again, I'm not going

19. RP [comunicar]
¿me darías con tu madre? could I speak to your mother?, could you put your mother on?;

le doy con el Sr. Hualde I'll put you through to Mr Hualde

20. Comp
Fam
para dar y tomar: había cerveza para dar y tomar there was loads of beer;
Fam
darle a: ¡cómo le da a la cerveza! he certainly likes his beer!;
Fam
darle algo a alguien: si no se calla me va a dar algo if he doesn't shut up soon, I'll go mad;

si sigues trabajando así te va a dar algo you can't go on working like that;
Esp muy Fam
¡que le den!: ¿que no quiere cooperar? ¡que le den! he doesn't want to co-operate? well, stuff him!

♦ See also the pronominal verb darse

* * *

dar

<part dado>

I v/t

1 give; fiesta give, have;

dar un salto/una patada jump/kick, give a jump/kick;

dar miedo a frighten;

el jamón me dio sed the ham made me thirsty;

dar de comer/beber a alguien give s.o. something to eat/drink

2 fruta bear; luz give off; beneficio yield

3 película show, screen

4

:

el reloj dio las tres the clock struck three

5

:

¡dale (que dale)! fam don’t keep on! fam ;

y siguió dale que te pego fam and he kept on and on

II v/i

1 give; de cartas en juego deal;

dame give it to me, give me it

2

:

dar a de ventana look onto

3

:

dar con algo/alguien come across sth/s.o., find sth/s.o.;

no di con el nombre I couldn’t think of the name

4

:

dar de sí de material stretch, give;

dar para be enough for;

no da para más it’s past its best

5

:

le dio por insultar a su madre fam she started insulting her mother

6

:

¡qué más da! what does it matter!;

da igual it doesn’t matter

7

:

dar contra o

en algo hit sth;

el sol le daba en la cara he had the sun in his eyes, the sun was in his eyes

8

:

dar por muerto a alguien give s.o. up for dead

9

:

dar que hablar give people something to talk about;

da que pensar it makes you think, it gives you something to think about

* * *

dar {22} vt

1) : to give

2) entregar: to deliver, to hand over

3) : to hit, to strike

4) : to yield, to produce

5) : to perform

6) : to give off, to emit

7)

dar como or

dar por : to regard as, to consider

dar vi

1) alcanzar: to suffice, to be enough

no me da para dos pasajes: I don't have enough for two fares

2)

dar a or

dar sobre : to overlook, to look out on

3)

dar con : to run into

4)

dar con : to hit upon (an idea)

5)

dar de sí : to give, to stretch

♦ See also the reflexive verb darse

* * *

dar vb

1. (en general) to give [pt. gave; pp. given]

dale esta carta a tu madre give this letter to your mother

me has dado una idea you've given me an idea

me dio permiso para ir a la excursión he gave me permission to go on the trip

¿cuánto me das por lavarte el coche? how much will you give me for washing your car?

2. (poner en las manos) to pass

me puedes ayudar dándome los libros you can help me by passing me the books

3. (pedir en una tienda)

¿me da un kilo de naranjas, por favor? could I have a kilo of oranges, please?

4. (poner en la televisión) to be on

esta noche dan una película estupenda en la tele there's a great film on TV tonight

5. (ofrecer fiesta) to have

los García dan una fiesta the Garcías are having a party

6. (impartir clases) to teach [pt. & pp. taught]

da clases de inglés she teaches English

7. (tener ataque, enfermedad) to have

le ha dado un ataque de asma she had an asthma attack

8. (producir fruto, flores) to bear [pt. bore; pp. borne]

el peral da peras the pear tree bears pears

9. (sonar las horas) to strike [pt. & pp. struck]

el reloj dio las ocho the clock struck eight

ya han dado las diez it's gone ten o'clock

10. (encender, conectar) to turn on

¿has dado el gas? have you turned the gas on?

11. (chocar, golpear) to hit [pt. & pp. hit]

la pelota dio contra el cristal the ball hit the window

12. (decir) to say [pt. & pp. said]

me dio las buenas noches he said goodnight to me / he wished me goodnight

le di las gracias I thanked him

dar a to overlook / to look onto

esta habitación da a la calle this room overlooks the street

dar a entender to imply [pt. & pp. implied]

dar a luz to give birth [pt. gave; pp. given]

dio a luz a una niña preciosa she gave birth to a beautiful little girl

dar de comer to feed [pt. & pp. fed]

dar igual not to matter / not to mind

da igual it doesn't matter

me da igual I don't mind

¿qué más da? what difference does it make?

Spanish-English dictionary > dar
10 per

1. prep for

mezzo by

per qualche giorno for a few days

per questa ragione for that reason

per tutta la notte throughout the night

per iscritto in writing

per esempio for example

dieci per cento ten per cent

uno per uno one by one

2. conj: per fare qualcosa (in order) to do something

stare per be about to

* * *

per prep.

1 ( moto per luogo) through; ( lungo) along; up, down; ( sopra) over; all over; ( senza direzione fissa) about, (a)round: il treno passa per Bologna, the train passes through Bologna; il corteo sfilerà per le vie principali della città, the procession will pass through (o will go along) the main streets of the city; si entra per la porta laterale, you enter through the side door; correre per i campi, to run through the fields; guardò per il buco della serratura, he looked through the keyhole; un pensiero le passò per la mente, a thought passed through her mind; siamo venuti per quel sentiero, we came along that path; scendere ( giù) per la collina, salire (su) per la collina, to go down the hill, to go up the hill; per mare e per terra, over land and sea; andare per il mondo, to go all over (o round) the world; hanno girato per tutta la città senza trovare un albergo, they went all over (o all round) the town without finding a hotel; aveva dolori per tutto il corpo, he had aches and pains all over his body (o he was aching all over) // una retta passante per un punto, a straight line passing through a point

2 ( moto a luogo, destinazione) for; to: parto domani per Roma, I'm leaving for Rome tomorrow; a che ora parte il primo aereo per Parigi?, what time does the first plane for Paris take off?; dovete prendere l'autostrada per Como, you must take the motorway for Como; a causa dello sciopero, i traghetti per le isole sono sospesi, owing to the strike, ferry crossings to the islands are suspended // va per i quaranta, he's going on for forty

3 ( stato in luogo) in, on; (all) over: per la strada, in the street; era seduto per terra, he was sitting on the ground; c'erano vari oggetti sparsi per il pavimento, there were various objects scattered (all) over the floor // avere la testa per aria, to have one's head in the clouds

4 ( estensione, misura) for: l'autostrada si snoda per oltre 200 chilometri, the motorway runs for over 200 kilometres; proseguimmo in auto per un'altra decina di chilometri, we drove on for another ten miles or so; camminarono per miglia e miglia senza incontrare anima viva, they walked for miles and miles without meeting a soul

5 ( durante) for (spesso in ingl. non si traduce); ( per un certo periodo di tempo o per una determinata occasione) for; ( per un intero periodo di tempo) (all) through; throughout; for; ( entro) by: per mezz'ora, (for) half an hour; ha vissuto per tre anni in America, he lived three years in America (o he lived in America for three years); abbiamo aspettato per ore, we waited (for) hours; il lavoro dev'essere pronto per domani, the work must be ready for (o by) tomorrow; darò una festa per il mio compleanno, I'm having a party for my birthday; la mostra è in programma per aprile, the exhibition is planned for April; ho un appuntamento col dentista per lunedì pomeriggio, I have a dental appointment for Monday afternoon; il libro uscirà per Natale, the book will come out (in time) for Christmas; sarò di ritorno per le cinque, I'll be back by five o'clock; i lavori di restauro saranno ultimati per la fine dell'anno, restoration work will be completed by the end of the year

6 ( mezzo) by; through: per ferrovia, by rail; per posta, by post; per via aerea, by air mail; rispondere per lettera, per telegramma, to reply by letter, by telegram; spedire un pacco per corriere, to send a parcel by carrier; comunicare (con qlcu.) per telefono, to communicate (with s.o.) by phone; pagare per assegno, to pay by cheque; pagare per contanti, to pay cash; per vie legali, through legal channels; ottenere un posto per concorso, to get a job through a competitive examination // parlare per bocca d'altri, to speak through someone else's mouth // per mezzo di, by, by means of, through [cfr. mediante ]

7 ( modo) by; in: procedere per gradi, to proceed by degrees; chiamare qlcu. per nome, to call s.o. by name; tenere qlcu. per (la) mano, to hold s.o. by the hand; desidero che sia messo per iscritto, I want it put in writing

8 ( causa) for; owing to; because of; on account of; out of; through: fu premiato per il suo coraggio, he was rewarded for his courage; ha lasciato il lavoro per motivi di salute, he gave up his job owing to (o because of o on account of) ill health; il progetto fallì per mancanza di fondi, the scheme failed for lack of money; non si vedeva per la nebbia, you couldn't see a thing for the fog; era esausto per la fatica, he was exhausted through his efforts; tutto è successo per causa tua, it all happened because (o on account) of you; pagherà per quello che ha fatto, he will pay for what he has done; per dispetto, ambizione, orgoglio, out of spite, ambition, pride; per paura, through fear; ho taciuto, per paura di offenderlo, I kept quiet, for fear of offending him

9 ( colpa) for: è stato arrestato per furto, he was arrested for theft; fu processato per omicidio, he was tried for murder

10 ( fine o scopo) for: la lotta per la sopravvivenza, the struggle for survival; una cura per l'artrite, a cure for arthritis; raccogliere fondi per i senzatetto, to collect money for the homeless // cibo per cani, dog food // musica per pianoforte, piano music // libri per ragazzi, children's books // macchina per scrivere, typewriter // casa di riposo per anziani, old people's rest home // istituto per la ricerca sul cancro, cancer research institute ∙ Come si vede dagli esempi, in questo significato sono spesso usate forme aggettivali

11 ( termine, vantaggio, interesse, inclinazione) for, to: fallo per me, do it for me; questi fiori sono per te, these flowers are for you; il fumo è nocivo per la salute, smoking is bad for one's health; l'ho fatto per il suo bene, I did it for his own good; mi dispiace per lui, I'm sorry for him; è un onore, un disonore per la sua famiglia, he's a credit to, a disgrace to his family; è stato come un padre per lui, he was like a father to him; morire per la patria, to die for one's country; votare per un candidato, to vote for a candidate; coltivare la passione per la musica, to cultivate a passion for music; nutrire simpatia per qlcu., to have a liking for s.o.; la partita è terminata 3 a 2 per la squadra di casa, the game ended 3 to 2 for the home team

12 ( limitazione) for: il Brasile detiene il primato mondiale per la produzione di caffè, Brazil holds the world record for coffee production; è superiore a tutti per capacità tecniche e organizzative, he is unrivalled for technical and organizing ability; è molto maturo per la sua età, he's (very) mature for his age // per me, per quanto mi riguarda, as for me, as far as I'm concerned // se non fosse per me, te ecc., but for me, you etc. (o if it were not for me, you etc.)

13 ( prezzo o stima) for: ha venduto la casa per un milione, he sold his house for one million euros; ho acquistato questo tavolo per pochissimo, per niente, I bought this table for next to nothing; sono stati rubati quadri per oltre due milioni, paintings worth (o for) over two million euros have been stolen // non lo farei per tutto l'oro del mondo, I wouldn't do it for all the world (o for all the tea in China)

14 (con valore distr.) by; at; in; per: procedere per due, to go two by two; dividere per classi, to divide by class; disporre per file, to arrange in rows; uno, due per volta, one, two at a time; l'ingresso è di 20 euro per persona, entrance costs 20 euros per head // per cento, per cent: pagare un interesse del dieci per cento, to pay ten per cent interest // giorno per giorno, day by day

15 (mat.) by: dividere 60 per 10, to divide 60 by 10; moltiplicare per tre, to multiply by three; 4 per 4 fa 16, 4 multiplied by (o times) 4 is 16

16 (con funzione predicativa, con valore di come) as; for: avere qlcu. per amico, per socio, to have s.o. as a friend, as a partner // entrare per primo, to enter first // dare per scontato, to take for granted // tenere per certo, to take as a certainty // dare per morto, to give up for dead

17 ( scambio, sostituzione) for: ti avevo preso per tuo fratello, I'd taken you for your brother; mi prendi per stupido?, do you take me for a fool?; ha parlato lui per tutti noi, he spoke for all of us; per il preside ha firmato il vicepreside, the deputy (head) signed for the head // capire una cosa per un'altra, to misunderstand // lasciare il certo per l'incerto, to take a leap in the dark.

◆ FRASEOLOGIA: per l'avvenire, for the future (o from now on); per amor di Dio, per amor mio, for God's (o for goodness') sake, for my sake; per l'appunto, just so (o precisely); per esempio, for example; per caso, by chance; per fortuna, luckily; per la maggior parte, for the most part (o mostly); per lo più, generally; per il momento, for the time being; per natura, by nature; per nulla!, not at all!; per tempo, ( presto) early, ( in tempo utile) in (good) time, on time; parola per parola, word for word; per parte di padre, on one's father's side; per amore o per forza, whether you like it or not (o willy nilly); per niente al mondo, for love or money; cambiare per il meglio, to change for the better.

per cong.

1 ( con valore finale) (in order) to (+ inf.); for (+ ger.): andai da lui per avere un consiglio, I went to him in order to get some advice (o I went to him for advice); sono venuto per parlarti, I've come to speak to you; ce n'è voluta per convincerlo!, it took a lot to convince him (o he took a lot of convincing); un prodotto usato per impermeabilizzare i tessuti, a product used for waterproofing material

2 ( con valore causale) for (+ ger.): fummo rimproverati per essere arrivati in ritardo, we were told off for arriving late; fu multato per aver superato i limiti di velocità, he was fined for speeding

3 (con valore consecutivo) to: è troppo bello per essere vero, it's too good to be true; sei abbastanza grande per capirlo da solo, you're old enough to understand it by yourself

4 ( con valore concessivo) per poco che sia, è meglio di niente, little as it is, it's better than nothing; per costoso che fosse, era un gran bell'appartamento, although it was expensive, it was a beautiful flat; per essere un ragazzo di 10 anni è molto maturo, for a boy of 10 he's very mature

5 stare per fare qlco., essere lì lì per fare qlco., ( con valore perifrastico) to be about to do sthg. (o to be on the point of doing sthg. o to be just going to do sthg.): stiamo per partire, we're about to leave (o we're just going to leave o we're on the point of leaving); ero lì lì per confessare tutto, I was on the point of confessing everything; lo spettacolo sta per cominciare, the show is about to begin.

* * *
[per] 1.
preposizione

1) (moto per luogo)

girare per le strade — to wander through the streets

passare per la finestra — to pass through the window

viaggiare per il mondo — to go around o travel the world

ha tagliato per i campi — he cut across the fields

2) (destinazione)

il treno per Roma — the train for o to Rome

l'aereo per Milano — the plane to Milan

partire per il Messico — to leave for Mexico

3) (stato in luogo)

per terra — on the ground o floor

per strada — in the street

4) (fine)

uscire per comprare il giornale — to go out to buy the newspaper

per questo bisognerà fare — for that, you'll have to do

5) (causa)

per colpa tua — because of you

picchiarsi per una donna — to fight over a woman

rosso per la rabbia — red with anger

gridare per il dolore — to cry out in pain

lo fa per interesse — he does it out of interest

6) (vantaggio, svantaggio)

per il tuo bene — for your own good o sake

peggio per te! — so much the worse for you!

pregare per qcn. — to pray for sb.

danni enormi per l'economia — enormous damage to the economy

è per la ricerca sul cancro — it's for o in aid of cancer research

2 a 1 per l'Italia — 2-1 for Italy

7) (tempo continuato)

per ore e ore — for hours

per i primi due anni — for the first two years

per un istante — for a moment

per tutta la notte — all night (long)

per tutto il viaggio — throughout the journey

per quanto tempo...? — how long...?

8) (tempo determinato)

sarà pronto per lunedì — it'll be ready for o by Monday

per ora o il momento for the moment, for the time being; dovrei arrivare per le sei — I should be there by six o'clock

9) (mezzo)

per mare — by sea

per telefono — by phone

per posta — by post o mail

prendere qcs. per il manico — to pick sth. up by the handle

10) (modo, maniera)

per gradi — by degrees o stages

prendere qcn. per mano — to take sb. by the hand

11) (concessione)

per quanto ricco sia — however rich he may be, rich though he may be

per poco traffico che ci sia,... — even though there's not much traffic...

per quanto ci provasse,... — try as he might, he

12) (per quanto riguarda)

per quanto (ne) sappia io — as o so far as I know

per quel che mi riguarda — as far as I am concerned

per me ha torto — as far as I am concerned, he's wrong

13) (prezzo)

comprare qcs. per 5 euro — to buy sth. for 5 euros

14) mat.

moltiplicare, dividere per due — to multiply, divide by two

3 per 3 fa 9 — 3 by 3 is

per cento — percento

15) (distributivo)

1 litro di benzina per 15 chilometri — 1 litre of petrol every 15 kilometres

per persona — per head, each

giorno per giorno — day by day

poco per volta — little by little

due, tre per volta — two, three at a time

dividere per età — to divide according to age

16) (predicativo)

ho solo te per amico — you're the only friend I've got

dare qcs. per scontato — to take sth. for granted

finire per fare qcs. — to end up doing sth.

dare qcn. per morto — to give sb. up o write sb. off for dead

avere qcn. per professore — to have sb. as a professor

17) (per indicare il futuro prossimo)

stavo per telefonarti — I was going to o I was just about to phone you

18) (in esclamazioni)

per Giove! — by Jove!

per l'amor di Dio! — for God's o heaven's sake!
2.
congiunzione

1) (consecutivo)

è troppo bello per essere vero — it's too good to be true

ha abbastanza soldi per comprare una macchina — he has enough money to buy a car

2) (finale)

vado a Londra per imparare l'inglese — I'm going to London to learn English

lo dico per non offenderti — I say this in order not to offend you

3) (causale)

fu arrestato per avere rapinato la banca — he was arrested for robbing the bank

4) (concessiva)

per ricco che sia — however rich he may be, rich as he may be

5) (limitativa)

per andare va, ma è una vecchia carretta — I'm not saying it doesn't run, but it's an old banger

* * *

per

/per/

I preposizione

1 (moto per luogo) girare per le strade to wander through the streets; passare per la finestra to pass through the window; viaggiare per il mondo to go around o travel the world; ha tagliato per i campi he cut across the fields

2 (destinazione) il treno per Roma the train for o to Rome; l'aereo per Milano the plane to Milan; partire per il Messico to leave for Mexico

3 (stato in luogo) per terra on the ground o floor; per strada in the street

4 (fine) uscire per comprare il giornale to go out to buy the newspaper; per questo bisognerà fare for that, you'll have to do

5 (causa) per colpa tua because of you; picchiarsi per una donna to fight over a woman; rosso per la rabbia red with anger; gridare per il dolore to cry out in pain; lo fa per interesse he does it out of interest

6 (vantaggio, svantaggio) per il tuo bene for your own good o sake; peggio per te! so much the worse for you! pregare per qcn. to pray for sb.; danni enormi per l'economia enormous damage to the economy; è per la ricerca sul cancro it's for o in aid of cancer research; 2 a 1 per l'Italia 2-1 for Italy

7 (tempo continuato) per ore e ore for hours; per i primi due anni for the first two years; per un istante for a moment; per tutta la notte all night (long); per tutto il viaggio throughout the journey; per quanto tempo...? how long...?

8 (tempo determinato) sarà pronto per lunedì it'll be ready for o by Monday; per ora o il momento for the moment, for the time being; dovrei arrivare per le sei I should be there by six o'clock

9 (mezzo) per mare by sea; per telefono by phone; per posta by post o mail; prendere qcs. per il manico to pick sth. up by the handle

10 (modo, maniera) per gradi by degrees o stages; prendere qcn. per mano to take sb. by the hand

11 (concessione) per quanto ricco sia however rich he may be, rich though he may be; per poco traffico che ci sia,... even though there's not much traffic...; per quanto ci provasse,... try as he might, he...

12 (per quanto riguarda) per quanto (ne) sappia io as o so far as I know; per quel che mi riguarda as far as I am concerned; per me ha torto as far as I am concerned, he's wrong

13 (prezzo) comprare qcs. per 5 euro to buy sth. for 5 euros

14 mat. moltiplicare, dividere per due to multiply, divide by two; 3 per 3 fa 9 3 by 3 is; per cento → percento

15 (distributivo) 1 litro di benzina per 15 chilometri 1 litre of petrol every 15 kilometres; per persona per head, each; giorno per giorno day by day; poco per volta little by little; due, tre per volta two, three at a time; dividere per età to divide according to age

16 (predicativo) ho solo te per amico you're the only friend I've got; dare qcs. per scontato to take sth. for granted; finire per fare qcs. to end up doing sth.; dare qcn. per morto to give sb. up o write sb. off for dead; avere qcn. per professore to have sb. as a professor

17 (per indicare il futuro prossimo) stavo per telefonarti I was going to o I was just about to phone you

18 (in esclamazioni) per Giove! by Jove! per l'amor di Dio! for God's o heaven's sake!

II congiunzione

1 (consecutivo) è troppo bello per essere vero it's too good to be true; ha abbastanza soldi per comprare una macchina he has enough money to buy a car

2 (finale) vado a Londra per imparare l'inglese I'm going to London to learn English; lo dico per non offenderti I say this in order not to offend you

3 (causale) fu arrestato per avere rapinato la banca he was arrested for robbing the bank

4 (concessiva) per ricco che sia however rich he may be, rich as he may be

5 (limitativa) per andare va, ma è una vecchia carretta I'm not saying it doesn't run, but it's an old banger.

\

See also notes... (per.pdf)

Dizionario Italiano-Inglese > per
11 liberté

liberté [libεʀte]

1. feminine noun

   a. freedom

• rendre la liberté à un prisonnier to release a prisoner

• elle a quitté son mari et repris sa liberté she has left her husband and regained her freedom

• laisser en liberté to allow to remain at liberty

• mise en liberté [de prisonnier] release

• être/remettre en liberté to be/set free

• les animaux sont en liberté dans le parc the animals roam free in the park

• liberté de la presse freedom of the press

• liberté d'expression freedom of thought

• liberté, égalité, fraternité liberty, equality, fraternity

• liberté d'association right of association

• libertés individuelles individual freedoms

• libertés civiles civil liberties

   b. ( = loisir) moments de liberté free moments

• son travail ne lui laisse pas beaucoup de liberté his work doesn't leave him much free time

   c. ( = absence de contrainte) liberté de langage freedom of language

• la liberté de ton de l'émission a choqué the frank approach of the programme shocked people

• prendre la liberté de faire qch to take the liberty of doing sth

• prendre des libertés avec to take liberties with

2. compounds

► liberté conditionnelle parole

• être mis en liberté conditionnelle to be granted parole ► liberté provisoire temporary release

► liberté surveillée release on probation

• être en liberté surveillée to be on probation

* * *
libɛʀte
nom féminin

1) (condition, état) freedom [U]

Statue de la liberté — Statue of Liberty

liberté, égalité, fraternité — Liberty, Equality, Fraternity

espèce vivant en liberté — species in the wild

être en liberté — to be free

l'assassin est toujours en liberté — the killer is still at large

2) ( latitude) freedom [U]

en toute liberté — with complete freedom

avoir toute liberté pour faire — to be quite free to do

n'avoir aucune liberté de manœuvre — to have no room for manoeuvre GB ou maneuver US

3) ( hardiesse) freedom

liberté de ton — outspokenness

prendre la liberté de faire — to take the liberty of doing

4) ( droit) freedom

liberté de pensée/d'expression — freedom of thought/of expression

libertés individuelles — individual liberties

•

Phrasal Verbs:

- liberté conditionnelle

- liberté de la presse

- liberté provisoire

- liberté surveillée

* * *
libɛʀte
1. nf

1) freedom

être en liberté — to be free

mettre en liberté [personne, animal] — to set free, [prisonnier] to release

Il a été mis en liberté au bout d'un an de prison. — He was released after a year in prison.

en liberté provisoire — on bail

en liberté surveillée — on probation

en liberté conditionnelle — on parole

2) (= latitude) freedom

2. libertés nfpl

(= privautés) liberties

* * *

liberté nf

1 (condition, état) freedom ¢; choisir la liberté to choose freedom; recouvrer la liberté to regain one's freedom; amour de la liberté love of freedom; vive la liberté! long live freedom!; lutter pour la liberté to fight for freedom; Statue de la liberté Statue of Liberty; liberté, égalité, fraternité Liberty, Equality, Fraternity; élever des animaux en liberté to raise animals in a natural habitat; espèce vivant en liberté species living wild; être en liberté to be free; l'assassin est toujours en liberté the killer is still at large;

2 ( latitude) freedom ¢; peu de/trop de liberté little/too much freedom; en toute liberté with complete freedom; liberté d'action/de mouvement/de choix freedom of action/of movement/of choice; donner à qn la liberté de faire to give sb freedom to do; avoir sa liberté to be free; avoir toute liberté pour faire to be quite free to do; n'avoir aucune liberté de manœuvre to have no room for manoeuvre GB ou maneuver US; ne pas avoir une grande liberté de choix not to have much choice;

3 ( hardiesse) freedom; liberté de ton outspokenness; une liberté qui frise l'impertinence outspokenness bordering on impertinence; liberté d'esprit independence of mind; s'exprimer avec une étonnante liberté to be remarkably outspoken; prendre la liberté de faire to take the liberty of doing; prendre des libertés avec qn/qch to take liberties with sb/sth;

4 ( droit) freedom; liberté de pensée/d'expression/d'opinion/de parole freedom of thought/of expression/of opinion/of speech; libertés individuelles/fondamentales individual/fundamental liberties; porter atteinte aux libertés to undermine civil liberties.

Composés

liberté d'association Jur, Pol freedom of association; liberté civile Jur civil liberty; liberté conditionnelle Jur parole; mettre qn en liberté conditionnelle Jur to release sb on parole; liberté de conscience Pol freedom of conscience; liberté de l'enseignement Jur freedom of choice in education; liberté d'installation Jur, UE freedom of establishment; liberté de la presse Pol freedom of the press; liberté des prix Comm, Jur free prices (pl); liberté provisoire Jur provisional release (pending trial); en liberté provisoire provisionally released; mettre en liberté provisoire to release provisionally; mise en liberté provisoire provisional release; liberté surveillée Jur probation; en liberté surveillée on probation; mise en liberté surveillée release on probation; mettre en liberté surveillée to release on probation; liberté du travail Jur freedom of contract; libertés publiques Jur, Pol civil liberties; libertés syndicales Jur, Pol trade union rights.

[libɛrte] nom féminin

1. [généralement,, DROIT] freedom

rendre la liberté à un otage to release a hostage

rendre la liberté à un oiseau to set a bird free

le pays de la liberté the land of the free ou of freedom

liberté conditionnelle ou sur parole (release on) parole

liberté individuelle personal freedom

liberté sous caution release on bail

liberté provisoire bail

être mis en liberté provisoire to be granted bail, to be released on bail

liberté surveillée probation

la statue de la Liberté the Statue of Liberty

2. [droit] right, freedom

liberté d'association/du travail right of association/to work

liberté du culte/d'opinion/de mouvement freedom of worship/thought/movement

liberté d'entreprise free enterprise, right to set up a business

liberté de la presse/d'expression freedom of the press/of speech

Liberté, Égalité, Fraternité Liberty, Equality, Fraternity (motto of the French Revolution and, today, of France)

3. [indépendance] freedom

liberté de jugement/de pensée freedom of judgment/thought

avoir toute liberté pour décider to be totally free ou to have full freedom to decide

prendre la liberté de to take the liberty to

reprendre sa liberté [sentimentale] to regain one's freedom

4. [temps libre] free time

tous mes moments de liberté all my free time

je n'ai pas un instant de liberté I haven't got a minute to myself

5. [désinvolture, irrévérence]

il prend trop de liberté avec nous he is a bit overfamiliar with us

il y a une trop grande liberté dans la traduction the translation is not close enough to the original ou is too free

liberté de langage overfree use of language

6. ÉCONOMIE

liberté des prix freedom from price controls

instaurer la liberté des prix to end ou to abolish price controls

————————

libertés nom féminin pluriel

1. [droits légaux] liberties, freedom

atteinte aux/défense des libertés attack on/defence of civil liberties

les libertés publiques civil liberties

2. [privautés]

prendre ou se permettre des libertés avec quelqu'un to take liberties with somebody

j'ai pris quelques libertés avec la recette I took a few liberties with ou I didn't stick entirely to the recipe

————————

en liberté locution adjectivale & locution adverbiale

free

être en liberté

a. [personne] to be free ou at large

b. [animal] to be free ou in the wild

un parc national où les animaux vivent en liberté a national park where animals roam free

remettre quelqu'un en liberté DROIT to release somebody, to set somebody free

en toute liberté locution adverbiale

freely

vous pouvez vous exprimer en toute liberté you can talk freely

agir en toute liberté to act quite freely

Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > liberté
12 consejo

m.

1 advice (advertencia).

dar un consejo to give some advice o a piece of advice

te voy a dar un consejo I've got a piece of advice for you

dar consejos to give (some) advice

pedir consejo a alguien to ask somebody for advice, to ask (for) somebody's advice

consejo médico medical advice

2 council (organismo).

consejo de administración board of directors; board meeting (reunión)

consejo escolar board of governors, school board (British)

consejo de Europa council of Europe

consejo de ministros cabinet; cabinet meeting (reunión)

consejo de Seguridad Security Council

3 council board, board, executive board.

4 Consejo.

* * *

consejo

► nombre masculino

1 (recomendación) advice

■ nos dio un consejo she gave us a piece of advice

■ procura seguir sus consejos try to follow her advice

2 (junta) council, board

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

celebrar consejo to hold council

pedir consejo a alguien to ask somebody for advice

consejo de administración (grupo) board of directors 2 (reunión) board meeting

consejo de disciplina disciplinary council

Consejo de Europa European Council

consejo de guerra court martial

consejo de ministros (grupo) cabinet 2 (reunión) cabinet meeting

* * *

noun m.

1) advice, counsel

2) council

* * *

SM

1) (=sugerencia) advice

un consejo — a piece of advice

consejos — advice sing

su consejo — his advice

¿quieres que te dé un consejo? — would you like me to give you some advice?

¿qué consejo me das? — what would you suggest?, how would you advise me?

pedir consejo a algn — to ask sb for advice, ask sb's advice

consejo pericial — expert advice

2) (=organismo) (Pol) council; (Com) board; (Jur) tribunal

consejo asesor — advisory board

consejo de administración — board of directors

consejo de disciplina — disciplinary board

Consejo de Europa — Council of Europe

consejo de guerra — court-martial

consejo de guerra sumarísimo — drumhead court-martial

consejo de ministros — (=entidad) cabinet; (=reunión) cabinet meeting

consejo de redacción — editorial board

Consejo de Seguridad — Security Council

Consejo General del Poder Judicial — Esp governing body of the Spanish judiciary
CONSEJO ► Para traducir la palabra consejo al inglés, hemos de tener en cuenta que el sustantivo advice es incontable y lleva el verbo en singular: Te voy a dar un consejo Let me give you some advice Los consejos que me diste han sido muy útiles The advice you gave me has been very useful Actuó siguiendo los consejos de su abogado He acted on his lawyer's advice ► Cuando queremos referirnos a un consejo en particular o a un número determinado de consejos, lo traducimos con la expresión piece/ pieces of advice o a veces bit/ bits of advice: Te voy a dar un consejo Let me give you a piece o a bit of advice Tengo dos buenos consejos para quien quiere vender su casa I have two useful pieces of advice for anyone selling their house Para otros usos y ejemplos ver la entrada
* * *

masculino

1) ( recomendación) piece of advice

te voy a dar un consejo — let me give you some advice o a piece of advice

me pidió consejo — he asked me for advice o asked (for) my advice

sus consejos son siempre acertados — she always gives good advice

consejos prácticos de limpieza — practical cleaning tips

2) ( organismo) council, board

•

- consejo de administración

- consejo de estado

- Consejo de Europa

- consejo de guerra

- consejo de ministros

- Consejo de Seguridad

- consejo escolar

* * *

= word of caution, council, prescription, advice, word of advice, counsel.

Ex. Finally a word of caution: do not expect too much.

Ex. He completed a major study funded by a council on Library Resources grant, the results of which have been published in 'Automated Alternatives to Card Catalogs for Large Libraries' in the Journal of Library Automation.

Ex. Granted, standard is an ambiguous term, because it can mean either quality or simply prescription.

Ex. A large part of the work of information and advice has been the interpretation of people's eligibility for welfare benefits and other social services.

Ex. Some enquiries are of a different kind and need a response accompanied by a word of advice about consulting a qualified practitioner.

Ex. Of course, this is on the outer fringes of reference work as such, but librarians should at least be aware that people frequently find counsel and support and encouragement more effective than the supply of specific information to help solve their problems.

----

* consejo asesor = board of trustees, trustee board.

* Consejo Británico (BC) = British Council (BC).

* consejo de administración = board of trustees, trustees, directorate, trust, trustee board, board of directors.

* consejo de administración de la biblioteca = library trustees.

* consejo de guerra = courts-martial, court martial.

* Consejo de la IFLA = IFLA's Council.

* Consejo de los Servicios Bibliotecarios y Documentales (LISC) = Library and Information Services Council (LISC).

* Consejo de Ministros = Council of Ministers.

* Consejo de Seguridad de las Naciones Unidas = United Nations Security Council.

* Consejo de Seguridad, el = Security Council, the.

* consejo editorial = editorial board, editorial team, board of editors, editorial advisory board.

* Consejo Internacional de Archivos (CIA) = International Council on Archives (ICA).

* Consejo Internacional de Museos (ICOM) = International Council of Museums (ICOM).

* Consejo Internacional de Museos y Lugares de Interés (ICOMS) = International Council of Museums and Sites (ICOMOS).

* consejo juvenil asesor = teen advisory council, teen advisory board, young adult advisory board, young adult advisory council.

* Consejo Nacional de Profesores de Inglés = National Council of Teachers of English (NCTE).

* Consejo para los Niños Excepcionales (CEC) = Council for Exceptional Children (CEC).

* consejo práctico = hint, pointer, tip, practical tip.

* Consejo sobre Recursos Bibliotecarios y Documentales (CLIR) = Council on Library and Information Resources (CLIR).

* Consejo sobre Recursos Bibliotecarios (CLR) = CLR (Council on Library Resources).

* consejos prácticos = how-to, hints and tips.

* consejos sabios = pearls of wisdom, nuggets of truth, nuggets of wisdom.

* dar consejo sobre = give + advice on.

* el consejo de otra persona = a second opinion.

* impartir consejos = mete out + advice.

* juzgar en consejo de guerra = court-martial.

* miembro del consejo de administración = trustee.

* ofrecer consejos prácticos = offer + hints and advice.

* reunión del consejo = council meeting, council conference.

* seguir un consejo = take + advice.

* sesión del consejo = council meeting, council conference.

* * *

masculino

1) ( recomendación) piece of advice

te voy a dar un consejo — let me give you some advice o a piece of advice

me pidió consejo — he asked me for advice o asked (for) my advice

sus consejos son siempre acertados — she always gives good advice

consejos prácticos de limpieza — practical cleaning tips

2) ( organismo) council, board

•

- consejo de administración

- consejo de estado

- Consejo de Europa

- consejo de guerra

- consejo de ministros

- Consejo de Seguridad

- consejo escolar

* * *

= word of caution, council, prescription, advice, word of advice, counsel.

Ex: Finally a word of caution: do not expect too much.

Ex: He completed a major study funded by a council on Library Resources grant, the results of which have been published in 'Automated Alternatives to Card Catalogs for Large Libraries' in the Journal of Library Automation.

Ex: Granted, standard is an ambiguous term, because it can mean either quality or simply prescription.

Ex: A large part of the work of information and advice has been the interpretation of people's eligibility for welfare benefits and other social services.

Ex: Some enquiries are of a different kind and need a response accompanied by a word of advice about consulting a qualified practitioner.

Ex: Of course, this is on the outer fringes of reference work as such, but librarians should at least be aware that people frequently find counsel and support and encouragement more effective than the supply of specific information to help solve their problems.

* consejo asesor = board of trustees, trustee board.

* Consejo Británico (BC) = British Council (BC).

* consejo de administración = board of trustees, trustees, directorate, trust, trustee board, board of directors.

* consejo de administración de la biblioteca = library trustees.

* consejo de guerra = courts-martial, court martial.

* Consejo de la IFLA = IFLA's Council.

* Consejo de los Servicios Bibliotecarios y Documentales (LISC) = Library and Information Services Council (LISC).

* Consejo de Ministros = Council of Ministers.

* Consejo de Seguridad de las Naciones Unidas = United Nations Security Council.

* Consejo de Seguridad, el = Security Council, the.

* consejo editorial = editorial board, editorial team, board of editors, editorial advisory board.

* Consejo Internacional de Archivos (CIA) = International Council on Archives (ICA).

* Consejo Internacional de Museos (ICOM) = International Council of Museums (ICOM).

* Consejo Internacional de Museos y Lugares de Interés (ICOMS) = International Council of Museums and Sites (ICOMOS).

* consejo juvenil asesor = teen advisory council, teen advisory board, young adult advisory board, young adult advisory council.

* Consejo Nacional de Profesores de Inglés = National Council of Teachers of English (NCTE).

* Consejo para los Niños Excepcionales (CEC) = Council for Exceptional Children (CEC).

* consejo práctico = hint, pointer, tip, practical tip.

* Consejo sobre Recursos Bibliotecarios y Documentales (CLIR) = Council on Library and Information Resources (CLIR).

* Consejo sobre Recursos Bibliotecarios (CLR) = CLR (Council on Library Resources).

* consejos prácticos = how-to, hints and tips.

* consejos sabios = pearls of wisdom, nuggets of truth, nuggets of wisdom.

* dar consejo sobre = give + advice on.

* el consejo de otra persona = a second opinion.

* impartir consejos = mete out + advice.

* juzgar en consejo de guerra = court-martial.

* miembro del consejo de administración = trustee.

* ofrecer consejos prácticos = offer + hints and advice.

* reunión del consejo = council meeting, council conference.

* seguir un consejo = take + advice.

* sesión del consejo = council meeting, council conference.

* * *

consejo

masculine

A (recomendación) piece of advice

te voy a dar un consejo I'm going to give you some advice o a word of advice o a piece of advice

vino a pedirme consejo he came to ask me for advice o to ask (for) my advice

consejos prácticos para la limpieza de su horno practical tips on how to clean your oven

consejos vendo, pero para mí no tengo I'm not very good at practicing what I preach

B (organismo) council, board

Compuestos:

● consejo de administración

board of directors

● Consejo de Economía y Finanzas

(UE) Economic and Financial Affairs Council, Ecofin

● consejo de estado

council of state

● Consejo de Europa

Council of Europe

● consejo de guerra

court-martial

le formaron consejo de guerra he was court-martialed

● consejo de ministros

(grupo) cabinet; (reunión) cabinet meeting

el consejo de ministros de la UE the Council of Ministers of the EU

● Consejo de la Unión Europea

Council of the European Union

● consejo de redacción

editorial board

● Consejo de Seguridad

Security Council

● Consejo Europeo

(UE) European Council

● consejo escolar

school board ( AmE), board of governors ( BrE)

* * *

consejo sustantivo masculino
a) ( recomendación) piece of advice;

◊ te voy a dar un consejo let me give you some advice o a piece of advice;

me pidió consejo he asked me for advice o asked (for) my advice;
sus consejos son siempre acertados she always gives good advice
b) ( organismo) council, board;

◊ consejo de administración board of directors;

consejo de guerra court-martial;
consejo de ministros ( grupo) cabinet;

( reunión) cabinet meeting;
◊ Cconsejo de Europa Council of Europe;

Cconsejo de Seguridad Security Council
consejo sustantivo masculino
1 (opinión) advice
2 (de un banco, administración) board
(de un organismo público, centro de investigación) council
consejo de ministros, (reunión ministerial) cabinet meeting
' consejo' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
ahorrarse
- asesoramiento
- CGPJ
- consulta
- CSIC
- deber
- ejecutiva
- ejecutivo
- escuchar
- indicación
- ofrecer
- oír
- recibir
- recomendación
- resultar
- sabia
- sabio
- seguir
- solicitar
- vocal
- amistoso
- asesor
- atender
- desinteresado
- guiar
- reunir
- valioso
English:
advice
- advise
- appreciation
- appreciative
- bit
- board
- cabinet
- council
- Council of Europe
- counsel
- court martial
- cue
- directorate
- elevate
- good
- hint
- ignore
- invite
- ought
- piece
- pointer
- Security Council
- seek
- shall
- should
- subject
- take
- tip
- trustee
- useful
- volunteer
- would
- court-martial
- elder
- governor
- security
- welcome
- word

* * *

consejo nm

1. [advertencia] advice;

dar un consejo to give some advice o a piece of advice;

te voy a dar un consejo I've got a piece of advice for you;

dar consejos to give (some) advice;

pedir consejo a alguien to ask sb for advice, to ask (for) sb's advice

2. [organismo] council;
[reunión] meeting
Comp
consejo de administración board (of directors); [reunión] board meeting;
consejo de dirección board (of directors);
[reunión] board meeting;
consejo escolar board of governors, Br school board;

consejo de estado Council of State;

Consejo de Europa Council of Europe;

Consejo General del Poder Judicial = governing body of the Spanish judiciary, elected by the Spanish parliament;

Consejo de Ministros [de gobierno] cabinet;
[reunión] cabinet meeting; UE Council of Ministers;
Consejo Mundial de Iglesias World Council of Churches;

Consejo de Seguridad Security Council

3. consejo de guerra court martial

* * *

consejo

m

1 piece of advice;

consejos pl advice sg

2

:

el Consejo de Seguridad de la ONU the UN Security Council

* * *

consejo nm

1) : advice, counsel

2) : council

consejo de guerra: court-martial

* * *

consejo n

1. (opinión) advice

pidió consejo a su mejor amiga she asked her best friend for advice

seguí tus consejos I followed your advice advice es un nombre incontable, un consejo se dice a piece of advice

te daré un consejo I'll give you a piece of advice

2. (organismo) council

consejo de dirección board of directors

Spanish-English dictionary > consejo
13 seguro

adj.

1 safe, sure, low-risk, risk-free.

2 safe.

3 confident, definite.

4 certain, sure, sure-enough, unfailing.

adv.

sure, surely.

m.

1 insurance, underwriting, assurance, insurance policy.

2 safety catch.

3 safety lock, latch.

4 safety-pin.

* * *

seguro

► adjetivo

1 (asegurado) secure

2 (a salvo) safe

3 (firme) firm, steady

4 (cierto) certain, sure

■ estoy segura de que fue allí I'm sure she went there

■ lo más seguro es que llegue tarde I'll probably be late

5 (de fiar) reliable

6 (confiado) confident

■ está muy seguro de sí mismo he's very self-confident

► nombre masculino seguro

1 (contrato, póliza) insurance

2 (mecanismo) safety device, safety catch

► adverbio

1 for sure, definitely

■ seguro que no definitely not

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

a buen seguro without any doubt

dar algo por seguro to take something for granted

ir sobre seguro figurado to play safe

sentirse seguro,-a to feel safe

sobre seguro without risk

seguro a terceros third-party insurance

seguro a todo riesgo fully comprehensive insurance

seguro contra incendios fire insurance

seguro de vida life insurance

————————

seguro

► nombre masculino

1 (contrato, póliza) insurance

2 (mecanismo) safety device, safety catch

► adverbio

1 for sure, definitely

■ seguro que no definitely not

* * *
1. (f. - segura)
adj.

1) safe, secure

2) sure

3) reliable

4) self-assured, confident

5) firm, fixed
2. adv.
certainly
3. noun m.
1) insurance

2) fastener, clasp

* * *

1. ADJ

1) (=sin peligro)

a) [refugio, método, vehículo] safe

no te subas a esa escalera porque no es muy segura — don't go up that ladder, it's not very safe

a causa de una práctica sexual poco segura — due to unsafe sex

b) [persona, objetos de valor] safe

está más seguro en el banco — it's safer in the bank

el bebé se siente seguro cerca de su madre — the baby feels safe o secure close to its mother

2) (=sujeto, estable) secure

hay que atar mejor la carga porque no parece muy segura — the load needs to be fixed a bit better because it doesn't seem to be very securely attached o very secure

su trabajo no es nada seguro — his job is not at all secure

3) (=definitivo) [fracaso, muerte] certain

su dimisión no es segura — her resignation is not certain

aún no hay fecha segura — there's no definite date yet

• eso es lo más seguro — that's the most likely thing

lo más seguro es que no pueda ir — I almost certainly o most likely won't be able to go

• dar algo por seguro, si yo fuera tú no daría la victoria por segura — if I were you I wouldn't be sure of victory

se da por seguro que se trataba de un secuestro — there's little doubt that it was a kidnapping

• es seguro que..., es seguro que ganaremos la copa — we're bound o sure o certain to win the cup

lo que es seguro es que el congreso se celebrará en Barcelona — the conference is definitely going to be held in Barcelona

4) (=convencido) sure

¿estás seguro? — are you sure?

sí, estoy completamente segura — yes, I'm absolutely sure o positive

-¿estás seguro de que era él? -sí, segurísimo — "are you sure it was him?" - "yes, positive"

- vamos a ganar -pues yo no estaría tan seguro — "we're going to win" - "I wouldn't bet on it" o "I wouldn't be so sure"

• seguro de algo — sure of sth

nunca he visto un hombre tan seguro de sus opiniones — I've never seen a man so sure of his opinions

no estoy seguro de poder ir — I'm not sure I'll be able to go

no estés tan seguro de que vas a ganar — don't be so sure that you're going to win

5) [de uno mismo] confident

se muestra cada vez más seguro en el escenario — he is more and more sure of himself o confident on stage

me noto más segura al andar — I feel more steady on my feet, I feel more confident walking now

seguro de sí mismo — self-confident, self-assured

6) (=fiable) [fuente, cálculo, método] reliable

no es un método muy seguro — it's not a very reliable o sure method

es la forma más segura de adelgazar — it's the surest way to lose weight

7) LAm (=honesto) trustworthy

2.

ADV for sure, for certain

no lo sabemos seguro — we don't know for sure o certain

-¿seguro que te interesa? -sí, seguro — "are you sure that you're interested?" - "yes, I'm sure"

-estoy dispuesto a cambiar de actitud -sí, sí, seguro — iró "I'm willing to change my attitude" - "yeah, yeah, sure!" iró

seguro que algunos se alegrarán — some people will certainly be pleased, I'm sure that some people will be pleased

seguro que llueve mañana — it's sure to rain tomorrow

• a buen seguro, de seguro — certainly

a buen seguro o de seguro va a dar que hablar — it will certainly give people something to talk about

- ir o jugar sobre seguro

decidieron jugar sobre seguro contratando a un buen abogado — they decided to play (it) safe and hire a good lawyer

3. SM

1) (=dispositivo)

a) [de puerta, lavadora] lock; [de arma de fuego] safety catch; [de pulsera] clasp

echa el seguro, que van niños en el coche — lock the doors, there are children in the car

b) CAm, Méx (=imperdible) safety pin

2) (Com, Econ) insurance

¿tienes el seguro del coche? — have you got your car insurance documents with you?

• hacerse un seguro — to take out insurance

seguro a todo riesgo — comprehensive insurance

seguro contra terceros — third-party insurance

seguro de accidentes — accident insurance

seguro de crédito a la exportación — export credit guarantee

seguro de daños a terceros — third-party insurance

seguro de desempleo — unemployment benefit, unemployment compensation o insurance (EEUU)

seguro de enfermedad — health insurance

seguro de incendios — fire insurance

seguro de jubilación — retirement plan, pension plan, pension scheme

seguro de paro — Esp unemployment benefit, unemployment compensation o insurance (EEUU)

seguro de viaje — travel insurance

seguro de vida — life assurance, life insurance ( esp EEUU)

seguro marítimo — marine insurance

seguro mixto — endowment assurance, endowment insurance ( esp EEUU)

seguro multirriesgo — multirisk insurance

seguro mutuo — mutual insurance

seguro temporal — term insurance

3) * (=sistema médico) national health *

los médicos de pago y los del seguro — private doctors and national health o NHS ones

seguro social — LAm (=sistema de pensiones y paro) social security, welfare (EEUU); (=contribuciones) national insurance; (=sistema médico) national health service

* * *
I
- ra adjetivo

1)

a) [SER] ( exento de riesgo) safe

ese aeropuerto no es muy seguro — it's not a very safe airport

ese ascensor no es seguro — that elevator is not safe

ponlo en un lugar seguro — put it in a safe place

b) ( estable) secure

un trabajo seguro — a secure job

una inversión segura — a safe o secure investment

esa escalera no está segura — that ladder isn't safe o steady

sobre seguro: un político que sabe jugar sobre seguro a politician who knows how to play safe; sabía que iba sobre seguro — he knew he was onto a sure thing (colloq)

c) [SER] ( fiable)

un método anticonceptivo poco seguro — not a very reliable o safe method of birth control

el cierre de la pulsera es muy seguro — the fastener on the bracelet is very secure

d) [ESTAR] ( a salvo) safe

el dinero estará seguro aquí — the money will be safe here

a su lado se siente seguro — he feels safe when he's beside her

2)

a) [ESTAR] ( convencido) sure

no estoy seguro — I'm not sure

seguro DE algo — sure o certain of something

estoy absolutamente seguro de haberlo dejado aquí — I'm absolutely sure o certain (that) I left it here

no estaba seguro de haber elegido bien — he wasn't sure that he'd made the right choice

b) [SER] ( que no admite duda)

su triunfo es seguro — his victory is assured

iban a una muerte segura — they were heading for certain death

no me han dado fecha segura — they haven't given me a definite day

todavía no es seguro — it's not definite yet

se da por seguro — there seems to be little doubt about it

no te preocupes, seguro que no es nada — don't worry, I'm sure it's nothing

seguro que se le olvida — he's sure o bound to forget

a buen seguro — ( ciertamente) for certain; ( a salvo) safe

guárdalo a buen seguro — keep it safe, put it away for safe keeping

c) ( con confianza en sí mismo) self-assured, self-confident

es una persona muy segura de sí misma — he's a very self-confident person
II
masculino

1)

a) ( mecanismo - de armas) safety catch; (- de una pulsera, un collar) clasp, fastener

poner el seguro — to do up the clasp o fastener

echó el seguro antes de acostarse/arrancar — he locked the door before going to bed/starting the car

b) (Méx) ( imperdible) safety pin

2)

a) ( contrato) insurance

se sacó or se hizo un seguro — she took out insurance o an insurance policy

b) ( Seguridad Social)

el seguro or el Seguro — the state health care system, ≈ Medicaid ( in US), ≈ the National Health Service ( in UK)

se operó por el seguro — he had his operation through Medicaid/on the National Health

me lo recetó el seguro — I got the prescription on Medicaid (AmE), I got it on prescription (BrE)

•

- seguro contra or a todo riesgo

- seguro contra or de incendios

- seguro contra terceros

- seguro de desempleo

- seguro de enfermedad

- seguro de vida
III
adverbio

dijo que llegaría mañana seguro — she said she'd definitely be arriving tomorrow

no lo sabe seguro — she doesn't know for sure o certain

seguro que sospecha lo nuestro — I'm sure he suspects we're up to something

¿seguro que basta? - sí, seguro — (are you) sure that's enough? - yes, positive

esta vez dice la verdad - sí, seguro! — (iró) this time he's/she's telling the truth - oh yeah, sure (he/she is)! (colloq & iro)

* * *
I
- ra adjetivo

1)

a) [SER] ( exento de riesgo) safe

ese aeropuerto no es muy seguro — it's not a very safe airport

ese ascensor no es seguro — that elevator is not safe

ponlo en un lugar seguro — put it in a safe place

b) ( estable) secure

un trabajo seguro — a secure job

una inversión segura — a safe o secure investment

esa escalera no está segura — that ladder isn't safe o steady

sobre seguro: un político que sabe jugar sobre seguro a politician who knows how to play safe; sabía que iba sobre seguro — he knew he was onto a sure thing (colloq)

c) [SER] ( fiable)

un método anticonceptivo poco seguro — not a very reliable o safe method of birth control

el cierre de la pulsera es muy seguro — the fastener on the bracelet is very secure

d) [ESTAR] ( a salvo) safe

el dinero estará seguro aquí — the money will be safe here

a su lado se siente seguro — he feels safe when he's beside her

2)

a) [ESTAR] ( convencido) sure

no estoy seguro — I'm not sure

seguro DE algo — sure o certain of something

estoy absolutamente seguro de haberlo dejado aquí — I'm absolutely sure o certain (that) I left it here

no estaba seguro de haber elegido bien — he wasn't sure that he'd made the right choice

b) [SER] ( que no admite duda)

su triunfo es seguro — his victory is assured

iban a una muerte segura — they were heading for certain death

no me han dado fecha segura — they haven't given me a definite day

todavía no es seguro — it's not definite yet

se da por seguro — there seems to be little doubt about it

no te preocupes, seguro que no es nada — don't worry, I'm sure it's nothing

seguro que se le olvida — he's sure o bound to forget

a buen seguro — ( ciertamente) for certain; ( a salvo) safe

guárdalo a buen seguro — keep it safe, put it away for safe keeping

c) ( con confianza en sí mismo) self-assured, self-confident

es una persona muy segura de sí misma — he's a very self-confident person
II
masculino

1)

a) ( mecanismo - de armas) safety catch; (- de una pulsera, un collar) clasp, fastener

poner el seguro — to do up the clasp o fastener

echó el seguro antes de acostarse/arrancar — he locked the door before going to bed/starting the car

b) (Méx) ( imperdible) safety pin

2)

a) ( contrato) insurance

se sacó or se hizo un seguro — she took out insurance o an insurance policy

b) ( Seguridad Social)

el seguro or el Seguro — the state health care system, ≈ Medicaid ( in US), ≈ the National Health Service ( in UK)

se operó por el seguro — he had his operation through Medicaid/on the National Health

me lo recetó el seguro — I got the prescription on Medicaid (AmE), I got it on prescription (BrE)

•

- seguro contra or a todo riesgo

- seguro contra or de incendios

- seguro contra terceros

- seguro de desempleo

- seguro de enfermedad

- seguro de vida
III
adverbio

dijo que llegaría mañana seguro — she said she'd definitely be arriving tomorrow

no lo sabe seguro — she doesn't know for sure o certain

seguro que sospecha lo nuestro — I'm sure he suspects we're up to something

¿seguro que basta? - sí, seguro — (are you) sure that's enough? - yes, positive

esta vez dice la verdad - sí, seguro! — (iró) this time he's/she's telling the truth - oh yeah, sure (he/she is)! (colloq & iro)

* * *

seguro(de)

(adj.) = confident (in)

Ex: Experience of IT in USA is associated not infrequently with the confounding of confident expectations.

seguro¹

¹ = insurance.

Ex: Increasingly worrying to all however were the escalating cost of insurance, servicing and maintenance.

* actuario de seguros = actuary.

* agencias de seguros, las = insurance industry, the.

* agente de seguros = insurance agent, insurer, insurance broker.

* compañía de seguros = insurance company, insurer.

* compañia de seguros de vida = life-insurance company.

* contratación de seguros = insurance broking.

* contratar una póliza de seguros = take out + insurance policy.

* contratar un seguro = take out + insurance policy.

* corredor de seguros = insurance agent, insurance broker.

* hacerse una póliza de seguros = take out + insurance policy.

* hacerse un seguro = take out + insurance policy.

* impreso de solicitud de seguro = insurance form.

* mutua de seguros = mutual insurance company, mutual insurance society.

* oficina de seguros = insurance office.

* plan de seguros = insurance plan.

* póliza de seguro a todo riesgo = all risks cover.

* póliza de seguros = insurance coverage, insurance policy, insurance cover.

* póliza de seguros contra incendios = fire insurance policy.

* prima de seguro = insurance premium.

* seguro a todo riesgo = comprehensive insurance, all-risk insurance.

* seguro con franquicia = insurance with deductible.

* seguro contra indemnizaciones = indemnity policy.

* seguro contra indemnizaciones profesionales = indemnity insurance.

* seguro de automóvil = automobile insurance.

* seguro de coche = car insurance.

* seguro de coche sin determinación de culpabilidad = no-fault auto insurance.

* seguro de enfermedad = health insurance.

* seguro de incapacidad = disability insurance.

* seguro de invalidez = disability insurance.

* seguro de jubilación = retirement fund, retirement plan.

* seguro de la casa = home insurance.

* seguro dental = dental plan, dental insurance.

* seguro de responsabilidad civil = liability insurance.

* seguro de viaje = travel insurance.

* seguro de vida = life insurance.

* seguro de vida a término = term life insurance.

* seguro de vida vitalicio = whole life insurance.

* seguro médico = health insurance plan, health insurance, medical insurance.

* seguro mutualista = mutual insurance.

* seguro mutuo = mutual insurance.

* seguro por pérdida de un miembro del cuerpo = dismemberment insurance.

* seguro sin determinación de culpabilidad = no-fault insurance.

* seguro social = social insurance.

* sociedad de seguros mutuos = provident society, mutual benefit society.

seguro²

² = buffer.

Ex: This article surveys the causes of disintegration and the use of microforms as a buffer against imminent destruction.

seguro³

³ = latch.

Ex: The latch lever is plastic and seems like it might snap right off if you put too much pressure on it.

seguro⁴

= comfortable, dependable, reliable, safe [safer -comp., safest -sup.], secure, sure [surer -comp., surest -sup.], assertive, tight [tighter -comp., tightest -sup.], you bet!.

Ex: A modern comfortable library could look like that in Berlin's Tiergarten, with its opne-air gardens, or resemble Evanston's library with its comfortable chairs and elegant (and, one hopes, safe) fireplaces.

Ex: If the supplier is a dealer, then ensure that this is a reputable and dependable dealer who can provide help with installation, maintenance and support.

Ex: Computers are reliable, and less prone to error provided they are instructed or programmed appropriately and correctly.

Ex: A modern comfortable library could look like that in Berlin's Tiergarten, with its opne-air gardens, or resemble Evanston's library with its comfortable chairs and elegant (and, one hopes, safe) fireplaces.

Ex: An academic library should be secure to control user behaviour and loss of books.

Ex: The surest way to arrive at such a decision is to be guided by principles of helpful citation order.

Ex: I tried to say at the very outset of my remarks that there probably has not been sufficient consumer-like and assertive leverage exerted upon our chief suppliers.

Ex: The platen was lashed up tight to the toe of the spindle by cords which connected hooks at its four corners to another set of hooks at the four lower corners of the hose.

Ex: The article 'Computer games in the learning resources center? you bet!' discusses some of the benefits of using computer games in education.

* accidente seguro = accident waiting to happen.

* algo casi seguro = a sure bet, safe bet.

* algo es seguro = one thing is for sure.

* algo seguro = safe bet.

* blanco seguro = sitting duck.

* camino seguro al desastre = blueprint for disaster.

* camino seguro al éxito = blueprint for success.

* camino seguro al fracaso = blueprint for failure.

* conocer de seguro = know for + certain, know for + sure.

* dar por seguro que = rest + assured that.

* de éxito seguro = sure-fire [surefire].

* demasiado seguro de uno mismo = overconfident.

* deportista lento pero seguro = plodder.

* de seguro = for sure, for certain.

* de un modo seguro = securely.

* en un lugar seguro = in a safe place, in safekeeping.

* en un sitio seguro = in a safe place, in safekeeping.

* estar moviéndose en terreno seguro = be on secure ground.

* estar seguro = be sure, make + sure, set + your watch by.

* estar seguro de = be certain (of), be confident about, feel + confident.

* estar seguro de que = be confident that.

* ir a lo seguro = play it + safe.

* ir sobre seguro = be on secure ground, play it + safe.

* jugar a lo seguro = play it + safe.

* jugar sobre seguro = play it + safe.

* no estar seguro = be uncertain.

* no estar seguro de = be unsure about/of.

* oportunidad casi segura = a sporting chance.

* poco seguro = dicey [dicier -comp., diciest -sup.].

* problema seguro = accident waiting to happen.

* puerto seguro = safe harbour.

* saber de seguro = know for + certain, know for + sure, know for + a fact.

* seguro (de) = confident (in).

* seguro de sí mismo = smug, assured, self-assured, poised.

* seguro de uno mismo = self-confident.

* sentirse más seguro de = gain + confidence (with/in).

* ser algo seguro = be a cinch, be a doddle, be a breeze, be a picnic, be duck soup.

* ser casi seguro = be a good bet.

* ser seguro = be on the cards.

* ser seguro que + Subjuntivo = be bound to + Infinitivo.

* terreno seguro = safe ground, solid ground.

* * *

seguro¹ -ra

adjective

A

1 [ SER] (exento de riesgo) safe

ese aeropuerto no es muy seguro it's not a very safe airport

no te subas a esa escalera, que no es segura don't climb that ladder, it's not safe

ponlo en un lugar seguro put it somewhere safe o in a safe place o in a secure place

buscan la inversión más segura they are looking for the safest o most secure investment

2 [ ESTAR] (estable) secure

tiene un trabajo bastante seguro she has a fairly secure job

esa escalera no está segura that ladder isn't safe o steady

el cuadro no se va a caer, está bien seguro the picture isn't going to fall, it's quite secure

ir a la segura: un lugar donde el que gusta comer bien va a la seguro a place which is a safe bet for people who like good food

sobre seguro: un político que sabe jugar sobre seguro a politician who knows how to play safe

sabía que iba sobre seguro he knew he was onto a sure thing o he knew it was a safe bet ( colloq)

3 [ SER]

(fiable): un método poco seguro para controlar la natalidad not a very reliable o safe method of birth control

el cierre de la pulsera es muy seguro the fastener on the bracelet is very secure

4 [ ESTAR] (a salvo) safe

el dinero estará seguro aquí the money will be safe here

aquí estarás seguro you'll be safe here

a su lado se siente seguro he feels safe when he's beside her

B

1 [ ESTAR] (convencido) sure

¿estás seguro? are you sure?

no estoy muy seguro, pero creo que ése es su nombre I'm not really sure but I think that's his name

seguro DE algo:

estoy absolutamente seguro de haberlo dejado aquí I'm absolutely sure o certain (that) I left it here

no estaba seguro de haber elegido bien he wasn't sure that he'd made the right choice

no estés tan seguro de eso don't (you) be so sure of that

estoy seguro de que vendrá I'm sure she'll come

estoy completamente segura de que te lo di I'm absolutely sure o I'm positive I gave it to you

2 [ SER]

(que no admite duda): su triunfo es seguro his victory is assured

iban a una muerte segura they were heading for certain death

todavía no es seguro pero creo que lo traerán it's not definite but I think they'll bring it

se da por seguro que ganarán it's seen as a foregone conclusion o there seems to be little doubt that they'll win

da por seguro que tan pronto como llegue se pondrá en contacto contigo you can be sure o rest assured that she'll contact you as soon as she arrives

lo más seguro es que no oyó el despertador he probably didn't hear the alarm clock

no te preocupes, seguro que no es nada don't worry, I'm sure it's nothing

a buen seguro (ciertamente) for certain; (a salvo) safe

guárdalo a buen seguro keep it safe, put it away for safe keeping

3 (con confianza en sí mismo) self-assured, self-confident

es una persona muy segura de sí misma he's a very confident o self-confident o self-assured person

seguro²

masculine

A

1 (mecanismo — de armas) safety catch; (— de una pulsera, un collar) clasp, fastener

no puse el seguro y se me cayó I didn't do up the clasp o fastener and it fell off

echó el seguro antes de acostarse/arrancar he locked the door before going to bed/starting the car

2 ( Méx) (imperdible) safety pin

Compuesto:

seguro antirrobo

(de coche) steering o wheel lock; (de bicicleta) wheel lock

B

1 (contrato) insurance

se sacó or se hizo un seguro she took out insurance o an insurance policy

2

(Seguridad Social): el seguro or el Seguro the state health care system, ≈ Medicaid ( in US), ≈ the National Health Service ( in UK)

¿cuando te operaste ibas particular o por el seguro? when you had your operation did you go private or have it done through Medicaid/on the National Health?

Compuestos:

● seguro ahorro

endowment insurance

● seguro catastrófico

(Chi, Col) insurance against illnesses which entail high treatment costs

● seguro contra or a todo riesgo

comprehensive insurance, all-risks insurance

● seguro contra or de incendios

fire insurance

● seguro contra terceros

liability insurance ( AmE), third-party insurance ( BrE)

● seguro de accidentes

accident insurance

● seguro de desempleo

unemployment benefit

● seguro de enfermedad

medical insurance, health insurance

● seguro de viaje

travel insurance

● seguro de vida

life assurance, life insurance

● seguro personal de accidentes

personal accident insurance

● seguro social

social insurance

● seguro temporal

term assurance

seguro³

adverb

dijo que llegaría mañana seguro she said she'd definitely be arriving tomorrow

no ha dicho seguro si vendrá he hasn't said definitely o for certain whether he's coming

no lo sabe seguro she doesn't know for sure o certain

seguro que sospecha lo nuestro I'm sure he suspects we're up to something

seguro que llamó y no estábamos I bet she called and we weren't in

¿seguro que tienes suficiente dinero? — sí, seguro (are you) sure you have enough money? — yes, positive

estoy convencido de que esta vez dice la verdad — ¡sí, seguro! ( iró); I'm convinced that this time he's telling the truth — oh yeah, sure (he is)! ( colloq iro)

* * *

seguro 1
◊ -ra adjetivo

1
a) [SER] ( exento de riesgo) safe;

◊ en un lugar seguro in a safe place

b) ( estable) secure;

◊ un trabajo seguro a secure job;

esa escalera no está segura that ladder isn't safe o steady
c) [SER] ( fiable) ‹test/método› reliable;

‹ anticonceptivo› safe;
◊ el cierre de la pulsera es muy seguro the fastener on the bracelet is very secure

d) [ESTAR] ( a salvo) safe

2
a) [ESTAR] ( convencido) sure;

◊ no estoy seguro I'm not sure;

seguro DE algo sure o certain of sth
b) [SER] ( que no admite duda) ‹muerte/victoria› certain;

‹ fecha› definite;
◊ todavía no es seguro it's not definite yet;

no te preocupes, seguro que no es nada don't worry, I'm sure it's nothing;
seguro que se le olvida he's sure o bound to forget
c) ( con confianza en sí mismo) self-assured, self-confident

seguro 2 sustantivo masculino
1
a) ( mecanismo — de armas) safety catch;

(— de pulsera, collar) clasp, fastener;
◊ echó el seguro antes de acostarse he locked the door before going to bed

b) (Méx) ( imperdible) safety pin

2
a) ( contrato) insurance;

seguro contra or a todo riesgo comprehensive insurance, all-risks insurance;
seguro contra or de incendios fire insurance;
◊ seguro de desempleo unemployment benefit;

seguro de viaje travel insurance;
seguro de vida life assurance, life insurance
b) ( Seguridad Social): el seguro or el Sseguro the state health care system, ≈ Medicaid ( in US), ≈ the National Health Service ( in UK)

■ adverbio:
◊ dijo que llegaría mañana seguro she said she'd definitely be arriving tomorrow;

no lo sabe seguro she doesn't know for sure o certain;
seguro que sospecha lo nuestro I'm sure he suspects we're up to something
seguro,-a
I adjetivo
1 es una persona muy segura (de sí misma), he's very self-confident
2 (convencido, sin dudas) sure, definite: estaba segura de que vendrías, I was sure you would come
3 (garantizado, cierto) assured: su dimisión es prácticamente segura, his resignation is almost certain
4 (sin peligro) safe
un lugar seguro, a safe place
5 (sin temor, riesgo) secure: no se siente seguro, he doesn't feel secure
es una inversión muy segura, it's a safe investment
6 (paso, voz) steady, firm
II sustantivo masculino
1 Com insurance
seguro a todo riesgo, fully comprehensive insurance
seguro de vida, life insurance
2 (de un arma) safety catch o device
(de una puerta) pásale el seguro a la puerta, bolt the door
III adverbio for sure, definitely
♦ Locuciones: ir sobre seguro, to play safe
tener algo por seguro, to be sure of sthg

' seguro' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
asegurarse
- cierta
- cierto
- cobertura
- confiada
- confiado
- esperar
- liquidez
- ocho
- prima
- riesgo
- santuario
- segura
- servidor
- servidora
- sexo
- sí
- tener
- asegurado
- bien
- confiar
- desenfadado
- montaje
- ojalá
- que
- tercero
English:
agenda
- assurance
- back up
- bet
- bound
- burglar alarm
- certain
- claim
- clear
- comprehensive
- confident
- dead
- define
- dependable
- doubt
- endowment
- extortionate
- insurance
- insurance premium
- itemize
- life insurance
- low-cost
- ought
- overconfident
- play
- policy
- positive
- premium
- quite
- safe
- safety
- safety catch
- secure
- self-assured
- self-confident
- steadily
- steady
- sure
- travel insurance
- uncertain
- unsure
- certainly
- certainty
- death
- definite
- definitely
- diffident
- dollar
- health
- including

* * *

seguro, -a

♦ adj

1. [sin peligro] safe;

el medio de transporte más seguro the safest means of transport;

¿es éste un lugar seguro? is it safe here?;

aquí estaremos seguros we'll be safe here;

es una inversión segura it's a safe investment;

prefiero ir sobre seguro I'd rather play (it) safe;

más vale ir sobre seguro y llamar antes we'd better ring first, to be safe

2. [protegido, estable] secure;

un trabajo seguro a secure job;

esta mesa no está segura this table isn't very steady;

¿irán las botellas seguras ahí atrás? are the bottles safe in the back there?

3. [fiable, infalible] reliable;

un método seguro para combatir o [m5] contra los catarros a sure-fire cure for colds

4. [indudable, cierto] definite, certain;

creo que sí, pero no es seguro I think so, but I'm not certain o but it's not definite;

su nombramiento es seguro he's certain to be given the post;

ya sabemos la fecha segura de su llegada we've now got a definite date for his arrival;

no es seguro que vengan they're not definitely coming, they're not certain to come;

lo puedes dar por seguro you can be sure of it;

ya daban la victoria por segura they were sure that they had won;

tener por seguro que… to be sure (that)…;

ten por seguro que vendrá you can be sure (that) she'll come;

¿crees que nos ayudará? – a buen seguro, de seguro do you think she'll help us? – I'm sure she will;

a buen seguro que pone alguna pega he's certain to find something wrong with it

5. [convencido] sure;

¿estás seguro? are you sure?;

no estoy muy seguro I'm not too sure;

estar seguro de algo to be sure about o of sth;

estoy seguro de ello I'm sure of it;

estamos seguros de que te gustará we're sure you'll like it;

no estoy seguro de habérselo dicho I'm not sure I told him;

estaba segura de vencer she was confident of winning

6. [con confianza en uno mismo] self-assured, self-confident;

se le ve un tipo muy seguro he's very self-assured o self-confident;

ser seguro de sí mismo, ser una persona segura de sí misma to be self-assured o self-confident

♦ nm

1. [contrato] insurance;

contratar o [m5] hacerse un seguro to take out insurance

Comp
seguro de accidentes accident insurance;
seguro de asistencia en viaje travel insurance;

seguro del automóvil car insurance;

seguro de cambio exchange rate hedge;

seguro de la casa buildings insurance;

seguro de enfermedad private health insurance;

seguro de hogar buildings insurance;

seguro de o contra incendios fire insurance;

seguro médico private health insurance;

seguro multirriesgo comprehensive insurance;

seguro mutuo joint insurance;

seguro de responsabilidad civil liability insurance;

seguro a todo riesgo comprehensive insurance;

seguro a terceros liability insurance;

seguro de viaje travel insurance;

seguro de vida life insurance o assurance

2. Fam
el seguro [la seguridad social] Br ≈ the National Health, US ≈ Medicaid;

ir al seguro to go to the hospital;

ese tratamiento no lo cubre el seguro ≈ you can't get that treatment on Br the National Health o US Medicaid

Comp
seguro de desempleo unemployment benefit;
seguro de incapacidad disability benefit;

seguro de invalidez disability benefit;

seguro de paro unemployment benefit

3. [dispositivo] safety device;
[de armas] safety catch; [en automóvil] door lock catch;
echa o [m5] pon el seguro lock the car door

4. CAm, Méx [imperdible] safety pin

♦ adv

for sure, definitely;

¿vienes seguro? are you definitely coming?;

no lo sé seguro I don't know for sure;

seguro que vendrá she's bound o certain o sure to come;

seguro que suspendo I'm bound o certain o sure to fail;

seguro que ahora va y se lo cuenta todo a ella I bet she's going to go and tell her everything;

¿seguro que no necesitas nada? – sí, sí, seguro are you sure you don't need anything? – yes, I'm sure

* * *

seguro

I adj

1 tratamiento, puente safe;

ir sobre seguro be on the safe side

2 ( estable) steady

3 ( cierto) sure;

es seguro it’s a certainty;

dar algo por seguro be sure about sth;

no estoy tan seguro I’m not so sure;

a buen seguro definitely

4 persona

:

seguro de sí mismo self-confident, sure of o.s.

II adv for sure

III m

1 COM insurance

2 de puerta, coche lock;

poner el seguro lock the door

3 L.Am.

para ropa etc safety pin

* * *

seguro adv

: certainly, definitely

va a llover, seguro: it's going to rain for sure

¡seguro que sí!: of course!

seguro, -ra adj

1) : safe, secure

2) : sure, certain

estoy segura que es él: I'm sure that's him

3) : reliable, trustworthy

4) : self-assured

seguro nm

1) : insurance

seguro de vida: life insurance

2) : fastener, clasp

3) Mex : safety pin

* * *

seguro¹ adj

1. (en general) safe

las medicinas deben guardarse en un lugar seguro medicine must be kept in a safe place

2. (estable) secure

tiene un trabajo seguro he's got a secure job

3. (convencido) sure

estoy seguro de que no va a defraudarnos I'm sure he won't let us down

seguro² adv for certain

lo sé seguro I know for certain

seguro que... I bet... / to be bound...

seguro que se ha olvidado I bet he's forgotten / he's bound to have forgotten

seguro³ n

1. (contrato) insurance

me he hecho un seguro de vida I've taken out life insurance

2. (mecanismo) safety catch

echó el seguro de las puertas del coche he put the safety catch on the car doors

Spanish-English dictionary > seguro
14 tort

tort [tɔʀ]

masculine noun

   a. ( = action, attitude blâmable) fault

• il a un tort, c'est de trop parler his one fault is that he talks too much

• il a le tort d'être trop jeune the only trouble with him is that he's too young

• il a eu le tort d'être impoli avec le patron he made the mistake of being rude to the boss

• ils ont tous les torts de leur côté the fault is entirely on their side

• les torts sont du côté du mari the fault lies with the husband

• être en tort to be in the wrong

• avoir des torts envers qn to have wronged sb

• il n'a aucun tort he's not at fault

• il a reconnu ses torts he acknowledged that he had done something wrong

• vous avez refusé ? c'est un tort did you refuse? - you shouldn't have

   b. ( = dommage, préjudice) wrong

• redresser un tort to right a wrong

• faire or causer du tort à qn to harm sb

• ça ne fait de tort à personne it doesn't harm anybody

• il s'est fait du tort he has harmed himself

   c. (locutions)

► dans son tort

• être dans son tort to be in the wrong

• se mettre dans son tort to put o.s. in the wrong

• il venait de ma droite, j'étais dans mon tort (en voiture) he was coming from the right, I was at fault► avoir tort to be wrong

• il a tort de se mettre en colère he's wrong to get angry

• il n'a pas tout à fait tort de dire que... he's not altogether wrong in saying that...

• tu aurais bien tort de ne pas le faire ! you'd be crazy not to do it!► donner tort à qn ( = blâmer) to lay the blame on sb ; ( = ne pas être d'accord avec) to disagree with sb

• les événements lui ont donné tort events proved him wrong► à tort [soupçonner, accuser] wrongly

► à tort ou à raison rightly or wrongly

► à tort et à travers

• dépenser à tort et à travers to spend money like water

• il parle à tort et à travers he talks a lot of rubbish (inf)

* * *
tɔʀ
1.

nom masculin

1) ( défaut de raison)

avoir tort — to be wrong

tu n'as pas tort de les laisser tomber! — I don't blame you for dropping them!

j'aurais bien tort de m'inquiéter! — it would be silly of me to worry!

être en tort, être dans son tort — to be in the wrong

donner tort à quelqu'un — [arbitre, juge] to blame somebody; [faits] to prove somebody wrong

2) ( faute) fault

les torts sont partagés — there are faults on both sides

prendre tous les torts à son compte — to take all the blame ou all responsibility

reconnaître ses torts — to acknowledge that one has done wrong

avoir des torts envers quelqu'un — to have wronged somebody

le jugement a été prononcé à leurs torts — Droit the case went against them

3) ( erreur) mistake

mon tort, c'est d'être trop impulsif — my trouble is that I am too impulsive

4) ( préjudice) wrong

demander réparation d'un tort — to demand compensation for a wrong

faire du or porter tort à quelqu'un/quelque chose — to harm somebody/something

2.

à tort locution adverbiale [accuser] wrongly

à tort ou à raison — rightly or wrongly

à tort et à travers — [dépenser] wildly

parler à tort et à travers — to talk a lot of nonsense

* * *
tɔʀ
1. nm

1) (= défaut)

avoir tort — to be wrong

être dans son tort — to be in the wrong

donner tort à qn (= désapprouver) — to say that sb is wrong, (= montrer que qn a tort) to prove sb wrong

en tort — in the wrong, at fault

à tort — wrongly

à tort ou à raison — rightly or wrongly

à tort et à travers — wildly

2) (= préjudice)

causer du tort à — to harm, (= desservir) to be harmful to, to be detrimental to

un redresseur de torts — a righter of wrongs

2. torts nmpl

DROIT

aux torts de qn; rupture de contrat de travail aux torts de l'employeur — breach of contract of employment by the fault of the employer

* * *

tort

A nm

1 ( défaut de raison) avoir tort to be wrong (de faire to do); il a eu tort de les licencier he was wrong to fire ou dismiss them; on aurait tort de croire que c'est facile it would be wrong ou a mistake to think it's easy; il n'a pas tout à fait tort de dire ça he's not entirely wrong in saying that; tu n'as pas tort de les laisser tomber! I don't blame you for dropping them!; j'aurais bien tort de m'inquiéter ! it would be silly of me to worry!; être en tort, être dans son tort to be in the wrong; se mettre/mettre qn en tort to put oneself/sb in the wrong; donner tort à qn [arbitre, juge] to blame sb; [faits, réalité] to prove sb wrong; ⇒ absent;

2 ( faute) fault; les torts sont partagés there are faults on both sides; tous les torts sont de leur côté it's all their fault, they're entirely to blame; prendre tous les torts à son compte to take all the blame ou all responsibility; reconnaître ses torts to acknowledge that one has done wrong; avoir des torts envers qn to have wronged sb; le jugement a été prononcé à leurs torts Jur the case went against them; divorce prononcé aux torts du mari Jur divorce granted against the husband;

3 ( erreur) mistake; c'est un tort de s'imaginer que… it's a mistake to think that…; j'ai eu le tort de le croire I made the mistake of believing him; c'est le grand tort que tu as eu that's where you went wrong, that was your big mistake; mon tort, c'est d'être trop impulsif my trouble is that I am too impulsive;

4 ( préjudice) wrong; demander réparation d'un tort to demand compensation for a wrong; faire du or porter tort à qn/qch to harm sb/sth; ça ne fait de tort à personne it doesn't do anybody any harm, it doesn't hurt anybody.

B à tort loc adv [accuser] wrongly; à tort ou à raison rightly or wrongly; à tort et à travers [dépenser] wildly; parler à tort et à travers to talk a lot of nonsense.

[tɔr] nom masculin

1. (sans article)

avoir tort [se tromper] to be wrong

tu as tort de ne pas la prendre au sérieux you're making a mistake in not taking her seriously, you're wrong not to take her seriously

tu n'avais pas tout à fait tort/pas tort de te méfier you weren't entirely wrong/you were quite right to be suspicious

donner tort à quelqu'un [désapprouver] to disagree with somebody

elle me donne toujours tort contre son fils she always sides with her son against me

les faits lui ont donné tort events proved her (to be) wrong ou showed that she was (in the) wrong

2. [défaut, travers] fault, shortcoming

je reconnais mes torts I admit I was wrong

elle a le tort d'être trop franche the trouble ou problem with her is (that) she's too direct

c'est un tort (de) it's a mistake (to)

tu ne fais pas de sport? c'est un tort don't you do any exercise? you definitely ought to ou should

avoir le tort de to make the mistake of

il a eu le tort de lui faire confiance he made the mistake of trusting her

3. [dommage] wrong

réparer le tort qu'on a causé to right the wrong one has caused, to make good the wrong one has done

réparer un tort to make amends

faire du tort à quelqu'un to do harm to somebody, to wrong somebody, to harm somebody

faire du tort à une cause

a. [personne] to harm a cause

b. [initiative] to be detrimental to a cause

4. [part de responsabilité] fault

avoir tous les torts

a. [généralement] to be entirely to blame

b. [dans un accident] to be fully responsible

c. [dans un divorce] to be the guilty party

les torts sont partagés both parties are equally to blame

j'ai des torts envers eux I have done them wrong

————————

à tort locution adverbiale

1. [faussement] wrongly, mistakenly

croire/affirmer quelque chose à tort to believe/to state something wrongly

2. [injustement] wrongly

condamner quelqu'un à tort to blame somebody wrongly

à tort ou à raison locution adverbiale

right or wrong, rightly or wrongly

à tort et à travers locution adverbiale

tu parles à tort et à travers you're talking nonsense

elle dépense son argent à tort et à travers money burns a hole in her pocket, she spends money like water

————————

dans mon tort locution adverbiale,

dans son tort etc. locution adverbiale

être dans son tort to be in the wrong

mettre quelqu'un dans son tort to make somebody appear to be in the wrong

————————

en tort locution adverbiale

in the wrong

dans cet accident, c'est lui qui est en tort he is to blame for the accident

donner tort à quelqu'un

I'm sorry, but you're wrong. Je regrette, mais vous avez tort

You've got it all wrong. Vous vous trompez complètement

You're completely missing the point. Vous n'y êtes pas du tout

With all due respect, I think you're mistaken. Si je peux me permettre, je pense que vous vous trompez

That can't be right, surely. Ça ne peut pas être ça, si?

Actually, that's not strictly true. En fait, ce n'est pas tout à fait exact

I think you'll find it's French, not Spanish. Je pense que c'est du français, et pas de l'espagnol

No, that's not what I meant at all. Non, ce n'est pas du tout ce que je voulais dire

That's nonsense ou rubbish familier! N'importe quoi!

Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > tort
15 hecho

adj.

1 made, done.

2 made, created.

intj.

1 done.

2 agreed.

m.

1 fact, point of fact, event, happening.

2 act, feat, deed, action.

past part.

past participle of spanish verb: hacer.

* * *

hecho

► nombre masculino

1 (realidad) fact

2 (suceso) event, incident

► interjección

————————

hecho

► participio pasado

1→ link=hacer hacer

► adjetivo

1 (carne) done

2 (persona) mature

3 (frase, expresión) set

4 (ropa) ready-made

► nombre masculino hecho

1 (realidad) fact

2 (suceso) event, incident

► interjección ¡hecho!

1 done!, agreed!

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

a lo hecho pecho it's no use crying over spilt milk

¡bien hecho! well done!

de hecho in fact

el hecho es que... the fact is that...

eso está hecho figurado that won't take long, that'll only take a minute

estar hecho,-a un,-a... to be...

■ esta habitación está hecha un asco this room is in a right mess

■ está hecho un vago he's a real waster, he's a real layabout

hecho,-a a mano handmade

hecho,-a a máquina machine-made

hecho,-a en casa home-made

hechos son amores actions speak louder than words

lo hecho hecho está what's done is done

muy hecho,-a (carne) well-cooked 2 (pasada) overdone

poco,-a hecho,-a (carne) rare 2 (insuficientemente) underdone

ser un hombre hecho y derecho to be a real man

hecho consumado fait accompli

hecho de armas feat of arms

Hechos de los Apóstoles RELIGIÓN Acts of the Apostles

* * *
1. noun m.
1) fact

2) deed

3) event
2. (f. - hecha)
adj.

1) done, made

2) finished

* * *

1.

PP de hacer

2. ADJ

1) (=realizado) done

bien hecho — well done

mal hecho — badly done

si le dijiste que no fuera, mal hecho — if you told him not to go, then you were wrong o you shouldn't have

¡hecho! — (=de acuerdo) agreed!, it's a deal!

- lo hecho, hecho está

- a lo hecho pecho

2) (=manufacturado) made

¿de qué está hecho? — what's it made of?

bien hecho — well made

mal hecho — poorly made

hecho a mano — handmade

hecho a máquina — machine-made

hecho a la medida — made-to-measure

se compra la ropa hecha — he buys his clothes off-the-peg

3) (=acabado) done, finished; (=listo) ready

el trabajo ya está hecho — the work is done o finished

¿está hecha la comida? — is dinner ready?

4) (Culin)

a) (=maduro) [queso, vino] mature; [fruta] ripe

b) (=cocinado)

muy hecho — (=bien) well-cooked; (=demasiado) overdone

no muy hecho, poco hecho — underdone, undercooked

un filete poco o no muy hecho — a rare steak

5) (=convertido en)

el baño está hecho un asco — the bathroom is disgusting

usted está hecho un chaval — you look so young!

ella, hecha una furia, se lanzó — she hurled herself furiously

estará hecha una mujercita — she must be quite grown up now

6) [persona]

bien hecho — well-proportioned

mal hecho — ill-proportioned

hecho y derecho —

un hombre hecho y derecho — a (fully) grown man

soldados hechos y derechos — proper soldiers

7) (=acostumbrado)

estar hecho a — to be used to

3. SM

1) (=acto)

los vecinos quieren hechos — the residents want action

hechos, y o que no palabras — actions speak louder than words

hecho consumado — fait accompli

hecho de armas — feat of arms

Hechos de los Apóstoles — Acts of the Apostles

2) (=realidad) fact; (=suceso) event

es un hecho — it's a fact

es un hecho conocido — it's a well-known fact

el hecho es que... — the fact is that...

volvamos a los hechos — let's get back to the facts

hay que clarificar los hechos — the facts must be clarified

un hecho histórico — (=acontecimiento) an historic event; (=dato) a historical fact

los hechos acaecidos ayer — yesterday's events

el lugar de los hechos — the scene of the incident

hecho imponible — (Econ) taxable source of income

3)

de hecho — in fact, as a matter of fact

de hecho, yo no sé nada de eso — in fact o as a matter of fact, I don't know anything about that

4) (Jur)

de hecho y de derecho — de facto and de jure

* * *
I
- cha participio pasado [ ver tb hacer]

1) ( manufacturado) made

hecho a mano — handmade

un traje hecho a (la) medida — a made-to-measure suit

bien/mal hecho — well/badly made

2) ( refiriéndose a acción)

bien hecho! — well done!

no le avisé - pues mal hecho — I didn't let him know - well you should have (done)

lo hecho, hecho está — what's done is done

3) ( convertido en)

estaba hecho una fiera — he was furious

está hecha una vaca — she's got(ten) really fat

tú estás hecho un vago — you've become o turned into a lazy devil

se apareció hecho un mamarracho — he turned up looking a real mess

4) ( acostumbrado)

hecho a algo — used o accustomed to something

5) (como interj) ( expresando acuerdo)

hecho! — it's a deal!, done!
II
- cha adjetivo

1) < ropa> ready-to-wear, off-the-rack (AmE), off-the-peg (esp BrE)

2) ( terminado) < trabajo> done

hecho y derecho — < hombre> (fully) grown; < abogado> fully-fledged

3) (esp Esp) < carne> done

un filete muy/poco hecho — a well-done/rare steak
III
masculino

1)

a) (acto, acción)

ésas son palabras y yo quiero hechos — those are just words, I want action o I want something done

demuéstramelo con hechos — prove it to me by doing something about it

b) (suceso, acontecimiento) event

el lugar de los hechos — the scene of the crime

- hecho consumado

2) (realidad, verdad) fact

los viajes espaciales ya son un hecho — space travel is already a reality

el hecho es que... — the fact (of the matter) is that...

3)

de hecho — in fact

* * *
I
- cha participio pasado [ ver tb hacer]

1) ( manufacturado) made

hecho a mano — handmade

un traje hecho a (la) medida — a made-to-measure suit

bien/mal hecho — well/badly made

2) ( refiriéndose a acción)

bien hecho! — well done!

no le avisé - pues mal hecho — I didn't let him know - well you should have (done)

lo hecho, hecho está — what's done is done

3) ( convertido en)

estaba hecho una fiera — he was furious

está hecha una vaca — she's got(ten) really fat

tú estás hecho un vago — you've become o turned into a lazy devil

se apareció hecho un mamarracho — he turned up looking a real mess

4) ( acostumbrado)

hecho a algo — used o accustomed to something

5) (como interj) ( expresando acuerdo)

hecho! — it's a deal!, done!
II
- cha adjetivo

1) < ropa> ready-to-wear, off-the-rack (AmE), off-the-peg (esp BrE)

2) ( terminado) < trabajo> done

hecho y derecho — < hombre> (fully) grown; < abogado> fully-fledged

3) (esp Esp) < carne> done

un filete muy/poco hecho — a well-done/rare steak
III
masculino

1)

a) (acto, acción)

ésas son palabras y yo quiero hechos — those are just words, I want action o I want something done

demuéstramelo con hechos — prove it to me by doing something about it

b) (suceso, acontecimiento) event

el lugar de los hechos — the scene of the crime

- hecho consumado

2) (realidad, verdad) fact

los viajes espaciales ya son un hecho — space travel is already a reality

el hecho es que... — the fact (of the matter) is that...

3)

de hecho — in fact

* * *

hecho¹

¹ = event, fact, deed.

Ex: The concept of corporate body includes named occasional groups and events, such as meetings, conferences, congresses, expeditions, exhibitions, festivals, and fairs.

Ex: Apart from the fact that different librarians may consult different reference sources, there are other factors which may lead different cataloguers to different decisions.

Ex: Books were kept for historical records of deeds done by the inhabitants: their worthy acts as well as their sins.

* apuntar el hecho de que = point to + the fact that.

* cegarse ante el hecho de que = blind + Pronombre + to the fact that.

* de derecho pero no de hecho = in name only.

* de hecho = actually, as a matter of fact, as it happened, de facto, in actual fact, in effect, in fact, indeed, in point of fact, in actuality, as it happens, as it is, effectively, for all intents and purposes, to all intents and purposes, for that matter.

* del dicho al hecho hay mucho trecho = easier said than done.

* del dicho al hecho hay mucho trecho = There's many a slip 'twixt cup and lip.

* demostración del hecho de que = evidence of the fact that.

* desde el punto de vista de los hechos = factually.

* dicho sin hecho no tiene provecho = actions speak louder than words.

* el hecho es que = fact is, the fact is (that).

* el hecho es que... = the fact of the matter is that....

* en cuanto a los hechos = factually.

* en el lugar de los hechos = at the scene.

* enfrentarse al hecho de que = face + (up to) the fact that.

* entre el dicho y el hecho hay un gran trecho = many a slip between the cup and the lip.

* enunciado de los hechos = statement of fact.

* estado de hecho = rule of men.

* explicar + Posesivo + versión de los hechos = explain + Posesivo + side of the story.

* exposición de los hechos = statement of fact.

* hacer frente al hecho de que = face + (up to) the fact that.

* hacer frente a los hechos = face + facts.

* hecho casual = coincidence, chance happening.

* hecho consumado = fait accompli.

* hecho demostrado = established fact.

* hecho ineludible = hard fact.

* hecho real = brute fact.

* hechos dispersos = random facts.

* hechos, los = plain fact, the.

* hechos reales = true story.

* no prestar atención al hecho de que = overlook + the fact that.

* olvidarse del hecho de que = lose + sight of the fact that.

* pareja de hecho = common-law husband, common-law wife, common-law marriage.

* partiendo del hecho de que = based on the understanding that.

* perder de vista el hecho de que = lose + sight of the fact that.

* por el hecho de que = because of the fact that.

* por el mero hecho de saber = for knowledge's sake.

* presunción de hecho = prima facie.

* prueba del hecho de que = evidence of the fact that.

* ser un hecho ampliamente aceptado = it + be + widely agreed.

* ser un hecho ampliamente reconocido = it + be + widely recognised.

* ser un hecho bien conocido que = it + be + a (well)-known fact that.

* ser un hecho bien sabido que = it + be + a (well)-known fact that.

* ser un hecho poco conocido que = it + be + a little known fact that.

* ser un hecho poco sabido que = it + be + a little known fact that.

* sin meternos en el hecho de que = to say nothing of.

* sin tener en cuenta el hecho de que = overlook + the fact that.

* verificación de los hechos = fact checking.

hecho²

² = executed.

Ex: What was pinned up ranged from sheets of paper with nothing more written on them than a title and author to elaborate and beautifully executed illustrations.

* a lo hecho, pecho = no use crying over spilt/spilled milk, you've made your bed, now you must lie in it!.

* bien hecho = well-rendered, well done.

* cartón hecho de paja = strawboard.

* comprar Algo hecho en serie = buy + off-the-shelf.

* comprar Algo ya hecho de antemano = buy + off-the-shelf.

* cosa hecha = plain sailing, walkover.

* dado por hecho = foregone.

* dando por hecho que = based on the understanding that, on the understanding that.

* dar por hecho = take for + granted.

* dejar hecho polvo = screw + Nombre + up.

* dicho y hecho = no sooner said than done.

* estar hecho a escala = be to scale.

* estar hecho con la intención de = be intended for/to.

* estar hecho con la mismas dimensiones que el original = be to scale.

* estar hecho el uno para el otro = be two of a kind, be a right pair.

* estar hecho para = be geared to, be intended for/to, mean, be cut out for.

* estar hecho polvo = be + wreck.

* estar hecho un desastre = be a shambles, look like + the wreck of the Hesperus, look like + drag + through a hedge backwards, be (in) a mess.

* estar hecho un esqueleto = be a bag of bones.

* frase hecha = bound phrase, cliche, formulaic words, formulaic phrase.

* hecho a base de parches = patchwork.

* hecho a mano = hand-made, hand-drawn, handcrafted.

* hecho a máquina = machine-made.

* hecho a medida = customised [customized, -USA], purpose-designed, tailored, tailor-made [tailormade], custom-made, custom-built [custom built], custom-designed [custom designed], custom-tailored [custom tailored], bespoke, made to measure, fitted, made-to-order.

* hecho añicos = shattered.

* hecho a propósito = tailor-made [tailormade], custom-made, custom-built [custom built], custom-designed [custom designed], custom-tailored [custom tailored].

* hecho cisco = wrecked.

* hecho como de pasada = throwaway.

* hecho de antemano = off-the-peg, ready-made.

* hecho de encaje = lacy.

* hecho de grava = metalled [metaled, -USA].

* hecho de trozos = piecewise.

* hecho de un modo gratuito = pro bono.

* hecho en América = American-built.

* hecho en casa = homespun, homemade.

* hecho en el extranjero = foreign-made.

* hecho en el Reino Unido = British-made.

* hecho en lugar de otra persona = delegated.

* hecho exclusivamente para = born and bred.

* hecho exclusivamente para la web = Web-centric.

* hecho expresamente para = intended for.

* hecho para una situación específica = niche-specific.

* hecho para una única ocasión = one shot.

* hecho polvo = wrecked, dog tired.

* hecho por el autor = author-designated, author-prepared.

* hecho por el hombre = man-made.

* hecho por encargo = tailor-made [tailormade], bespoke, custom-made, custom-built [custom built], custom-designed [custom designed], custom-tailored [custom tailored], made-to-order, made to measure.

* hecho por la OCLC = OCLC-produced.

* hecho por la propia biblioteca = in-house [inhouse].

* hecho por multicopista = mimeographed.

* hecho por uno mismo = home-grown [home grown/homegrown], home-produced, self-made.

* hecho puré = mashed.

* hecho recientemente = fresh-made.

* hechos el uno para el otro = made for each other.

* hecho una salsa = saucy [saucier -comp., sauciest -sup.].

* hecho una sopa = drenched to the skin, wringing wet, soaked to the skin, soaking wet, wet through to the skin.

* hecho un desastre = in shambles, like the wreck of the Hesperus, upside down.

* hecho un toro = as strong as an ox.

* hecho y derecho = full-bodied, full-scale, full-service, fully-fledged.

* ir hecho un desastre = look like + drag + through a hedge backwards, look like + the wreck of the Hesperus.

* lo hecho hecho está = no use crying over spilt/spilled milk.

* mal hecho para = ill suited to/for.

* medio hecho = halfway done, half done.

* menos hecho = rarer.

* páguese por el uso hecho = pay-as-you-go.

* papel hecho a mano = hand-made paper.

* papel hecho a máquina = machine-made paper.

* papel verjurado hecho a máquina = machine-made laid paper.

* ponerse hecho una fiera = go + ballistic, go + berserk, go + postal, lose + Posesivo + temper.

* ponerse hecho una furia = go + berserk, go + postal, lose + Posesivo + temper.

* ponerse hecho un basilisco = go + ballistic, go + berserk, go + postal, lose + Posesivo + temper.

* ponerse hecho un energúmeno = go + ballistic.

* recién hecho = hot off the griddle.

* resumen hecho para una disciplina concreta = discipline-oriented abstract.

* sistema informático hecho por encargo = tailored system.

* solución hecha = cut-and-dried solution.

* tener Algo hecho a la medida de uno = have + Nombre + cut out.

* tenerlo todo hecho = have + an easy ride.

* un trabajo bien hecho = a job well done.

* * *

hecho¹ - cha

pp

[ ver tb hacer]

A (manufacturado) made

hecho a mano handmade

hecho a máquina machine-made, machine-produced

un traje hecho a (la) medida a made-to-measure suit

está muy bien/mal hecho it's very well/badly made

B

(refiriéndose a una acción): ¡bien hecho! así aprenderá well done! o good for you! that'll teach him

tomé la decisión yo solo — pues mal hecho, tenías que haberlo consultado I took the decision myself — well you shouldn't have (done), you should have discussed it with him

lo hecho, hecho está it's no use crying over spilled milk

pecho

C

(convertido en): estaba hecho una fiera or furia he was livid o furious

está hecha una foca she's got(ten) really fat

se apareció hecho un mamarracho he turned up looking a real mess

me dejaron con los nervios hechos trizas when they finished my nerves were in tatters o in shreds o ( colloq) shot to pieces

tú estás hecho un vago you've become o turned into a lazy devil

D (acostumbrado) hecho A algo used o accustomed TO sth

un hombre muy hecho a la vida en el campo a man well used to o quite accustomed to life in the country

E ( como interj)

(expresando acuerdo): ¡hecho! it's a deal!, done!

trato

hecho² - cha

adjective

A ‹ropa› ready-to-wear, off-the-peg

con ese físico se puede comprar los trajes hechos with his build he can buy ready-to-wear suits o he can buy his suits off the peg

B (terminado) ‹trabajo› done

hecho y derecho: un hombre hecho y derecho a grown o a fully grown man

un abogado hecho y derecho a fully-fledged lawyer

ya es un jugador hecho y derecho he is already an inveterate o a confirmed gambler

C ( esp Esp) ‹carne› done

un filete muy/poco hecho a well-done/rare steak

D ( Chi fam) (borracho) plastered ( colloq)

E

(Col, Ven fam) (económicamente bien): estar hecho to have it made ( colloq)

hecho³

masculine

A

1

(acto, acción): ésas son palabras y yo quiero hechos those are just words, I want action

demuéstramelo con hechos prove it to me by doing something about it

no es el hecho en sí de que me lo haya robado lo que me duele sino … it's not the actual theft that upsets me but …, it's not the fact that she stole it from me that upsets me but …

2 (suceso, acontecimiento) event

hechos como la caída del gobierno de Castillo events such as the fall of the Castillo government

los documentos hallados en el lugar de los hechos the documents found at the scene of the crime

limítese el testigo a relatar los hechos the witness will please limit o confine his testimony to the facts

Compuestos:

● hecho consumado

fait accompli

● hecho de armas

( frml); battle

● hecho de sangre

( frml); violent crime ( involving bloodshed)

● Hechos de los Apóstoles

mpl:

los hecho de los Apóstoles The Acts of the Apostles

B (realidad, verdad) fact

es un hecho conocido por todos it's a well-known fact

para esa fecha los viajes espaciales ya eran un hecho by that time space travel was already a reality

el hecho es que … the fact (of the matter) is that …

es un gran conocedor del país, debido al hecho de que … he knows the country very well owing to the fact that o because …

el hecho de que habla tres idiomas le da una gran ventaja the fact that he speaks three languages gives him a great advantage

el hecho DE QUE + SUBJ:

el hecho de que mucha gente lo compre no quiere decir que sea un buen periódico the fact that a lot of people buy it doesn't make it a good newspaper, just because a lot of people buy it doesn't mean that it's a good newspaper

C

de hecho: de hecho, ya es significativo que haya hecho esa propuesta the fact that he has made such a proposal is in itself significant

no fue una sorpresa, de hecho, me avisaron el mes pasado it didn't come as a surprise; in fact they warned me only last month

él es el director pero de hecho la que manda es ella he's the director, but she's the one who actually runs the place, he's the director, but in reality o in actual fact she's the one who runs the place

* * *

Del verbo hacer: ( conjugate hacer)

hecho es:

el participio

Multiple Entries:
hacer
hecho
hacer ( conjugate hacer) verbo transitivo
1
a) ( crear) ‹mueble/vestido› to make;

‹casa/carretera› to build;
‹ nido› to build, make;
‹ túnel› to make, dig;
‹dibujo/plano› to do, draw;
‹ lista› to make, draw up;
‹ resumen› to do, make;
‹ película› to make;
‹nudo/lazo› to tie;
‹pan/pastel› to make, bake;
‹vino/café/tortilla› to make;
‹ cerveza› to make, brew;
◊ me hizo un lugar en la mesa he made room for me at the table;

hacen buena pareja they make a lovely couple
b) (producir, causar) ‹ ruido› to make;

◊ los chistes no me hacen gracia I don't find jokes funny;

estos zapatos me hacen daño these shoes hurt my feet
2
a) (efectuar, llevar a cabo) ‹ sacrificio› to make;

‹ milagro› to work, perform;
‹deberes/ejercicios/limpieza› to do;
‹ mandado› to run;
‹transacción/investigación› to carry out;
‹ experimento› to do, perform;
‹ entrevista› to conduct;
‹gira/viaje› to do;
‹ regalo› to give;
‹ favor› to do;
‹ trato› to make;
◊ me hicieron una visita they paid me a visit;

aún queda mucho por hecho there is still a lot (left) to do;
dar que hecho to make a lot of work
b) ‹cheque/factura› to make out, write out

3 (formular, expresar) ‹declaración/promesa/oferta› to make;
‹proyecto/plan› to make, draw up;
‹crítica/comentario› to make, voice;
‹ pregunta› to ask;
◊ nadie hizo ninguna objeción nobody raised any objections

4
a) ( refiriéndose a necesidades fisiológicas):

◊ hecho caca (fam) to do a poop (AmE) o (BrE) a pooh (colloq);

hecho pis or pipí (fam) to have a pee (colloq);
hecho sus necesidades (euf) to go to the bathroom o toilet (euph)
b) ( refiriéndose a sonidos onomatopéyicos) to go;

◊ las vacas hacen `mu' cows go `moo'

5 ( adquirir) ‹dinero/fortuna› to make;
‹ amigo› to make
6 (preparar, arreglar) ‹ cama› to make;
‹ maleta› to pack;
◊ hice el pescado al horno I did o cooked the fish in the oven;

tengo que hecho la comida I must make lunch;
ver tb comida b
7 ( recorrer) ‹trayecto/distancia› to do, cover
8 (en cálculos, enumeraciones):
◊ son 180 … y 320 hacen 500 that's 180 … and 320 is o makes 500

1
a) ( ocuparse en actividad) to do;

◊ hecho la(s) compra(s) to do the shopping;

¿hacemos algo esta noche? shall we do something tonight?;
hecho ejercicio to do (some) exercise;
¿hace algún deporte? do you play o do any sports?;
See Also→ amor 1b
b) (como profesión, ocupación) to do;

◊ ¿qué hace tu padre? what does your father do?

c) ( estudiar) to do

2 (realizar cierta acción, actuar de cierta manera) to do;
◊ ¡eso no se hace! you shouldn't do that!;

¡qué le vamos a hecho! what can you o (frml) one do?;
toca bien el piano — antes lo hacía mejor she plays the piano well — she used to play better;
hechola buena (fam): ¡ahora sí que la hice! now I've really done it!;
See Also→ tonto sustantivo masculino, femenino
1 (transformar en, volver) to make;
◊ ella lo hizo posible she made it possible;

hizo pedazos la carta she tore the letter into tiny pieces;
ese vestido te hace más delgada that dress makes you look thinner;
hecho algo de algo to turn sth into sth;
quiero hecho de ti un gran actor I want to make a great actor of you
2
a) (obligar a, ser causa de que)

◊ hecho a algn hacer algo to make sb do sth;

me hizo abrirla he made me open it;
me hizo llorar it made me cry;
hágalo pasar tell him to come in;
me hizo esperar tres horas she kept me waiting for three hours;
hecho que algo/algn haga algo to make sth/sb do sth
b)

◊ hacer hacer algo to have o get sth done/made;

hice acortar las cortinas I had o got the curtains shortened
verbo intransitivo
1 (obrar, actuar):
◊ déjame hecho a mí just let me handle this o take care of this;

¿cómo se hace para que te den la beca? what do you have to do to get the scholarship?;
hiciste bien en decírmelo you did o were right to tell me;
haces mal en mentir it's wrong of you to lie
2 (fingir, simular):
◊ hice como que no oía I pretended not to hear;

haz como si no lo conocieras act as if o pretend you don't know him
3 ( servir):
◊ esta sábana hará de toldo this sheet will do for o as an awning;

la escuela hizo de hospital the school served as o was used as a hospital
4 ( interpretar personaje) hecho de algo/algn to play (the part of) sth/sb
(+ compl) ( sentar):
◊ tanto sol hace mal (AmL) too much sun is not good for you;

(+ me/te/le etc)
◊ el descanso le hizo bien the rest did him good;

la trucha me hizo mal (AmL) the trout didn't agree with me
hecho v impers
1 ( refiriéndose al tiempo atmosférico):
◊ hace frío/sol it's cold/sunny;

hace tres grados it's three degrees;
(nos) hizo un tiempo espantoso the weather was terrible
2 ( expresando tiempo transcurrido):
◊ hace dos años que murió he's been dead for two years;

hace mucho que lo conozco I've known him for a long time;
hacía años que no lo veía I hadn't seen him for o in years;
¿cuánto hace que se fue? how long ago did she leave?;
hace poco/un año a short time/a year ago;
hasta hace poco until recently
hacerse verbo pronominal
1 ( producirse) (+ me/te/le etc):
◊ se me hizo un nudo en el hilo I got a knot in the thread;

se le hizo una ampolla she got a blister;
hacérsele algo a algn (Méx): por fin se le hizo ganar el premio she finally got to win the award
2
a) ( refl) ( hacer para sí) ‹café/falda› to make oneself;

◊ se hicieron una casita they built themselves a little house

b) ( caus) ( hacer que otro haga):

◊ se hicieron una casita they had a little house built;

se hizo la cirugía estética she had plastic surgery
3 ( causarse):
◊ ¿qué te hiciste en el brazo? what did you do to your arm?;

¿te hiciste daño? did you hurt yourself?
4 ( refiriéndose a necesidades fisiológicas):
◊ todavía se hace pis/caca (fam) she still wets/messes herself

5 ( refl) ( adquirir) to make;
◊ hechose un nombre to make a name for oneself

1
a) (volverse, convertirse en) to become;

◊ se hicieron amigos they became friends;

se están haciendo viejos they are getting o growing old
b) ( resultar):

◊ se hace muy pesado it gets very boring;

(+ me/te/le etc)
◊ se me hizo interminable it seemed interminable;

se me hace difícil creerlo I find it very hard to believe
c) ( impers):

◊ se hace de noche muy pronto it gets dark very early;

se está haciendo tarde it's getting late
d) ( cocinarse) [pescado/guiso] to cook

e) (AmL) ( pasarle a):

◊ ¿qué se habrá hecho María? what can have happened to María?

2 ( acostumbrarse) hechose a algo to get used to sth
3 ( fingirse):
◊ no te hagas el inocente don't act the innocent;

¿es bobo o se (lo) hace? (fam) is he stupid or just a good actor? (colloq);
hechose pasar por algn (por periodista, doctor) to pass oneself off as sb
4 ( moverse) (+ compl) to move;
◊ hechose a un lado to move to one side

5
◊ hacerse de (AmL) (de fortuna, dinero) to get;

( de amigos) to make
hecho 1
◊ - cha pp [ ver tb hacer]

1 ( manufacturado) made;
◊ hecho a mano handmade;

un traje hecho a (la) medida a made-to-measure suit;
bien/mal hecho well/badly made
2 ( refiriéndose a acción):
◊ ¡bien hecho! well done!;

no le avisé — pues mal hecho I didn't let him know — well you should have (done);
lo hecho, hecho está what's done is done
3 ( convertido en):
◊ estaba hecho una fiera he was furious;

tú estás hecho un vago you've become o turned into a lazy devil
■ adjetivo
a) ‹ ropa› ready-to-wear

b) ( terminado) ‹ trabajo› done

c) (esp Esp) ‹ carne› done;

◊ un filete muy/poco hecho a well-done/rare steak

hecho 2 sustantivo masculino
1
a) (acto, acción):

◊ yo quiero hechos I want action, I want something done;

demuéstramelo con hechos prove it to me by doing something about it
b) (suceso, acontecimiento) event;

◊ el lugar de los hechos the scene of the crime

2 (realidad, verdad) fact;
◊ de hecho in fact

hacer
I verbo transitivo
1 (crear, fabricar, construir) to make
hacer un jersey, to make a sweater
hacer un puente, to build a bridge
2 (una acción) to do: eso no se hace, it isn't done
haz lo que quieras, do what you want
¿qué estás haciendo?, (en este momento) what are you doing?
(para vivir) what do you do (for a living)?
hace atletismo, he does athletics
hacer una carrera/ medicina, to do a degree/ medicine
3 (amigos, dinero) to make
4 (obligar, forzar) to make: hazle entrar en razón, make him see reason
5 (causar, provocar) to make: ese hombre me hace reír, that man makes me laugh
estos zapatos me hacen daño, these shoes are hurting me
no hagas llorar a tu hermana, don't make your sister cry
6 (arreglar) to make
hacer la cama, to make the bed
hacer la casa, to do the housework
7 Mat (sumar, dar como resultado) to make: y con éste hacen cincuenta, and that makes fifty
8 (producir una impresión) to make... look: ese vestido la hace mayor, that dress makes her look older
9 (en sustitución de otro verbo) to do: cuido mi jardín, me gusta hacerlo, I look after my garden, I like doing it
10 (representar) to play: Juan hizo un papel en Fuenteovejuna, Juan played a part in Fuenteovejuna
11 (actuar como) to play: no hagas el tonto, don't play the fool
12 (suponer) te hacía en casa, I thought you were at home
II verbo intransitivo
1 (en el teatro, etc) to play: hizo de Electra, she played Electra
2 ( hacer por + infinitivo) to try to: hice por ayudar, I tried to help
3 (simular) to pretend: hice como si no lo conociera, I acted as if I didn't know him
4 fam (venir bien, convenir) to be suitable: si te hace, nos vamos a verle mañana, if it's all right for you, we'll visit him tomorrow
III verbo impersonal
1 (tiempo transcurrido) ago: hace mucho (tiempo), a long time ago
hace tres semanas que no veo la televisión, I haven't watched TV for three weeks
hace tres años que comenzaron las obras, the building works started three years ago
2 (condición atmosférica) hacía mucho frío, it was very cold
¿To make o to do?
El significado básico del verbo to make es construir, fabricar algo juntando los componentes (aquí hacen unos pasteles maravillosos, they make marvellous cakes here), obligar (hazle callar, make him shut up) o convertir: Te hará más fuerte. It'll make you stronger. También se emplea en expresiones compuestas por palabras tales como dinero ( money), ruido ( a noise), cama ( the bed), esfuerzo ( an effort), promesa ( a promise), c omentario ( a comment), amor ( love), guerra ( war).
El significado del verbo to do es cumplir o ejecutar una tarea o actividad, especialmente tratándose de los deportes y las tareas domésticas: Hago mis deberes por la noche. I do my homework in the evening. ¿Quién hace la plancha en tu casa? Who does the ironing in your house? También se emplea con palabras tales como deber ( duty), deportes ( sports), examen ( an exam), favor ( a favour), sumas ( sums).
hecho,-a
I adjetivo
1 (realizado) made, done: está muy bien hecho, it's really well done
2 (acostumbrado) used: está hecho a trabajar en este clima, he's used to working in this climate
3 (cocinado, cocido) done
un filete muy/poco hecho, a well-cooked/rare steak
4 (persona) mature
5 (frase) set
(ropa) ready-made
II sustantivo masculino
1 (suceso real) fact
el hecho es que..., the fact is that...
de hecho, in fact ➣ Ver nota en actually 2 (obra, acción) act, deed
3 (acontecimiento, caso) event, incident
III interj ¡hecho!, it's a deal! o all right!
' hecho' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
acontecer
- actual
- asesinar
- braga
- bribón
- bribona
- buena
- bueno
- casera
- casero
- chapucera
- chapucero
- chapuza
- chaval
- chavala
- como
- conmoverse
- considerable
- consumada
- consumado
- Cristo
- de
- despeluchar
- desvarío
- dicha
- dicho
- documentalista
- elemento
- encubrir
- entrar
- exquisita
- exquisito
- fideo
- fiera
- flan
- furia
- haber
- habilidosa
- habilidoso
- hallar
- hecha
- higo
- hojalata
- humanamente
- incidencia
- interdisciplinaria
- interdisciplinario
- jirón
- jugarreta
- lástima
English:
accept
- action
- actual
- actually
- adjust
- admission
- admit
- advance
- angry
- appease
- asbestos
- bandwagon
- bargain
- basis
- beat
- by
- challenge
- cock-up
- collar
- come
- confirm
- cry
- custom
- cut out
- damage
- deal
- decree
- delay
- deliberately
- done
- dream
- effect
- effectively
- enforce
- established
- fact
- failure
- fait accompli
- find out
- fitted
- freshly
- fully-fledged
- good
- grown
- gumbo
- hand
- handmade
- however
- hurried
- in

* * *

hecho, -a

♦ participio
ver hacer
♦ adj

1. [llevado a cabo]
hecho a mano handmade;

hecho a máquina machine-made;

una película bien hecha a well-made film;

¡eso está hecho! it's a deal!, you're on!;

¡bien hecho! well done!;

¡mal hecho, me tenías que haber avisado! you were wrong not to tell me!;

¿me podrás conseguir entradas? – ¡eso está hecho! will you be able to get me tickets? – it's as good as done!;

Comp

lo hecho, hecho está what is done is done;

Comp
Fam
a lo hecho, pecho: no me gusta, pero a lo hecho, pecho I don't like it, but what's done is done;

tú lo hiciste, así que a lo hecho, pecho you did it, so you'll have to take what's coming

2. [acabado] mature;

una mujer hecha y derecha a fully grown woman;

estás hecho un artista you've become quite an artist

3. [carne, pasta] done;

quiero el filete muy hecho/poco hecho I'd like my steak well done/rare

4. [acostumbrado]
estar hecho a algo/a hacer algo to be used to sth/to doing sth;

está hecha a la dureza del clima she's used to the harsh climate;

no estoy hecho a levantarme tan temprano I'm not used to getting up so early

5. Andes, RP Fam
estar hecho [en condiciones] to have it all;

con la compra de estos zapatos creo que estoy hecho after buying these shoes I think I've got everything I need;

me faltan dos materias de la carrera y estoy hecha I need to do two more subjects in my degree and that's me done

♦ nm

1. [suceso] event;

los hechos tuvieron lugar de madrugada the events took place in the early morning;

el cuerpo de la víctima fue retirado del lugar de los hechos the victim's body was removed from the scene of the crime

Comp
hecho consumado fait accompli
2. [realidad, dato] fact;

el hecho de que seas el jefe no te da derecho a comportarte así just because you're the boss doesn't mean you have the right to behave like that;

es un hecho indiscutido que… it is an indisputable fact that…;

el hecho es que… the fact is that…;

hecho ineludible fact of life

3. [obra] action, deed;

sus hechos hablan por él his actions speak for him;

queremos hechos, y no promesas we want action, not promises

Comp
los Hechos de los Apóstoles the Acts of the Apostles; Mil hecho de armas feat of arms
4.
de hecho [en realidad] in fact, actually;

claro que lo conozco, de hecho, fuimos juntos al colegio of course I know him, indeed o in fact we actually went to school together

5. [en la práctica] de facto;

es el presidente de hecho he's the de facto president

♦ interj

it's a deal!, you're on!;

te lo vendo por un millón – ¡hecho! I'll sell it to you for a million – done! o it's a deal!

* * *

hecho

I part → hacer; ( confeccionado)

:

hecho a mano hand-made;

un traje hecho an off-the-peg suit;

muy hecho carne well-done;

¡bien hecho! well done!;

¡hecho!, ¡eso está hecho ! done!, it’s a deal!;

a lo hecho, pecho what’s done is done

II adj finished;

un hombre hecho y derecho a fully grown man

III m

1 ( realidad) fact;

de hecho in fact;

el hecho es que the fact is that

2 ( suceso) event

3 ( obra) action, deed;

un hecho consumado a fait accompli

* * *

hecho pp hacer

hecho, - cha adj

1) : made, done

2) : ready-to-wear

3) : complete, finished

hecho y derecho: full-fledged

hecho nm

1) : fact

2) : event

hechos históricos: historic events

3) : act, action

4)

de hecho : in fact, in reality

* * *

hecho¹ adj

1. (manufacturado) made

¿de qué está hecho? what's it made of?

está hecho de plástico it's made of plastic

hecho con ingredientes naturales made from natural ingredients

2. (cocinado) done

me gusta el filete bien hecho I like my steak well done

¡bien hecho! well done!

¡hecho! done!

hecho a mano handmade

hecho en casa homemade

hecho² n

1. (en general) fact

la película se basa en hechos verídicos the film is based on fact

2. (acto) action

demuéstraselo con hechos y no con palabras prove it with actions, not words

de hecho in fact

Spanish-English dictionary > hecho
16 forudsætte

vb

( antage) assume,

( med nogenlunde sikkerhed) presume;

( gå ud fra) presuppose ( fx you should not presuppose too much knowledge on their part);

( have til forudsætning) imply ( fx it implies some knowledge of mathematics); presuppose ( fx an effect presupposes a cause);

( afhænge af) depend on;

[ jeg forudsætter som givet at] I take it for granted that.

Danish-English dictionary > forudsætte
17 Historical Portugal

   Before Romans described western Iberia or Hispania as "Lusitania," ancient Iberians inhabited the land. Phoenician and Greek trading settlements grew up in the Tagus estuary area and nearby coasts. Beginning around 202 BCE, Romans invaded what is today southern Portugal. With Rome's defeat of Carthage, Romans proceeded to conquer and rule the western region north of the Tagus, which they named Roman "Lusitania." In the fourth century CE, as Rome's rule weakened, the area experienced yet another invasion—Germanic tribes, principally the Suevi, who eventually were Christianized. During the sixth century CE, the Suevi kingdom was superseded by yet another Germanic tribe—the Christian Visigoths.

   A major turning point in Portugal's history came in 711, as Muslim armies from North Africa, consisting of both Arab and Berber elements, invaded the Iberian Peninsula from across the Straits of Gibraltar. They entered what is now Portugal in 714, and proceeded to conquer most of the country except for the far north. For the next half a millennium, Islam and Muslim presence in Portugal left a significant mark upon the politics, government, language, and culture of the country.

   Islam, Reconquest, and Portugal Created, 714-1140

   The long frontier struggle between Muslim invaders and Christian communities in the north of the Iberian peninsula was called the Reconquista (Reconquest). It was during this struggle that the first dynasty of Portuguese kings (Burgundian) emerged and the independent monarchy of Portugal was established. Christian forces moved south from what is now the extreme north of Portugal and gradually defeated Muslim forces, besieging and capturing towns under Muslim sway. In the ninth century, as Christian forces slowly made their way southward, Christian elements were dominant only in the area between Minho province and the Douro River; this region became known as "territorium Portu-calense."

   In the 11th century, the advance of the Reconquest quickened as local Christian armies were reinforced by crusading knights from what is now France and England. Christian forces took Montemor (1034), at the Mondego River; Lamego (1058); Viseu (1058); and Coimbra (1064). In 1095, the king of Castile and Léon granted the country of "Portu-cale," what became northern Portugal, to a Burgundian count who had emigrated from France. This was the foundation of Portugal. In 1139, a descendant of this count, Afonso Henriques, proclaimed himself "King of Portugal." He was Portugal's first monarch, the "Founder," and the first of the Burgundian dynasty, which ruled until 1385.

   The emergence of Portugal in the 12th century as a separate monarchy in Iberia occurred before the Christian Reconquest of the peninsula. In the 1140s, the pope in Rome recognized Afonso Henriques as king of Portugal. In 1147, after a long, bloody siege, Muslim-occupied Lisbon fell to Afonso Henriques's army. Lisbon was the greatest prize of the 500-year war. Assisting this effort were English crusaders on their way to the Holy Land; the first bishop of Lisbon was an Englishman. When the Portuguese captured Faro and Silves in the Algarve province in 1248-50, the Reconquest of the extreme western portion of the Iberian peninsula was complete—significantly, more than two centuries before the Spanish crown completed the Reconquest of the eastern portion by capturing Granada in 1492.

   Consolidation and Independence of Burgundian Portugal, 1140-1385

   Two main themes of Portugal's early existence as a monarchy are the consolidation of control over the realm and the defeat of a Castil-ian threat from the east to its independence. At the end of this period came the birth of a new royal dynasty (Aviz), which prepared to carry the Christian Reconquest beyond continental Portugal across the straits of Gibraltar to North Africa. There was a variety of motives behind these developments. Portugal's independent existence was imperiled by threats from neighboring Iberian kingdoms to the north and east. Politics were dominated not only by efforts against the Muslims in

   Portugal (until 1250) and in nearby southern Spain (until 1492), but also by internecine warfare among the kingdoms of Castile, Léon, Aragon, and Portugal. A final comeback of Muslim forces was defeated at the battle of Salado (1340) by allied Castilian and Portuguese forces. In the emerging Kingdom of Portugal, the monarch gradually gained power over and neutralized the nobility and the Church.

   The historic and commonplace Portuguese saying "From Spain, neither a good wind nor a good marriage" was literally played out in diplomacy and war in the late 14th-century struggles for mastery in the peninsula. Larger, more populous Castile was pitted against smaller Portugal. Castile's Juan I intended to force a union between Castile and Portugal during this era of confusion and conflict. In late 1383, Portugal's King Fernando, the last king of the Burgundian dynasty, suddenly died prematurely at age 38, and the Master of Aviz, Portugal's most powerful nobleman, took up the cause of independence and resistance against Castile's invasion. The Master of Aviz, who became King João I of Portugal, was able to obtain foreign assistance. With the aid of English archers, Joao's armies defeated the Castilians in the crucial battle of Aljubarrota, on 14 August 1385, a victory that assured the independence of the Portuguese monarchy from its Castilian nemesis for several centuries.

   Aviz Dynasty and Portugal's First Overseas Empire, 1385-1580

   The results of the victory at Aljubarrota, much celebrated in Portugal's art and monuments, and the rise of the Aviz dynasty also helped to establish a new merchant class in Lisbon and Oporto, Portugal's second city. This group supported King João I's program of carrying the Reconquest to North Africa, since it was interested in expanding Portugal's foreign commerce and tapping into Muslim trade routes and resources in Africa. With the Reconquest against the Muslims completed in Portugal and the threat from Castile thwarted for the moment, the Aviz dynasty launched an era of overseas conquest, exploration, and trade. These efforts dominated Portugal's 15th and 16th centuries.

   The overseas empire and age of Discoveries began with Portugal's bold conquest in 1415 of the Moroccan city of Ceuta. One royal member of the 1415 expedition was young, 21-year-old Prince Henry, later known in history as "Prince Henry the Navigator." His part in the capture of Ceuta won Henry his knighthood and began Portugal's "Marvelous Century," during which the small kingdom was counted as a European and world power of consequence. Henry was the son of King João I and his English queen, Philippa of Lancaster, but he did not inherit the throne. Instead, he spent most of his life and his fortune, and that of the wealthy military Order of Christ, on various imperial ventures and on voyages of exploration down the African coast and into the Atlantic. While mythology has surrounded Henry's controversial role in the Discoveries, and this role has been exaggerated, there is no doubt that he played a vital part in the initiation of Portugal's first overseas empire and in encouraging exploration. He was naturally curious, had a sense of mission for Portugal, and was a strong leader. He also had wealth to expend; at least a third of the African voyages of the time were under his sponsorship. If Prince Henry himself knew little science, significant scientific advances in navigation were made in his day.

   What were Portugal's motives for this new imperial effort? The well-worn historical cliche of "God, Glory, and Gold" can only partly explain the motivation of a small kingdom with few natural resources and barely 1 million people, which was greatly outnumbered by the other powers it confronted. Among Portuguese objectives were the desire to exploit known North African trade routes and resources (gold, wheat, leather, weaponry, and other goods that were scarce in Iberia); the need to outflank the Muslim world in the Mediterranean by sailing around Africa, attacking Muslims en route; and the wish to ally with Christian kingdoms beyond Africa. This enterprise also involved a strategy of breaking the Venetian spice monopoly by trading directly with the East by means of discovering and exploiting a sea route around Africa to Asia. Besides the commercial motives, Portugal nurtured a strong crusading sense of Christian mission, and various classes in the kingdom saw an opportunity for fame and gain.

   By the time of Prince Henry's death in 1460, Portugal had gained control of the Atlantic archipelagos of the Azores and Madeiras, begun to colonize the Cape Verde Islands, failed to conquer the Canary Islands from Castile, captured various cities on Morocco's coast, and explored as far as Senegal, West Africa, down the African coast. By 1488, Bar-tolomeu Dias had rounded the Cape of Good Hope in South Africa and thereby discovered the way to the Indian Ocean.

   Portugal's largely coastal African empire and later its fragile Asian empire brought unexpected wealth but were purchased at a high price. Costs included wars of conquest and defense against rival powers, manning the far-flung navel and trade fleets and scattered castle-fortresses, and staffing its small but fierce armies, all of which entailed a loss of skills and population to maintain a scattered empire. Always short of capital, the monarchy became indebted to bankers. There were many defeats beginning in the 16th century at the hands of the larger imperial European monarchies (Spain, France, England, and Holland) and many attacks on Portugal and its strung-out empire. Typically, there was also the conflict that arose when a tenuously held world empire that rarely if ever paid its way demanded finance and manpower Portugal itself lacked.

   The first 80 years of the glorious imperial era, the golden age of Portugal's imperial power and world influence, was an African phase. During 1415-88, Portuguese navigators and explorers in small ships, some of them caravelas (caravels), explored the treacherous, disease-ridden coasts of Africa from Morocco to South Africa beyond the Cape of Good Hope. By the 1470s, the Portuguese had reached the Gulf of Guinea and, in the early 1480s, what is now Angola. Bartolomeu Dias's extraordinary voyage of 1487-88 to South Africa's coast and the edge of the Indian Ocean convinced Portugal that the best route to Asia's spices and Christians lay south, around the tip of southern Africa. Between 1488 and 1495, there was a hiatus caused in part by domestic conflict in Portugal, discussion of resources available for further conquests beyond Africa in Asia, and serious questions as to Portugal's capacity to reach beyond Africa. In 1495, King Manuel and his council decided to strike for Asia, whatever the consequences. In 1497-99, Vasco da Gama, under royal orders, made the epic two-year voyage that discovered the sea route to western India (Asia), outflanked Islam and Venice, and began Portugal's Asian empire. Within 50 years, Portugal had discovered and begun the exploitation of its largest colony, Brazil, and set up forts and trading posts from the Middle East (Aden and Ormuz), India (Calicut, Goa, etc.), Malacca, and Indonesia to Macau in China.

   By the 1550s, parts of its largely coastal, maritime trading post empire from Morocco to the Moluccas were under siege from various hostile forces, including Muslims, Christians, and Hindi. Although Moroccan forces expelled the Portuguese from the major coastal cities by 1550, the rival European monarchies of Castile (Spain), England, France, and later Holland began to seize portions of her undermanned, outgunned maritime empire.

   In 1580, Phillip II of Spain, whose mother was a Portuguese princess and who had a strong claim to the Portuguese throne, invaded Portugal, claimed the throne, and assumed control over the realm and, by extension, its African, Asian, and American empires. Phillip II filled the power vacuum that appeared in Portugal following the loss of most of Portugal's army and its young, headstrong King Sebastião in a disastrous war in Morocco. Sebastiao's death in battle (1578) and the lack of a natural heir to succeed him, as well as the weak leadership of the cardinal who briefly assumed control in Lisbon, led to a crisis that Spain's strong monarch exploited. As a result, Portugal lost its independence to Spain for a period of 60 years.

   Portugal under Spanish Rule, 1580-1640

   Despite the disastrous nature of Portugal's experience under Spanish rule, "The Babylonian Captivity" gave birth to modern Portuguese nationalism, its second overseas empire, and its modern alliance system with England. Although Spain allowed Portugal's weakened empire some autonomy, Spanish rule in Portugal became increasingly burdensome and unacceptable. Spain's ambitious imperial efforts in Europe and overseas had an impact on the Portuguese as Spain made greater and greater demands on its smaller neighbor for manpower and money. Portugal's culture underwent a controversial Castilianization, while its empire became hostage to Spain's fortunes. New rival powers England, France, and Holland attacked and took parts of Spain's empire and at the same time attacked Portugal's empire, as well as the mother country.

   Portugal's empire bore the consequences of being attacked by Spain's bitter enemies in what was a form of world war. Portuguese losses were heavy. By 1640, Portugal had lost most of its Moroccan cities as well as Ceylon, the Moluccas, and sections of India. With this, Portugal's Asian empire was gravely weakened. Only Goa, Damão, Diu, Bombay, Timor, and Macau remained and, in Brazil, Dutch forces occupied the northeast.

   On 1 December 1640, long commemorated as a national holiday, Portuguese rebels led by the duke of Braganza overthrew Spanish domination and took advantage of Spanish weakness following a more serious rebellion in Catalonia. Portugal regained independence from Spain, but at a price: dependence on foreign assistance to maintain its independence in the form of the renewal of the alliance with England.

   Restoration and Second Empire, 1640-1822

   Foreign affairs and empire dominated the restoration era and aftermath, and Portugal again briefly enjoyed greater European power and prestige. The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance was renewed and strengthened in treaties of 1642, 1654, and 1661, and Portugal's independence from Spain was underwritten by English pledges and armed assistance. In a Luso-Spanish treaty of 1668, Spain recognized Portugal's independence. Portugal's alliance with England was a marriage of convenience and necessity between two monarchies with important religious, cultural, and social differences. In return for legal, diplomatic, and trade privileges, as well as the use during war and peace of Portugal's great Lisbon harbor and colonial ports for England's navy, England pledged to protect Portugal and its scattered empire from any attack. The previously cited 17th-century alliance treaties were renewed later in the Treaty of Windsor, signed in London in 1899. On at least 10 different occasions after 1640, and during the next two centuries, England was central in helping prevent or repel foreign invasions of its ally, Portugal.

   Portugal's second empire (1640-1822) was largely Brazil-oriented. Portuguese colonization, exploitation of wealth, and emigration focused on Portuguese America, and imperial revenues came chiefly from Brazil. Between 1670 and 1740, Portugal's royalty and nobility grew wealthier on funds derived from Brazilian gold, diamonds, sugar, tobacco, and other crops, an enterprise supported by the Atlantic slave trade and the supply of African slave labor from West Africa and Angola. Visitors today can see where much of that wealth was invested: Portugal's rich legacy of monumental architecture. Meanwhile, the African slave trade took a toll in Angola and West Africa.

   In continental Portugal, absolutist monarchy dominated politics and government, and there was a struggle for position and power between the monarchy and other institutions, such as the Church and nobility. King José I's chief minister, usually known in history as the marquis of Pombal (ruled 1750-77), sharply suppressed the nobility and the

   Church (including the Inquisition, now a weak institution) and expelled the Jesuits. Pombal also made an effort to reduce economic dependence on England, Portugal's oldest ally. But his successes did not last much beyond his disputed time in office.

   Beginning in the late 18th century, the European-wide impact of the French Revolution and the rise of Napoleon placed Portugal in a vulnerable position. With the monarchy ineffectively led by an insane queen (Maria I) and her indecisive regent son (João VI), Portugal again became the focus of foreign ambition and aggression. With England unable to provide decisive assistance in time, France—with Spain's consent—invaded Portugal in 1807. As Napoleon's army under General Junot entered Lisbon meeting no resistance, Portugal's royal family fled on a British fleet to Brazil, where it remained in exile until 1821. In the meantime, Portugal's overseas empire was again under threat. There was a power vacuum as the monarch was absent, foreign armies were present, and new political notions of liberalism and constitutional monarchy were exciting various groups of citizens.

   Again England came to the rescue, this time in the form of the armies of the duke of Wellington. Three successive French invasions of Portugal were defeated and expelled, and Wellington succeeded in carrying the war against Napoleon across the Portuguese frontier into Spain. The presence of the English army, the new French-born liberal ideas, and the political vacuum combined to create revolutionary conditions. The French invasions and the peninsular wars, where Portuguese armed forces played a key role, marked the beginning of a new era in politics.

   Liberalism and Constitutional Monarchy, 1822-1910

   During 1807-22, foreign invasions, war, and civil strife over conflicting political ideas gravely damaged Portugal's commerce, economy, and novice industry. The next terrible blow was the loss of Brazil in 1822, the jewel in the imperial crown. Portugal's very independence seemed to be at risk. In vain, Portugal sought to resist Brazilian independence by force, but in 1825 it formally acknowledged Brazilian independence by treaty.

   Portugal's slow recovery from the destructive French invasions and the "war of independence" was complicated by civil strife over the form of constitutional monarchy that best suited Portugal. After struggles over these issues between 1820 and 1834, Portugal settled somewhat uncertainly into a moderate constitutional monarchy whose constitution (Charter of 1826) lent it strong political powers to exert a moderating influence between the executive and legislative branches of the government. It also featured a new upper middle class based on land ownership and commerce; a Catholic Church that, although still important, lived with reduced privileges and property; a largely African (third) empire to which Lisbon and Oporto devoted increasing spiritual and material resources, starting with the liberal imperial plans of 1836 and 1851, and continuing with the work of institutions like the Lisbon Society of Geography (established 1875); and a mass of rural peasants whose bonds to the land weakened after 1850 and who began to immigrate in increasing numbers to Brazil and North America.

   Chronic military intervention in national politics began in 19th-century Portugal. Such intervention, usually commencing with coups or pronunciamentos (military revolts), was a shortcut to the spoils of political office and could reflect popular discontent as well as the power of personalities. An early example of this was the 1817 golpe (coup) attempt of General Gomes Freire against British military rule in Portugal before the return of King João VI from Brazil. Except for a more stable period from 1851 to 1880, military intervention in politics, or the threat thereof, became a feature of the constitutional monarchy's political life, and it continued into the First Republic and the subsequent Estado Novo.

   Beginning with the Regeneration period (1851-80), Portugal experienced greater political stability and economic progress. Military intervention in politics virtually ceased; industrialization and construction of railroads, roads, and bridges proceeded; two political parties (Regenerators and Historicals) worked out a system of rotation in power; and leading intellectuals sparked a cultural revival in several fields. In 19th-century literature, there was a new golden age led by such figures as Alexandre Herculano (historian), Eça de Queirós (novelist), Almeida Garrett (playwright and essayist), Antero de Quental (poet), and Joaquim Oliveira Martins (historian and social scientist). In its third overseas empire, Portugal attempted to replace the slave trade and slavery with legitimate economic activities; to reform the administration; and to expand Portuguese holdings beyond coastal footholds deep into the African hinterlands in West, West Central, and East Africa. After 1841, to some extent, and especially after 1870, colonial affairs, combined with intense nationalism, pressures for economic profit in Africa, sentiment for national revival, and the drift of European affairs would make or break Lisbon governments.

   Beginning with the political crisis that arose out of the "English Ultimatum" affair of January 1890, the monarchy became discredtted and identified with the poorly functioning government, political parties splintered, and republicanism found more supporters. Portugal participated in the "Scramble for Africa," expanding its African holdings, but failed to annex territory connecting Angola and Mozambique. A growing foreign debt and state bankruptcy as of the early 1890s damaged the constitutional monarchy's reputation, despite the efforts of King Carlos in diplomacy, the renewal of the alliance in the Windsor Treaty of 1899, and the successful if bloody colonial wars in the empire (1880-97). Republicanism proclaimed that Portugal's weak economy and poor society were due to two historic institutions: the monarchy and the Catholic Church. A republic, its stalwarts claimed, would bring greater individual liberty; efficient, if more decentralized government; and a stronger colonial program while stripping the Church of its role in both society and education.

   As the monarchy lost support and republicans became more aggressive, violence increased in politics. King Carlos I and his heir Luís were murdered in Lisbon by anarchist-republicans on 1 February 1908. Following a military and civil insurrection and fighting between monarchist and republican forces, on 5 October 1910, King Manuel II fled Portugal and a republic was proclaimed.

   First Parliamentary Republic, 1910-26

   Portugal's first attempt at republican government was the most unstable, turbulent parliamentary republic in the history of 20th-century Western Europe. During a little under 16 years of the republic, there were 45 governments, a number of legislatures that did not complete normal terms, military coups, and only one president who completed his four-year term in office. Portuguese society was poorly prepared for this political experiment. Among the deadly legacies of the monarchy were a huge public debt; a largely rural, apolitical, and illiterate peasant population; conflict over the causes of the country's misfortunes; and lack of experience with a pluralist, democratic system.

   The republic had some talented leadership but lacked popular, institutional, and economic support. The 1911 republican constitution established only a limited democracy, as only a small portion of the adult male citizenry was eligible to vote. In a country where the majority was Catholic, the republic passed harshly anticlerical laws, and its institutions and supporters persecuted both the Church and its adherents. During its brief disjointed life, the First Republic drafted important reform plans in economic, social, and educational affairs; actively promoted development in the empire; and pursued a liberal, generous foreign policy. Following British requests for Portugal's assistance in World War I, Portugal entered the war on the Allied side in March 1916 and sent armies to Flanders and Portuguese Africa. Portugal's intervention in that conflict, however, was too costly in many respects, and the ultimate failure of the republic in part may be ascribed to Portugal's World War I activities.

   Unfortunately for the republic, its time coincided with new threats to Portugal's African possessions: World War I, social and political demands from various classes that could not be reconciled, excessive military intervention in politics, and, in particular, the worst economic and financial crisis Portugal had experienced since the 16th and 17th centuries. After the original Portuguese Republican Party (PRP, also known as the "Democrats") splintered into three warring groups in 1912, no true multiparty system emerged. The Democrats, except for only one or two elections, held an iron monopoly of electoral power, and political corruption became a major issue. As extreme right-wing dictatorships elsewhere in Europe began to take power in Italy (1922), neighboring Spain (1923), and Greece (1925), what scant popular support remained for the republic collapsed. Backed by a right-wing coalition of landowners from Alentejo, clergy, Coimbra University faculty and students, Catholic organizations, and big business, career military officers led by General Gomes da Costa executed a coup on 28 May 1926, turned out the last republican government, and established a military government.

   The Estado Novo (New State), 1926-74

   During the military phase (1926-32) of the Estado Novo, professional military officers, largely from the army, governed and administered Portugal and held key cabinet posts, but soon discovered that the military possessed no magic formula that could readily solve the problems inherited from the First Republic. Especially during the years 1926-31, the military dictatorship, even with its political repression of republican activities and institutions (military censorship of the press, political police action, and closure of the republic's rowdy parliament), was characterized by similar weaknesses: personalism and factionalism; military coups and political instability, including civil strife and loss of life; state debt and bankruptcy; and a weak economy. "Barracks parliamentarism" was not an acceptable alternative even to the "Nightmare Republic."

   Led by General Óscar Carmona, who had replaced and sent into exile General Gomes da Costa, the military dictatorship turned to a civilian expert in finance and economics to break the budget impasse and bring coherence to the disorganized system. Appointed minister of finance on 27 April 1928, the Coimbra University Law School professor of economics Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970) first reformed finance, helped balance the budget, and then turned to other concerns as he garnered extraordinary governing powers. In 1930, he was appointed interim head of another key ministry (Colonies) and within a few years had become, in effect, a civilian dictator who, with the military hierarchy's support, provided the government with coherence, a program, and a set of policies.

   For nearly 40 years after he was appointed the first civilian prime minister in 1932, Salazar's personality dominated the government. Unlike extreme right-wing dictators elsewhere in Europe, Salazar was directly appointed by the army but was never endorsed by a popular political party, street militia, or voter base. The scholarly, reclusive former Coimbra University professor built up what became known after 1932 as the Estado Novo ("New State"), which at the time of its overthrow by another military coup in 1974, was the longest surviving authoritarian regime in Western Europe. The system of Salazar and the largely academic and technocratic ruling group he gathered in his cabinets was based on the central bureaucracy of the state, which was supported by the president of the republic—always a senior career military officer, General Óscar Carmona (1928-51), General Craveiro Lopes (1951-58), and Admiral Américo Tómaz (1958-74)—and the complicity of various institutions. These included a rubber-stamp legislature called the National Assembly (1935-74) and a political police known under various names: PVDE (1932-45), PIDE (1945-69),

   and DGS (1969-74). Other defenders of the Estado Novo security were paramilitary organizations such as the National Republican Guard (GNR); the Portuguese Legion (PL); and the Portuguese Youth [Movement]. In addition to censorship of the media, theater, and books, there was political repression and a deliberate policy of depoliticization. All political parties except for the approved movement of regime loyalists, the União Nacional or (National Union), were banned.

   The most vigorous and more popular period of the New State was 1932-44, when the basic structures were established. Never monolithic or entirely the work of one person (Salazar), the New State was constructed with the assistance of several dozen top associates who were mainly academics from law schools, some technocrats with specialized skills, and a handful of trusted career military officers. The 1933 Constitution declared Portugal to be a "unitary, corporative Republic," and pressures to restore the monarchy were resisted. Although some of the regime's followers were fascists and pseudofascists, many more were conservative Catholics, integralists, nationalists, and monarchists of different varieties, and even some reactionary republicans. If the New State was authoritarian, it was not totalitarian and, unlike fascism in Benito Mussolini's Italy or Adolf Hitler's Germany, it usually employed the minimum of violence necessary to defeat what remained a largely fractious, incoherent opposition.

   With the tumultuous Second Republic and the subsequent civil war in nearby Spain, the regime felt threatened and reinforced its defenses. During what Salazar rightly perceived as a time of foreign policy crisis for Portugal (1936-45), he assumed control of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs. From there, he pursued four basic foreign policy objectives: supporting the Nationalist rebels of General Francisco Franco in the Spanish Civil War (1936-39) and concluding defense treaties with a triumphant Franco; ensuring that General Franco in an exhausted Spain did not enter World War II on the Axis side; maintaining Portuguese neutrality in World War II with a post-1942 tilt toward the Allies, including granting Britain and the United States use of bases in the Azores Islands; and preserving and protecting Portugal's Atlantic Islands and its extensive, if poor, overseas empire in Africa and Asia.

   During the middle years of the New State (1944-58), many key Salazar associates in government either died or resigned, and there was greater social unrest in the form of unprecedented strikes and clandestine Communist activities, intensified opposition, and new threatening international pressures on Portugal's overseas empire. During the earlier phase of the Cold War (1947-60), Portugal became a steadfast, if weak, member of the US-dominated North Atlantic Treaty Organization alliance and, in 1955, with American support, Portugal joined the United Nations (UN). Colonial affairs remained a central concern of the regime. As of 1939, Portugal was the third largest colonial power in the world and possessed territories in tropical Africa (Angola, Mozambique, Guinea-Bissau, and São Tomé and Príncipe Islands) and the remnants of its 16th-century empire in Asia (Goa, Damão, Diu, East Timor, and Macau). Beginning in the early 1950s, following the independence of India in 1947, Portugal resisted Indian pressures to decolonize Portuguese India and used police forces to discourage internal opposition in its Asian and African colonies.

   The later years of the New State (1958-68) witnessed the aging of the increasingly isolated but feared Salazar and new threats both at home and overseas. Although the regime easily overcame the brief oppositionist threat from rival presidential candidate General Humberto Delgado in the spring of 1958, new developments in the African and Asian empires imperiled the authoritarian system. In February 1961, oppositionists hijacked the Portuguese ocean liner Santa Maria and, in following weeks, African insurgents in northern Angola, although they failed to expel the Portuguese, gained worldwide media attention, discredited the New State, and began the 13-year colonial war. After thwarting a dissident military coup against his continued leadership, Salazar and his ruling group mobilized military repression in Angola and attempted to develop the African colonies at a faster pace in order to ensure Portuguese control. Meanwhile, the other European colonial powers (Britain, France, Belgium, and Spain) rapidly granted political independence to their African territories.

   At the time of Salazar's removal from power in September 1968, following a stroke, Portugal's efforts to maintain control over its colonies appeared to be successful. President Americo Tomás appointed Dr. Marcello Caetano as Salazar's successor as prime minister. While maintaining the New State's basic structures, and continuing the regime's essential colonial policy, Caetano attempted wider reforms in colonial administration and some devolution of power from Lisbon, as well as more freedom of expression in Lisbon. Still, a great deal of the budget was devoted to supporting the wars against the insurgencies in Africa. Meanwhile in Asia, Portuguese India had fallen when the Indian army invaded in December 1961. The loss of Goa was a psychological blow to the leadership of the New State, and of the Asian empire only East Timor and Macau remained.

   The Caetano years (1968-74) were but a hiatus between the waning Salazar era and a new regime. There was greater political freedom and rapid economic growth (5-6 percent annually to late 1973), but Caetano's government was unable to reform the old system thoroughly and refused to consider new methods either at home or in the empire. In the end, regime change came from junior officers of the professional military who organized the Armed Forces Movement (MFA) against the Caetano government. It was this group of several hundred officers, mainly in the army and navy, which engineered a largely bloodless coup in Lisbon on 25 April 1974. Their unexpected action brought down the 48-year-old New State and made possible the eventual establishment and consolidation of democratic governance in Portugal, as well as a reorientation of the country away from the Atlantic toward Europe.

   Revolution of Carnations, 1974-76

   Following successful military operations of the Armed Forces Movement against the Caetano government, Portugal experienced what became known as the "Revolution of Carnations." It so happened that during the rainy week of the military golpe, Lisbon flower shops were featuring carnations, and the revolutionaries and their supporters adopted the red carnation as the common symbol of the event, as well as of the new freedom from dictatorship. The MFA, whose leaders at first were mostly little-known majors and captains, proclaimed a three-fold program of change for the new Portugal: democracy; decolonization of the overseas empire, after ending the colonial wars; and developing a backward economy in the spirit of opportunity and equality. During the first 24 months after the coup, there was civil strife, some anarchy, and a power struggle. With the passing of the Estado Novo, public euphoria burst forth as the new provisional military government proclaimed the freedoms of speech, press, and assembly, and abolished censorship, the political police, the Portuguese Legion, Portuguese Youth, and other New State organizations, including the National Union. Scores of political parties were born and joined the senior political party, the Portuguese Community Party (PCP), and the Socialist Party (PS), founded shortly before the coup.

   Portugal's Revolution of Carnations went through several phases. There was an attempt to take control by radical leftists, including the PCP and its allies. This was thwarted by moderate officers in the army, as well as by the efforts of two political parties: the PS and the Social Democrats (PPD, later PSD). The first phase was from April to September 1974. Provisional president General Antonio Spínola, whose 1974 book Portugal and the Future had helped prepare public opinion for the coup, met irresistible leftist pressures. After Spinola's efforts to avoid rapid decolonization of the African empire failed, he resigned in September 1974. During the second phase, from September 1974 to March 1975, radical military officers gained control, but a coup attempt by General Spínola and his supporters in Lisbon in March 1975 failed and Spínola fled to Spain.

   In the third phase of the Revolution, March-November 1975, a strong leftist reaction followed. Farm workers occupied and "nationalized" 1.1 million hectares of farmland in the Alentejo province, and radical military officers in the provisional government ordered the nationalization of Portuguese banks (foreign banks were exempted), utilities, and major industries, or about 60 percent of the economic system. There were power struggles among various political parties — a total of 50 emerged—and in the streets there was civil strife among labor, military, and law enforcement groups. A constituent assembly, elected on 25 April 1975, in Portugal's first free elections since 1926, drafted a democratic constitution. The Council of the Revolution (CR), briefly a revolutionary military watchdog committee, was entrenched as part of the government under the constitution, until a later revision. During the chaotic year of 1975, about 30 persons were killed in political frays while unstable provisional governments came and went. On 25 November 1975, moderate military forces led by Colonel Ramalho Eanes, who later was twice elected president of the republic (1976 and 1981), defeated radical, leftist military groups' revolutionary conspiracies.

   In the meantime, Portugal's scattered overseas empire experienced a precipitous and unprepared decolonization. One by one, the former colonies were granted and accepted independence—Guinea-Bissau (September 1974), Cape Verde Islands (July 1975), and Mozambique (July 1975). Portugal offered to turn over Macau to the People's Republic of China, but the offer was refused then and later negotiations led to the establishment of a formal decolonization or hand-over date of 1999. But in two former colonies, the process of decolonization had tragic results.

   In Angola, decolonization negotiations were greatly complicated by the fact that there were three rival nationalist movements in a struggle for power. The January 1975 Alvor Agreement signed by Portugal and these three parties was not effectively implemented. A bloody civil war broke out in Angola in the spring of 1975 and, when Portuguese armed forces withdrew and declared that Angola was independent on 11 November 1975, the bloodshed only increased. Meanwhile, most of the white Portuguese settlers from Angola and Mozambique fled during the course of 1975. Together with African refugees, more than 600,000 of these retornados ("returned ones") went by ship and air to Portugal and thousands more to Namibia, South Africa, Brazil, Canada, and the United States.

   The second major decolonization disaster was in Portugal's colony of East Timor in the Indonesian archipelago. Portugal's capacity to supervise and control a peaceful transition to independence in this isolated, neglected colony was limited by the strength of giant Indonesia, distance from Lisbon, and Portugal's revolutionary disorder and inability to defend Timor. In early December 1975, before Portugal granted formal independence and as one party, FRETILIN, unilaterally declared East Timor's independence, Indonesia's armed forces invaded, conquered, and annexed East Timor. Indonesian occupation encountered East Timorese resistance, and a heavy loss of life followed. The East Timor question remained a contentious international issue in the UN, as well as in Lisbon and Jakarta, for more than 20 years following Indonesia's invasion and annexation of the former colony of Portugal. Major changes occurred, beginning in 1998, after Indonesia underwent a political revolution and allowed a referendum in East Timor to decide that territory's political future in August 1999. Most East Timorese chose independence, but Indonesian forces resisted that verdict until

   UN intervention in September 1999. Following UN rule for several years, East Timor attained full independence on 20 May 2002.

   Consolidation of Democracy, 1976-2000

   After several free elections and record voter turnouts between 25 April 1975 and June 1976, civil war was averted and Portugal's second democratic republic began to stabilize. The MFA was dissolved, the military were returned to the barracks, and increasingly elected civilians took over the government of the country. The 1976 Constitution was revised several times beginning in 1982 and 1989, in order to reempha-size the principle of free enterprise in the economy while much of the large, nationalized sector was privatized. In June 1976, General Ram-alho Eanes was elected the first constitutional president of the republic (five-year term), and he appointed socialist leader Dr. Mário Soares as prime minister of the first constitutional government.

   From 1976 to 1985, Portugal's new system featured a weak economy and finances, labor unrest, and administrative and political instability. The difficult consolidation of democratic governance was eased in part by the strong currency and gold reserves inherited from the Estado Novo, but Lisbon seemed unable to cope with high unemployment, new debt, the complex impact of the refugees from Africa, world recession, and the agitation of political parties. Four major parties emerged from the maelstrom of 1974-75, except for the Communist Party, all newly founded. They were, from left to right, the Communists (PCP); the Socialists (PS), who managed to dominate governments and the legislature but not win a majority in the Assembly of the Republic; the Social Democrats (PSD); and the Christian Democrats (CDS). During this period, the annual growth rate was low (l-2 percent), and the nationalized sector of the economy stagnated.

   Enhanced economic growth, greater political stability, and more effective central government as of 1985, and especially 1987, were due to several developments. In 1977, Portugal applied for membership in the European Economic Community (EEC), now the European Union (EU) since 1993. In January 1986, with Spain, Portugal was granted membership, and economic and financial progress in the intervening years has been significantly influenced by the comparatively large investment, loans, technology, advice, and other assistance from the EEC. Low unemployment, high annual growth rates (5 percent), and moderate inflation have also been induced by the new political and administrative stability in Lisbon. Led by Prime Minister Cavaco Silva, an economist who was trained abroad, the PSD's strong organization, management, and electoral support since 1985 have assisted in encouraging economic recovery and development. In 1985, the PSD turned the PS out of office and won the general election, although they did not have an absolute majority of assembly seats. In 1986, Mário Soares was elected president of the republic, the first civilian to hold that office since the First Republic. In the elections of 1987 and 1991, however, the PSD was returned to power with clear majorities of over 50 percent of the vote.

   Although the PSD received 50.4 percent of the vote in the 1991 parliamentary elections and held a 42-seat majority in the Assembly of the Republic, the party began to lose public support following media revelations regarding corruption and complaints about Prime Minister Cavaco Silva's perceived arrogant leadership style. President Mário Soares voiced criticism of the PSD's seemingly untouchable majority and described a "tyranny of the majority." Economic growth slowed down. In the parliamentary elections of 1995 and the presidential election of 1996, the PSD's dominance ended for the time being. Prime Minister Antônio Guterres came to office when the PS won the October 1995 elections, and in the subsequent presidential contest, in January 1996, socialist Jorge Sampaio, the former mayor of Lisbon, was elected president of the republic, thus defeating Cavaco Silva's bid. Young and popular, Guterres moved the PS toward the center of the political spectrum. Under Guterres, the PS won the October 1999 parliamentary elections. The PS defeated the PSD but did not manage to win a clear, working majority of seats, and this made the PS dependent upon alliances with smaller parties, including the PCP.

   In the local elections in December 2001, the PSD's criticism of PS's heavy public spending allowed the PSD to take control of the key cities of Lisbon, Oporto, and Coimbra. Guterres resigned, and parliamentary elections were brought forward from 2004 to March 2002. The PSD won a narrow victory with 40 percent of the votes, and Jose Durão Barroso became prime minister. Having failed to win a majority of the seats in parliament forced the PSD to govern in coalition with the right-wing Popular Party (PP) led by Paulo Portas. Durão Barroso set about reducing government spending by cutting the budgets of local authorities, freezing civil service hiring, and reviving the economy by accelerating privatization of state-owned enterprises. These measures provoked a 24-hour strike by public-sector workers. Durão Barroso reacted with vows to press ahead with budget-cutting measures and imposed a wage freeze on all employees earning more than €1,000, which affected more than one-half of Portugal's work force.

   In June 2004, Durão Barroso was invited by Romano Prodi to succeed him as president of the European Commission. Durão Barroso accepted and resigned the prime ministership in July. Pedro Santana Lopes, the leader of the PSD, became prime minister. Already unpopular at the time of Durão Barroso's resignation, the PSD-led government became increasingly unpopular under Santana Lopes. A month-long delay in the start of the school year and confusion over his plan to cut taxes and raise public-sector salaries, eroded confidence even more. By November, Santana Lopes's government was so unpopular that President Jorge Sampaio was obliged to dissolve parliament and hold new elections, two years ahead of schedule.

   Parliamentary elections were held on 20 February 2005. The PS, which had promised the electorate disciplined and transparent governance, educational reform, the alleviation of poverty, and a boost in employment, won 45 percent of the vote and the majority of the seats in parliament. The leader of the PS, José Sôcrates became prime minister on 12 March 2005. In the regularly scheduled presidential elections held on 6 January 2006, the former leader of the PSD and prime minister, Aníbal Cavaco Silva, won a narrow victory and became president on 9 March 2006. With a mass protest, public teachers' strike, and street demonstrations in March 2008, Portugal's media, educational, and social systems experienced more severe pressures. With the spreading global recession beginning in September 2008, Portugal's economic and financial systems became more troubled.

    Contemporary Portugal

   Owing to its geographic location on the southwestern most edge of continental Europe, Portugal has been historically in but not of Europe. Almost from the beginning of its existence in the 12th century as an independent monarchy, Portugal turned its back on Europe and oriented itself toward the Atlantic Ocean. After carving out a Christian kingdom on the western portion of the Iberian peninsula, Portuguese kings gradually built and maintained a vast seaborne global empire that became central to the way Portugal understood its individuality as a nation-state. While the creation of this empire allows Portugal to claim an unusual number of "firsts" or distinctions in world and Western history, it also retarded Portugal's economic, social, and political development. It can be reasonably argued that the Revolution of 25 April 1974 was the most decisive event in Portugal's long history because it finally ended Portugal's oceanic mission and view of itself as an imperial power. After the 1974 Revolution, Portugal turned away from its global mission and vigorously reoriented itself toward Europe. Contemporary Portugal is now both in and of Europe.

   The turn toward Europe began immediately after 25 April 1974. Portugal granted independence to its African colonies in 1975. It was admitted to the European Council and took the first steps toward accession to the European Economic Community (EEC) in 1976. On 28 March 1977, the Portuguese government officially applied for EEC membership. Because of Portugal's economic and social backwardness, which would require vast sums of EEC money to overcome, negotiations for membership were long and difficult. Finally, a treaty of accession was signed on 12 June 1985. Portugal officially joined the EEC (the European Union [EU] since 1993) on 1 January 1986. Since becoming a full-fledged member of the EU, Portugal has been steadily overcoming the economic and social underdevelopment caused by its imperial past and is becoming more like the rest of Europe.

   Membership in the EU has speeded up the structural transformation of Portugal's economy, which actually began during the Estado Novo. Investments made by the Estado Novo in Portugal's economy began to shift employment out of the agricultural sector, which, in 1950, accounted for 50 percent of Portugal's economically active population. Today, only 10 percent of the economically active population is employed in the agricultural sector (the highest among EU member states); 30 percent in the industrial sector (also the highest among EU member states); and 60 percent in the service sector (the lowest among EU member states). The economically active population numbers about 5,000,000 employed, 56 percent of whom are women. Women workers are the majority of the workforce in the agricultural and service sectors (the highest among the EU member states). The expansion of the service sector has been primarily in health care and education. Portugal has had the lowest unemployment rates among EU member states, with the overall rate never being more than 10 percent of the active population. Since joining the EU, the number of employers increased from 2.6 percent to 5.8 percent of the active population; self-employed from 16 to 19 percent; and employees from 65 to 70 percent. Twenty-six percent of the employers are women. Unemployment tends to hit younger workers in industry and transportation, women employed in domestic service, workers on short-term contracts, and poorly educated workers. Salaried workers earn only 63 percent of the EU average, and hourly workers only one-third to one-half of that earned by their EU counterparts. Despite having had the second highest growth of gross national product (GNP) per inhabitant (after Ireland) among EU member states, the above data suggest that while much has been accomplished in terms of modernizing the Portuguese economy, much remains to be done to bring Portugal's economy up to the level of the "average" EU member state.

   Membership in the EU has also speeded up changes in Portuguese society. Over the last 30 years, coastalization and urbanization have intensified. Fully 50 percent of Portuguese live in the coastal urban conurbations of Lisbon, Oporto, Braga, Aveiro, Coimbra, Viseu, Évora, and Faro. The Portuguese population is one of the oldest among EU member states (17.3 percent are 65 years of age or older) thanks to a considerable increase in life expectancy at birth (77.87 years for the total population, 74.6 years for men, 81.36 years for women) and one of the lowest birthrates (10.59 births/1,000) in Europe. Family size averages 2.8 persons per household, with the strict nuclear family (one or two generations) in which both parents work being typical. Common law marriages, cohabitating couples, and single-parent households are more and more common. The divorce rate has also increased. "Youth Culture" has developed. The young have their own meeting places, leisure-time activities, and nightlife (bars, clubs, and discos).

   All Portuguese citizens, whether they have contributed or not, have a right to an old-age pension, invalidity benefits, widowed persons' pension, as well as payments for disabilities, children, unemployment, and large families. There is a national minimum wage (€385 per month), which is low by EU standards. The rapid aging of Portugal's population has changed the ratio of contributors to pensioners to 1.7, the lowest in the EU. This has created deficits in Portugal's social security fund.

   The adult literacy rate is about 92 percent. Illiteracy is still found among the elderly. Although universal compulsory education up to grade 9 was achieved in 1980, only 21.2 percent of the population aged 25-64 had undergone secondary education, compared to an EU average of 65.7 percent. Portugal's higher education system currently consists of 14 state universities and 14 private universities, 15 state polytechnic institutions, one Catholic university, and one military academy. All in all, Portugal spends a greater percentage of its state budget on education than most EU member states. Despite this high level of expenditure, the troubled Portuguese education system does not perform well. Early leaving and repetition rates are among the highest among EU member states.

   After the Revolution of 25 April 1974, Portugal created a National Health Service, which today consists of 221 hospitals and 512 medical centers employing 33,751 doctors and 41,799 nurses. Like its education system, Portugal's medical system is inefficient. There are long waiting lists for appointments with specialists and for surgical procedures.

   Structural changes in Portugal's economy and society mean that social life in Portugal is not too different from that in other EU member states. A mass consumption society has been created. Televisions, telephones, refrigerators, cars, music equipment, mobile phones, and personal computers are commonplace. Sixty percent of Portuguese households possess at least one automobile, and 65 percent of Portuguese own their own home. Portuguese citizens are more aware of their legal rights than ever before. This has resulted in a trebling of the number of legal proceeding since 1960 and an eight-fold increase in the number of lawyers. In general, Portuguese society has become more permissive and secular; the Catholic Church and the armed forces are much less influential than in the past. Portugal's population is also much more culturally, religiously, and ethnically diverse, a consequence of the coming to Portugal of hundreds of thousands of immigrants, mainly from former African colonies.

   Portuguese are becoming more cosmopolitan and sophisticated through the impact of world media, the Internet, and the World Wide Web. A prime case in point came in the summer and early fall of 1999, with the extraordinary events in East Timor and the massive Portuguese popular responses. An internationally monitored referendum in East Timor, Portugal's former colony in the Indonesian archipelago and under Indonesian occupation from late 1975 to summer 1999, resulted in a vote of 78.5 percent for rejecting integration with Indonesia and for independence. When Indonesian prointegration gangs, aided by the Indonesian military, responded to the referendum with widespread brutality and threatened to reverse the verdict of the referendum, there was a spontaneous popular outpouring of protest in the cities and towns of Portugal. An avalanche of Portuguese e-mail fell on leaders and groups in the UN and in certain countries around the world as Portugal's diplomats, perhaps to compensate for the weak initial response to Indonesian armed aggression in 1975, called for the protection of East Timor as an independent state and for UN intervention to thwart Indonesian action. Using global communications networks, the Portuguese were able to mobilize UN and world public opinion against Indonesian actions and aided the eventual independence of East Timor on 20 May 2002.

   From the Revolution of 25 April 1974 until the 1990s, Portugal had a large number of political parties, one of the largest Communist parties in western Europe, frequent elections, and endemic cabinet instability. Since the 1990s, the number of political parties has been dramatically reduced and cabinet stability increased. Gradually, the Portuguese electorate has concentrated around two larger parties, the right-of-center Social Democrats (PSD) and the left-of-center Socialist (PS). In the 1980s, these two parties together garnered 65 percent of the vote and 70 percent of the seats in parliament. In 2005, these percentages had risen to 74 percent and 85 percent, respectively. In effect, Portugal is currently a two-party dominant system in which the two largest parties — PS and PSD—alternate in and out of power, not unlike the rotation of the two main political parties (the Regenerators and the Historicals) during the last decades (1850s to 1880s) of the liberal constitutional monarchy. As Portugal's democracy has consolidated, turnout rates for the eligible electorate have declined. In the 1970s, turnout was 85 percent. In Portugal's most recent parliamentary election (2005), turnout had fallen to 65 percent of the eligible electorate.

   Portugal has benefited greatly from membership in the EU, and whatever doubts remain about the price paid for membership, no Portuguese government in the near future can afford to sever this connection. The vast majority of Portuguese citizens see membership in the EU as a "good thing" and strongly believe that Portugal has benefited from membership. Only the Communist Party opposed membership because it reduces national sovereignty, serves the interests of capitalists not workers, and suffers from a democratic deficit. Despite the high level of support for the EU, Portuguese voters are increasingly not voting in elections for the European Parliament, however. Turnout for European Parliament elections fell from 40 percent of the eligible electorate in the 1999 elections to 38 percent in the 2004 elections.

   In sum, Portugal's turn toward Europe has done much to overcome its backwardness. However, despite the economic, social, and political progress made since 1986, Portugal has a long way to go before it can claim to be on a par with the level found even in Spain, much less the rest of western Europe. As Portugal struggles to move from underde-velopment, especially in the rural areas away from the coast, it must keep in mind the perils of too rapid modern development, which could damage two of its most precious assets: its scenery and environment. The growth and future prosperity of the economy will depend on the degree to which the government and the private sector will remain stewards of clean air, soil, water, and other finite resources on which the tourism industry depends and on which Portugal's world image as a unique place to visit rests. Currently, Portugal is investing heavily in renewable energy from solar, wind, and wave power in order to account for about 50 percent of its electricity needs by 2010. Portugal opened the world's largest solar power plant and the world's first commercial wave power farm in 2006.

   An American documentary film on Portugal produced in the 1970s described this little country as having "a Past in Search of a Future." In the years after the Revolution of 25 April 1974, it could be said that Portugal is now living in "a Present in Search of a Future." Increasingly, that future lies in Europe as an active and productive member of the EU.

Historical dictionary of Portugal > Historical Portugal
18 AT

I) prep.

A. with dative.

I. Of motion;

1) towards, against;

Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;

hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;

2) close atup to;

Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;

þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;

3) to, at;

koma at landi, to come to land;

ganga at dómi, to go into court;

4) along (= eptir);

ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;

dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;

refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;

5) denoting hostility;

renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;

gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;

6) around;

vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;

bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;

7) denoting business, engagement;

ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;

fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.

II. Of position, &c.;

1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;

at kirkju, at church;

at dómi, in court;

at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;

2) denoting participation in;

vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;

vera at vígi, to be an accessory in man-slaying;

3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;

kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;

var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;

4) with proper names of places (farms);

konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;

biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;

at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;

5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;

at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;

at Marðar, at Mara’s home;

at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;

at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).

III. Of time;

1) at, in;

at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;

at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;

at páskum, at Easter;

at kveldi, at eventide;

at þinglausnum, at the close of the Assembly;

at fjöru, at the ebb;

at flœðum, at the floodtide;

2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;

at ári komanda, next year;

at vári, er kemr, next spring;

generally with ‘komanda’ understood;

at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;

3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;

at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;

at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;

at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;

at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;

at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;

at honum önduðum, after his death;

4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;

hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;

skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;

at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.

IV. fig. and in various uses;

1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;

brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;

verða at ormi, to become a snake;

2) for, as;

gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;

eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;

3) by;

taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;

draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;

kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;

4) as regards as to;

auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;

vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;

5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;

ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;

6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;

faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);

aðili at sök = aðili sakar;

7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;

hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;

mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;

tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;

kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;

8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;

Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);

þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;

hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;

9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);

at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;

at landslögum, by the law of the land;

at vánum, as was to be expected;

at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;

10) in adverbial phrases;

gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;

bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;

at fullu, fully;

at vísu, surely;

at frjálsu, freely;

at eilífu, for ever and ever;

at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;

at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;

at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.

B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);

sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;

eiga féránsdóm at e-n, to hold a court of execution upon a person;

at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;

connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;

at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.

II)

1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;

at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;

2) in an objective sense;

hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;

gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;

3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).

III)

1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;

hón grét at meir, she wept the more;

þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;

þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;

2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);

þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;

sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.

IV)

conj., that;

1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;

þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;

vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;

2) relative to svá, denoting proportion, degree;

svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;

3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);

4) since, because, as (= því at);

5) connected with þó, því, svá;

þó at (with subj.), though, although;

því at, because, for;

svá at, so that;

6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;

þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;

þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;

áðr at (= á. en), before;

7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;

Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;

in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.

V)

negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.

VI)

n. an incited conflict or fight ( see etja);

odda at, Yggs at, battle.

* * *

1.

and að, prep., often used ellipt. dropping the case and even merely as an adverb, [Lat. ad; Ulf. at = πρός and παρά, A. S. ät; Engl. at; Hel. ad = apud; O. H. G. az; lost in mod. Germ., and rare in Swed. and Dan.; in more freq. use in Engl. than any other kindred language, Icel. only excepted]:—the mod. pronunciation and spelling is að (aþ); this form is very old, and is found in Icel. vellum MSS. of the 12th century, e. g. aþ, 623. 60; yet in earlier times it was sounded with a tenuis, as we may infer from rhymes, e. g. jöfurr hyggi at | hve ek yrkja fat, Egill: Sighvat also makes it rhyme with a t. The verse by Thorodd—þar vastu at er fjáðr klæðið þvat (Skálda 162)—is hardly intelligible unless we accept the spelling with an aspirate (að), and say that þvað is = þvá = þváði, lavabat; it may be that by the time of Thorodd and Ari the pure old pronunciation was lost, or is ‘þvat’ simply the A. S. þvât, secuit? The Icelanders still, however, keep the tenuis in compounds before a vowel, or before h, v, or the liquids l, r, thus—atyrða, atorka, athöfn, athugi, athvarf, athlægi; atvinna, atvik; atlaga, atlíðanði ( slope), atriði, atreið, atróðr: but aðdjúpr, aðfinsla (critic), aðferð, aðkoma, aðsókn, aðsúgr (crowding), aðgæzla. In some words the pronunciation is irregular, e. g. atkvæði not aðkv-; atburðr, but aðbúnaðr; aðhjúkran not athjúkran; atgörvi not aðgörfi. At, to, towards; into; against; along, by; in regard to; after.

Mostly with dat.; rarely with acc.; and sometimes ellipt.—by dropping the words ‘home,’ ‘house,’ or the like—with gen.

WITH DAT.

A. LOC.

I. WITH MOTION; gener. the motion to the borders, limits of an object, and thus opp. to frá:

1. towards, against, with or without the notion of arrival, esp. connected with verbs denoting motion (verba movendi et eundi), e. g. fara, ganga, koma, lúta, snúa, rétta at…; Otkell laut at Skamkatli, O. louted (i. e. bowed down) towards S., Nj. 77, Fms. xi. 102; sendimaðrinn sneri ( turned) hjöltum sverðsins at konungi, towards the king, i. 15; hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge towards A., Nj. 220; rétta e-t at e-m, to reach, hand over, Ld. 132; ganga at, to step towards, Ísl. ii. 259.

2. denoting proximity, close up to, up to; Brynjólfr gengr … allt at honum, B. goes quite up to him, Nj. 58; Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, G. reached them even there with his arrows, 115; þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters, id.; reið maðr at þeim (up to them), 274; þeir höfðu rakit sporin allt at ( right up to) gammanum, Fms. i. 9; komu þeir at sjó fram, came down to the sea, Bárð. 180.

3. without reference to the space traversed, to or at; koma at landi, to land, Ld. 38, Fms. viii. 358; ríða at dyrum, Boll. 344; hlaupa at e-m, to run up to, run at, Fms. vii. 218, viii. 358; af sjáfarganginum er hann gekk at landinu, of the surf dashing against the shore, xi. 6; vísa ólmum hundi at manni, to set a fierce hound at a man, Grág. ii. 118; leggja e-n at velli, to lay low, Eg. 426, Nj. 117; hníga at jörðu, at grasi, at moldu, to bite the dust, to die, Njarð. 378; ganga at dómi, a law term, to go into court, of a plaintiff, defendant, or bystander, Nj. 87 (freq.)

4. denoting a motion along, into, upon; ganga at stræti, to walk along the street, Korm. 228, Fms. vii. 39; at ísi, on the ice, Skálda 198, Fms. vii. 19, 246, viii. 168, Eb. 112 new Ed. (á is perh. wrong); máttu menn ganga bar yfir at skipum einum, of ships alone used as a bridge, Fas. i. 378; at höfðum, at nám, to trample on the slain on the battle-field, Lex. Poët.; at ám, along the rivers; at merkiósum, at the river’s mouth, Grág. ii. 355; at endilöngu baki, all along its back, Sks. 100.

5. denoting hostility, to rush at, assault; renna at, hlaupa at, ganga, fara, ríða, sækja, at e-m, (v. those words), whence the nouns atrenna, athlaup, atgangr, atför, atreið, atsókn, etc.

β. metaph., kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, deep sleep fell on them, Nj. 104. Esp. of weather, in the impers. phrase, hríð, veðr, vind, storm görir at e-m, to be overtaken by a snow storm, gale, or the like; görði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog, Bárð. 171.

6. denoting around, of clothing or the like; bregða skikkju at höfði sér, to wrap his cloak over his head, Ld. 62; vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a snood round her head, 188; sauma at, to stick, cling close, as though sewn on; sauma at höndum sér, of tight gloves, Bs. i. 453; kyrtill svá þröngr sem saumaðr væri at honum, as though it were stitched to him, Nj. 214; vafit at vándum dreglum, tight laced with sorry tags, id.; hosa strengd fast at beini, of tight hose, Eg. 602; hann sveipar at sér iðrunum ok skyrtunni, he gathers up the entrails close to him and the skirt too, Gísl. 71; laz at síðu, a lace on the side, to keep the clothes tight, Eg. 602.

β. of burying; bera grjót at einum, to heap stones upon the body, Eg. 719; var gör at þeim dys or grjóti, Ld. 152; gora kistu at líki, to make a coffin for a body, Eb. 264, Landn. 56, Ld. 142.

γ. of summoning troops or followers; stefna at sér mönnum, to summon men to him, Nj. 104; stefna at sér liði, Eg. 270; kippa mönnum at sér, to gather men in haste, Ld. 64.

7. denoting a business, engagement; ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after after horses, watching sheep, Glúm. 362, Nj. 75; fara at fé, to go to seek for sheep, Ld. 240; fara at heyi, to go a-haymaking, Dropl. 10; at veiðum, a-hunting; at fuglum, a-fowling; at dýrum, a-sbooting; at fiski, a-fishing; at veiðiskap, Landn. 154, Orkn. 416 (in a verse), Nj. 25; fara at landskuldum, to go a-collecling rents, Eg. 516; at Finnkaupum, a-marketing with Finns, 41; at féföngum, a-plundering, Fms. vii. 78; ganga at beina, to wait on guests, Nj. 50; starfa at matseld, to serve at table, Eb. 266; hitta e-n at nauðsynjum, on matters of business; at máli, to speak with one, etc., Fms. xi. 101; rekast at e-m, to pursue one, ix. 404; ganga at liði sér, to go suing for help, Grág. ii. 384.

β. of festivals; snúa, fá at blóti, veizlu, brullaupi, to prepare for a sacrificial banquet, wedding, or the like, hence at-fangadagr, Eb. 6, Ld. 70; koma at hendi, to happen, befall; ganga at sínu, to come by one’s own, to take it, Ld. 208; Egill drakk hvert full er at honum kom, drained every horn that came to him, Eg. 210; komast at keyptu, to purchase dearly, Húv. 46.

8. denoting imaginary motion, esp. of places, cp. Lat. spectare, vergere ad…, to look or lie towards; horfði botninn at höfðanum, the bight of the bay looked toward the headland, Fms. i. 340, Landn. 35; also, skeiðgata liggr at læknum, leads to the brook, Ísl. ii. 339; á þann arminn er vissi at sjánum, on that wing which looked toward the sea, Fms. viii. 115; sár þau er horft höfðu at Knúti konungi, xi. 309.

β. even connected with verbs denoting motion; Gilsáreyrr gengr austan at Fljótinu, G. extends, projects to F. from the east, Hrafh. 25; hjá sundi því, er at gengr þingstöðinni, Fms. xi. 85.

II. WITHOUT MOTION; denoting presence at, near, by, at the side of, in, upon; connected with verbs like sitja, standa, vera…; at kirkju, at church, Fms. vii. 251, K. f). K. 16, Ld. 328, Ísl. ii. 270, Sks. 36; vera at skála, at húsi, to be in, at home, Landn. 154; at landi, Fms. i. 82; at skipi, on shipboard, Grág. i. 209, 215; at oldri, at a banquet, inter pocula; at áti, at dinner, at a feast, inter edendum, ii. 169, 170; at samförum ok samvistum, at public meetings, id.; at dómi, in a court; standa (to take one’s stand) norðan, sunnan, austan, vestan at dómi, freq. in the proceedings at trials in lawsuits, Nj.; at þingi, present at the parliament, Grág. i. 142; at lögbergi, o n the hill of laws, 17, Nj.; at baki e-m, at the back of.

2. denoting presence, partaking in; sitja at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. i. 241; vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, nuptials, Nj. 51, Ld. 70: a law term, vera at vígi, to be an accessory in manslaying, Nj. 89, 100; vera at e-u simply means to be about, be busy in, Fms. iv. 237; standa at máli, to stand by one in a case, Grág. ii. 165, Nj. 214; vera at fóstri, to be fostered, Fms. i. 2; sitja at hégóma, to listen to nonsense, Ld. 322; vera at smíð, to be at one’s work, Þórð. 62: now absol., vera at, to go on with, be busy at.

3. the law term vinna eið at e-u has a double meaning:

α. vinna eið at bók, at baugi, to make an oath upon the book by laying the band upon it, Landn. 258, Grág., Nj.; cp. Vkv. 31, Gkv. 3. 3, Hkv. 2. 29, etc.: ‘við’ is now used in this sense.

β. to confirm a fact (or the like) by an oath, to swear to, Grág. i. 9, 327.

γ. the law phrase, nefna vátta at e-u, of summoning witnesses to a deed, fact, or the like; nefna vátta at benjum, to produce evidence, witnesses as to the wounds, Nj., Grág.; at görð, Eg. 738; at svörum, Grág. i. 19: this summoning of witnesses served in old lawsuits the same purpose as modern pleadings and depositions; every step in a suit to be lawful must be followed by such a summoning or declaration.

4. used ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at; kvalararnir er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him; þar varstu at, you were there present, Skálda 162; at várum þar, Gísl. (in a verse): as a law term ‘vera at’ means to be guilty, Glúm. 388; vartattu at þar, Eg. (in a verse); hence the ambiguity of Glum’s oath, vask at þar, I was there present: var þar at kona nokkur ( was there busy) at binda sár manna, Fms. v. 91; hann var at ok smíðaði skot, Rd. 313; voru Varbelgir at ( about) at taka af, þau lög …, Fms. ix. 512; ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving, xi. 49; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers, x. 186 (now very freq.); koma at, come in, to arrive unexpectedly; Gunnarr kom at í því, G. came in at that moment; hvaðan komtú nú at, whence did you come? Nj. 68, Fms. iii. 200.

5. denoting the kingdom or residence of a king or princely person; konungr at Danmörk ok Noregi, king of…, Fms. i. 119, xi. 281; konungr, jarl, at öllum Noregi, king, earl, over all N., íb. 3, 13, Landn. 25; konungr at Dyflinni, king of Dublin, 25; but í or yfir England!, Eg. 263: cp. the phrase, sitja at landi, to reside, of a king when at home, Hkr. i. 34; at Joini, Fms. xi. 74: used of a bishop; biskup at Hólum, bishop of Hólar, Íb. 18, 19; but biskup í Skálaholti, 19: at Rómi, at Rome, Fbr. 198.

6. in denoting a man’s abode (vide p. 5, col. 1, l. 27), the prep. ‘at’ is used where the local name implies the notion of by the side of, and is therefore esp. applied to words denoting a river, brook, rock, mountain, grove, or the like, and in some other instances, by, at, e. g. at Hofi (a temple), Landn. 198; at Borg ( a castle), 57; at Helgafelli (a mountain), Eb. constantly so; at Mosfelli, Landn. 190; at Hálsi (a hill), Fms. xi. 22; at Bjargi, Grett. 90; Hálsum, Landn. 143; at Á ( river), 296, 268; at Bægisá, 212; Giljá, 332; Myrká, 211; Vatnsá, id.; þverá, Glúm. 323; at Fossi (a ‘force’ or waterfall), Landn. 73; at Lækjamoti (waters-meeting), 332; at Hlíðarenda ( end of the lithe or hill), at Bergþórshváli, Nj.; at Lundi (a grove), at Melum (sandhill), Landn. 70: the prep. ‘á’ is now used in most of these cases, e. g. á Á, á Hofi, Helgafelli, Felli, Hálsi, etc.

β. particularly, and without any regard to etymology, used of the abode of kings or princes, to reside at; at Uppsölum, at Haugi, Alreksstöðum, at Hlöðum, Landn., Fms.

γ. konungr lét kalla at stofudyrum, the king made a call at the hall door, Eg. 88; þeir kölluðu at herberginu, they called at the inn, Fms. ix. 475.

7. used ellipt. with a gen., esp. if connected with such words as gista, to be a guest, lodge, dine, sup (of festivals or the like) at one’s home; at Marðar, Nj. 4; at hans, 74; þingfesti at þess bóanda, Grág. i. 152; at sín, at one’s own home, Eg. 371, K. Þ. K. 62; hafa náttstað at Freyju, at the abode of goddess Freyja, Eg. 603; at Ránar, at Ran’s, i. e. at Ran’s house, of drowned men who belong to the queen of the sea, Ran, Eb. 274; at hins heilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church, Fms. vi. 63: cp. ad Veneris, εις Κίμωνος.

B. TEMP.

I. at, denoting a point or period of time; at upphafi, at first, in the beginning, Ld. 104; at lyktum, at síðustu, at lokum, at last; at lesti, at last, Lex. Poët., more freq. á lesti; at skilnaði, at parting, at last, Band. 3; at fornu, in times of yore, formerly, Eg. 267, D. I. i. 635; at sinni, as yet, at present; at nýju, anew, of present time; at eilífu, for ever and ever; at skömmu, soon, shortly, Ísl. ii. 272, v. l.

II. of the very moment when anything happens, the beginning of a term; denoting the seasons of the year, months, weeks, the hours of the day; at Jólum, at Yule, Nj. 46; at Pálmadegi, on Palm Sunday, 273; at Páskum, at Easter; at Ólafsvöku, on St. Olave’s eve, 29th of July, Fms.; at vetri, at the beginning of the winter, on the day when winter sets in, Grág. 1. 151; at sumarmálum, at vetrnáttum; at Tvímánaði, when the Double month (August) begins, Ld. 256, Grág. i. 152; at kveldi, at eventide, Eg. 3; at því meli, at that time; at eindaga, at the term, 395; at eykð, at 4 o’clock p. m., 198; at öndverðri æfi Abra hams, Ver. II; at sinni, now at once, Fms. vi. 71; at öðruhverju, every now and then.

β. where the point of time is marked by some event; at þingi, at the meeting of parliament (18th to the 24th of June), Ld. 182; at féránsdómi, at the court of execution, Grág. i. 132, 133; at þinglausnum, at the close of the parliament (beginning of July), 140; at festarmálum, eðr at eiginorði, at betrothal or nuptials, 174; at skilnaði, when they parted, Nj. 106 (above); at öllum minnum, at the general drinking of the toasts, Eg. 253; at fjöru, at the ebb; at flæðum, at flood tide, Fms. viii. 306, Orkn. 428; at hrörum, at an inquest, Grág. i. 50 (cp. ii. 141, 389); at sökum, at prosecutions, 30; at sinni, now, as yet, v. that word.

III. ellipt., or adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr,’ of the future time:

1. ellipt., komanda or the like being understood, with reference to the seasons of the year; at sumri, at vetri, at hausti, at vári, next summer, winter…, Ísl. ii. 242; at miðju sumri, at ári, at Midsummer, next year, Fas. i. 516; at miðjum vetri, Fms. iv. 237,

2. adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr;’ at ári komanda, Bárð. 177; at vári er kemr, Dipl. iii. 6.

IV. used with an absolute dat. and with a pres. part.:

1. with pres. part.; at morni komanda, on the coming morrow, Fms. i. 263; at sér lifanda, in vivo, in his life time, Grág. ii. 202; at þeim sofundum, illis dormientibus, Hkr. i. 234; at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all, Fms. x. 329; at úvitanda konungi, illo nesciente, without his knowledge, 227; at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the chief’s bearing, 235.

2. of past time with a past part. (Lat. abl. absol.); at hræjum fundnum, on the bodies being found, Grág. ii. 87; at háðum dómum ok föstu þingi, during the session, the courts being set, i. 484; at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks past, Band. 13; at svá búnu, so goru, svá komnu, svá mæltu (Lat. quibus rebus gestis, dictis, quo facto, dicto, etc.), v. those words; at úreyndu, without trial, without put ting one to the test, Ld. 76; at honum önduðum, illo mortuo.

3. ellipt. without ‘at;’ en þessum hlutum fram komnum, when all this has been done, Eb. 132.

V. in some phrases with a slight temp, notion; at görðum gildum, the fences being strong, Gþl. 387; at vörmu spori, at once, whilst the trail is warm; at úvörum, unawares, suddenly, Nj. 95, Ld. 132; at þessu, at this cost, on that condition, Eb. 38, Nj. 55; at illum leiki, to have a narrow escape, now við illan leik, Fms. ix. 473; at því, that granted, Grág. ii. 33: at því, at pessu, thereafter, thereupon, Nj. 76.

2. denoting succession, without interruption, one after another; hverr at öðrum, annarr maðr at öðrum, aðrir at öðrum; eina konu at annarri, Eg. 91, Fms. ii. 236, vi. 25, Bs. i. 22, 625. 80, H. E. i. 522.

C. METAPH. and in various cases:

I. denoting a transformation or change into, to, with the notion of destruction; brenna at ösku, at köldum kolum, to burn to ashes, to be quite destroyed, Fms. i. 105, Edda 3, Sturl. ii. 51: with the notion of transformation or transfiguration, in such phrases as, verða at e-u, göra e-t at e-u, to turn it into:

α. by a spell; verða at ormi, to become a snake, Fms. xi. 158; at flugdrekum, Gullþ. 7; urðu þau bönd at járni, Edda 40.

β. by a natural process it can often be translated by an acc. or by as; göra e-n at urðarmanni, to make him an outlaw, Eg. 728; græða e-n at orkumlamanni, to heal him so as to maim him for life, of bad treatment by a leech, Eb. 244: in the law terms, sár görist at ben, a wound turning into a ben, proving to be mortal, Grág., Nj.; verða at ljúgvætti, to prove to be a false evidence, Grág. i. 44; verða at sætt, to turn into reconciliation, Fms. i. 13; göra e-t at reiði málum, to take offence at, Fs. 20; at nýjum tíðindum, to tell as news, Nj. 14; verða fátt at orðum, to be sparing of words, 18; kveðr (svá) at orði, to speak, utter, 10; verða at þrifnaði, to geton well, Fms. vii. 196: at liði, at skaða, to be a help or hurt to one; at bana, to cause one’s death, Nj. 223, Eg. 21, Grág. ii. 29: at undrum, at hlátri, to become a wonder, a laughing-stock, 623. 35, Eg. 553.

II. denoting capacity, where it may be translated merely by as or for; gefa at Jólagjöf, to give for a Christmas-box, Eg. 516; at gjöf, for a present; at erfð, at láni, launum, as an inheritance, a loan; at kaupum ok sökum, for buying and selling, Ísl. ii. 223, Grág. i. 423; at solum, ii. 204; at herfangi, as spoil or plunder; at sakbótum, at niðgjöldum, as a compensation, weregeld, i. 339, ii. 171, Hkr. ii. 168; taka at gíslingu, to take as an hostage, Edda 15; eiga e-n at vin, at óvin, to have one as friend or foe, illt er at eiga þræl at eingavin, ‘tis ill to have a thrall for one’s bosom friend (a proverb), Nj. 77; fæða, eiga, at sonum (syni), to beget a son, Edda 8, Bs. i. 60 (but eiga at dóttur cannot be said); hafa möttul at yfirhöfn, Fms. vii. 201; verða nökkut at manni (mönnum), to turn out to be a worthy man; verða ekki at manni, to turn out a worthless person, xi. 79, 268.

2. in such phrases as, verða at orðum, to come towards, Nj. 26; var þat at erindum, Eg. 148; hafa at veizlum, to draw veizlur ( dues) from, Fms. iv. 275, Eg. 647; gora e-t at álitum, to take it into consideration, Nj. 3.

III. denoting belonging to, fitting, of parts of the whole or the like; vóru at honum (viz. the sword) hjölt gullbúin, the sword was ornamented with a hilt of gold, Ld. 330; umgörð at ( belonging to) sverði, Fs. 97 (Hs.) in a verse; en ef mór er eigi at landinu, if there be no turf moor belonging to the land, Grág. ii. 338; svá at eigi brotnaði nokkuð at Orminum, so that no harm happened to the ship Worm, Fms. x. 356; hvatki er meiðir at skipinu eðr at reiðinu eðr at viðum, damage done t o …, Grág. ii. 403; lesta ( to injure) hús at lásum, við eðr torfi, 110; ef land hefir batnað at húsum, if the land has been bettered as to its buildings, 210; cp. the phrase, göra at e-u, to repair: hamlaðr at höndum eðr fótum, maimed as to hands or feet, Eg. 14; heill at höndum en hrumr at fótum, sound in band, palsied in foot, Fms. vii. 12; lykill at skrá, a key belonging, fitting, to the latch; hurð at húsi; a key ‘gengr at’ ( fits) skrá; and many other phrases. 2. denoting the part by which a thing is held or to which it belongs, by; fá, taka at…, to grasp by …; þú tókt við sverði hans at hjöltunum, you took it by the bill, Fms. i. 15; draga út björninn at hlustum, to pull out the bear by the ears, Fas. ii. 237; at fótum, by the feet, Fms. viii. 363; mæla ( to measure) at hrygg ok at jaðri, by the edge or middle of the stuff, Grág. i. 498; kasta e-m at höfði, head foremost, Nj. 84; kjósa e-n at fótum, by the feet alone, Edda 46; hefja frændsemi at bræðrum, eða at systkynum, to reckon kinship by the brother’s or the sister’s side, Grág. i. 28; kjósa at afli, at álitum, by strength, sight, Gs. 8, belongs rather to the following.

IV. in respect of, as regards, in regard to, as to; auðigr at fé, wealthy of goods, Nj. 16, 30, 51; beztir hestar at reið, the best racehorses, 186; spekingr at viti, a man of great intellect, Ld. 124; vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face, Nj. 30, Bs. i. 61; kvenna vænst at ásjónu ok vits munum, of surpassing beauty and intellect, Ld. 122; fullkominn at hyggju, 18; um fram aðra menn at vinsældum ok harðfengi, of surpassing popularity and hardihood, Eb. 30.

2. a law term, of challenging jurors, judges, or the like, on account of, by reason of; ryðja ( to challenge) at mægðum, guðsifjum, frændsemi, hrörum …; at leiðarlengd, on account of distance, Grág. i. 30, 50, Nj. (freq.)

3. in arithm. denoting proportion; at helmingi, þriðjungi, fjórðungi, tíunda hluta, cp. Lat. ex asse, quadrante, for the half, third… part; máttr skal at magni (a proverb), might and main go together, Hkr. ii. 236; þú munt vera at því mikill fræðimaðr á kvæði, in the same proportion, as great, Fms. vi. 391, iii. 41; at e-s hluta, at… leiti, for one’s part, in turn, as far as one is con cerned, Grág. i. 322, Eg. 309, Fms. iii. 26 (freq.): at öðrum kosti, in the other case, otherwise (freq.) More gener., at öllu, öngu, in all (no) respects; at sumu, einhverju, nokkru, partly; at flestu, mestu, chiefly.

4. as a paraphrase of a genitive; faðir, móðir at barni (= barns); aðili at sök (= sakar a.); morðingi at barni (= barns), faðerni at barni (barns); illvirki at fé manna (cp. Lat. felo de se), niðrfall at sökum (saka), land gangr at fiskum (fiska), Fms. iv. 274, Grág. i. 277, 416, N. G. L. i. 340, K. Þ. K. 112, Nj. 21.

5. the phrase ‘at sér,’ of himself or in himself, either ellipt. or by adding the participle görr, and with the adverbs vel, ilia, or the like; denoting breeding, bearing, endowments, character …; væn kona, kurteis ok vel at sér, an accomplished, well-bred, gifted lady, Nj. I; vitr maðr ok vel at sér, a wise man and thoroughly good in feeling and bearing, 5; þú ert maðr vaskr ok vel at þér, 49; gerr at sér, accomplished, 51; bezt at sér görr, the finest, best bred man, 39, Ld. 124; en þó er hann svá vel at sér, so generous, Nj. 77; þeir höfðingjar er svá vóru vel at sér, so noble-minded, 198, Fms. i. 160: the phrase ‘at sér’ is now only used of knowledge, thus maðr vel að sér means clever, a man of great knowledge; illa að sér, a blockhead.

6. denoting relations to colour, size, value, age, and the like; hvitr, svartr, grár, rauðr … at lit, white, swarthy, gray, red … of colour, Bjarn. 55, 28, Ísl. ii. 213, etc.; mikill, lítill, at stærð, vexti, tall, small of size, etc.; ungr, gamall, barn, at aldri, young, old, a child of age; tvítugr, þrítugr … at aldri, twenty, thirty … years of age (freq.): of animals; kyr at fyrsta, öðrum … kálfi, a cow having calved once, twice…, Jb. 346: value, amount, currency of money, kaupa e-t at mörk, at a mark, N. G. L. 1. 352; ok er eyririnn at mörk, amounts to a mark, of the value of money, Grág. i. 392; verðr þá at hálfri murk vaðmála eyrir, amounts to a half a mark, 500.

β. metaph. of value, connected with verbs denoting to esteem, hold; meta, hafa, halda at miklu, litlu, vettugi, engu, or the like, to hold in high or low esteem, to care or not to care for (freq.): geta e-s at góðu, illu, öngu, to mention one favourably, unfavourably, indifferently … (freq.), prop. in connection with. In many cases it may be translated by in; ekki er mark at draumum, there is no meaning in dreams, no heed is to be paid to dreams, Sturl. ii. 217; bragð er at þá barnið finnr, it goes too far, when even a child takes offence (a proverb): hvat er at því, what does it mean? Nj. 11; hvert þat skip er vöxtr er at, any ship of mark, i. e. however small, Fms. xi. 20.

V. denoting the source of a thing:

1. source of infor mation, to learn, perceive, get information from; Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði, learnt as her pupil, at her hands, as St. Paul at the feet of Gamaliel, (just as the Scotch say to speer or ask at a person); Ari nam at Þorgeiri afraðskoll, Hkr. (pref.); nema kunnáttu at e-m, used of a pupil, Fms. i. 8; nema fræði at e-m, xi. 396.

2. of receiving, acquiring, buying, from; þiggja e-t at e-m, to receive a thing at his hands, Nj. 51; líf, to be pardoned, Fms. x. 173; kaupa land at e-m, to buy it from, Landn. 72, Íb. II, (now af is more freq. in this sense); geta e-t at e-m, to obtain, procure at one’s hands, impetrare; þeirra manna er þeir megu þat geta at, who are willing to do that, Grág. i. I; heimta e-t at e-m (now af), to call in, demand (a debt, money), 279; fala e-t at e-m (now af), to chaffer for or cheapen anything, Nj. 73; sækja e-t at e-m, to ask, seek for; sækja heilræði ok traust at e-m, 98; leiga e-t at e-m (now af), to borrow, Grág. ii. 334; eiga e-t (fé, skuld) at e-m, to be owed money by any one, i. 399: metaph. to deserve of one, Nj. 113; eiga mikit at e-m, to have much to do with, 138; hafa veg, virðing, styrk, at, to derive honour, power from, Fms. vi. 71, Eg. 44, Bárð. 174; gagn, to be of use, Ld. 216; mein, tálma, mischief, disadvantage, 158, 216, cp. Eg. 546; ótta, awe, Nj. 68.

VI. denoting conformity, according to, Lat. secundum, ex, after; at fornum sið, Fms. i. 112; at sögn Ara prests, as Ari relates, on his authority, 55; at ráði allra vitrustu manna, at the advice of, Ísl. ii. 259, Ld. 62; at lögum, at landslögum, by the law of the land, Grág., Nj.; at líkindum, in all likelihood, Ld. 272; at sköpum, in due course (poet.); at hinum sama hætti, in the very same manner, Grág. i. 90; at vánum, as was to be expected, Nj. 255; at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave, Eg. 35; úlofi, Grág. ii. 215; at ósk, vilja e-s, as one likes…; at mun, id. (poet.); at sólu, happily (following the course of the sun), Bs. i. 70, 137; at því sem …, as to infer from …, Nj. 124: ‘fara, láta, ganga at’ denotes to yield, agree to, to comply with, give in, Ld. 168, Eg. 18, Fms. x. 368.

VII. in phrases nearly or quite adverbial; gróa, vera græddr, at heilu, to be quite healed, Bárð. 167, Eb. 148; bíta at snöggu, to bite it bare, Fms. xi. 6; at þurru, till it becomes dry, Eb. 276; at endilöngu, all along, Fas. ii; vinnast at litlu, to avail little, 655 x. 14; at fullu, fully, Nj. 257, Hkr. i. 171; at vísu, of a surety, surely, Ld. 40; at frjálsu, freely, 308; at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same, Hom. 80, Nj. 267; at röngu, wrongly, 686 B. 2; at hófi, temperately, Lex. Poët.; at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent; at hringum, utterly, all round, (rare), Fms. x. 389; at einu, yet, Orkn. 358; svá at einu, því at einu, allt at einu, yet, however, nevertheless.

VIII. connected with comparatives of adverbs and adjectives, and strengthening the sense, as in Engl. ‘the,’ so much the more, all the more; ‘at’ heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita yðr öllum, where it may be translated by so much the more to two, as I would willingly grant it to all of you; hon grét at meir, she grat (wept) the more, Eg. 483; þykir oss at líkara, all the more likely, Fms. viii. 6; þess at harðari, all the harder, Sturl. iii. 202 C; svá at hinn sé bana at nær, Grág. ii. 117; at auðnara, at hólpnara, the more happy, Al. 19, Grett. 116 B; þess at meiri, Fms. v. 64; auvirðismaðr at meiri, Sturl. ii. 139; maðr at vaskari, id.; at feigri, any the more fey, Km. 22; maðr at verri, all the worse, Nj. 168; ok er ‘at’ firr…, at ek vil miklu heldr, cp. Lat. tantum abest… ut, Eg. 60.

β. following after a negation; eigi at síðr, no less, Nj. 160, Ld. 146; eigi… at meiri maðr, any better, Eg. 425, 489; erat héra at borgnara, any the better off for that, Fms. vii. 116; eigi at minni, no less for that, Edda (pref.) 146; eigi at minna, Ld. 216, Fms. ix. 50; ekki at verri drengr, not a bit worse for that, Ld. 42; er mér ekki son minn at bættari, þótt…, 216; at eigi vissi at nær, any more, Fas. iii. 74.

IX. following many words:

1. verbs, esp. those denoting, a. to ask, enquire, attend, seek, e. g. spyrja at, to speer (ask) for; leita at, to seek for; gæta, geyma at, to pay attention to; huga, hyggja at; hence atspurn, to enquire, aðgæzla, athugi, attention, etc.

β. verbs denoting laughter, play, joy, game, cp. the Engl. to play at …, to laugh at …; hlæja, brosa at e-u, to laugh, smile at it; leika (sér) at e-u, to play at; þykja gaman at, to enjoy; hæða, göra gys at …, to make sport at …

γ. verbs denoting assistance, help; standa, veita, vinna, hjálpa at; hence atstoð, atvinna, atverk:—mode, proceeding; fara at, to proceed, hence atför and atferli:—compliance; láta, fara at e-u, v. above:— fault; e-t er at e-u, there is some fault in it, Fms. x. 418; skorta at e-u, to fall short of, xi. 98:—care, attendance; hjúkra at, hlýja at, v. these words:—gathering, collecting; draga, reiða, flytja, fá at, congerere:—engagement, arrival, etc.; sækja at, to attack; ganga at, vera at, to be about; koma at, ellipt. to arrive: göra at, to repair: lesta at, to impair (v. above); finna at, to criticise (mod.); telja at, id.: bera at, to happen; kveða at e-m, to address one, 625. 15, (kveða at (ellipt.) now means to pronounce, and of a child to utter (read) whole syllables); falla at, of the flood-tide (ellipt.): metaph. of pains or straits surrounding one; þreyngja, herða at, to press hard: of frost and cold, with regard to the seasons; frjósa at, kólna at, to get really cold (SI. 44), as it were from the cold stiffening all things: also of the seasons themselves; hausta, vetra að, when the season really sets in; esp. the cold seasons, ‘sumra at’ cannot be used, yet we may say ‘vára að’ when the spring sets in, and the air gets mild.

δ. in numberless other cases which may partly be seen below.

2. connected ellipt. with adverbs denoting motion from a place; norðan, austan, sunnan, vestan at, those from the north, east…; utan at, innan at, from the outside or inside.

3. with adjectives (but rarely), e. g. kærr, elskr, virkr (affectionate), vandr (zealous), at e-m; v. these words.

WITH ACC.

TEMP.: Lat. post, after, upon, esp. freq. in poetry, but rare in prose writers, who use eptir; nema reisi niðr at nið (= maðr eptir mann), in succession, of erecting a monument, Hm. 71; in prose, at þat. posthac, deinde, Fms. x. 323, cp. Rm., where it occurs several times, 2, 6, 9, 14, 18, 24, 28, 30, 35; sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, has to take the inheritance after his father, Grág. i. 170 new Ed.; eiga féránsdóm at e-n, Grág. i. 89; at Gamla fallinn, after the death of G., Fms. x. 382; in Edda (Gl.) 113 ought to be restored, grét ok at Oð, gulli Freyja, she grat (wept) tears of gold for her lost husband Od. It is doubtful if it is ever used in a purely loc. sense; at land, Grág. (Sb.)ii. 211, is probably corrupt; at hönd = á hönd, Grág. (Sb.) i. 135; at mót = at móti, v. this word.

☞ In compounds (v. below) at- or að- answers in turn to Lat. ad- or in- or con-; atdráttr e. g. denotes collecting; atkoma is adventus: it may also answer to Lat. ob-, in atburðr = accidence, but might also be compared with Lat. occurrere.

2.

and að, the mark of the infinitive [cp. Goth. du; A. S. and Engl. to; Germ. zu]. Except in the case of a few verbs ‘at’ is always placed immediately before the infinitive, so as to be almost an inseparable part of the verb.

I. it is used either,

1. as, a simple mark of the infinitive, only denoting an action and independent of the subject, e. g. at ganga, at hlaupa, at vita, to go, to run, to know; or,

2. in an objective sense when following such verbs as bjóða segja…, to invite, command …; hann bauð þeim at ganga, at sitja, be bade, ordered them to go, sit, or the like; or as gefa and fá; gefa e-m at drekka, at eta, to give one to drink or to eat, etc. etc.

β. with the additional notion of intention, esp. when following verba cogitandi; hann ætlaði, hafði í hyggju at fara, he had it in his mind to go (where ‘to go’ is the real object to ætlaði and hafði í hyggju).

3. answering to the Gr. ινα, denoting intention, design, in order to; hann gékk í borg at kaupa silfr, in order to buy, Nj. 280; hann sendi riddara sína með þeim at varðveita þær, 623. 45: in order to make the phrase more plain, ‘svá’ and ‘til’ are frequently added, esp. in mod. writers, ‘svá at’ and contr. ‘svát’ (the last however is rare), ‘til at’ and ‘til þess at,’ etc.

II. in the earlier times the infin., as in Greek and Lat., had no such mark; and some verbs remain that cannot be followed by ‘at;’ these verbs are almost the same in Icel. as in Engl.:

α. the auxiliary verbs vil, mun ( μέλλω), skal; as in Engl. to is never used after the auxiliaries shall, will, must; ek vil ganga, I will go; ek mun fara, (as in North. E.) I mun go; ek skal göra þat, I shall do that, etc.

β. the verbs kunna, mega, as in Engl. I can or may do, I dare say; svá hygginn at hann kunni fyrir sökum ráða, Grág. ii. 75; í öllu er prýða má góðan höfðingja, Nj. 90; vera má, it may be; vera kann þat, id.: kunnu, however, takes ‘at’ whenever it means to know, and esp. in common language in phrases such as, það kann að vera, but vera kann þat, v. above.

γ. lata, biðja, as in Engl. to let, to bid; hann lét (bað) þá fara, he let (bade) them go.

δ. þykkja, þykjast, to seem; hann þykir vera, he is thought to be: reflex., hann þykist vera, sibi videtur: impers., mér þykir vera, mibi videtur, in all cases without ‘at.’ So also freq. the verbs hugsa, hyggja, ætla, halda, to think, when denoting merely the act of thinking; but if there be any notion of intention or purpose, they assume the ‘at;’ thus hann ætlaði, hugði, þá vera góða menn, he thought them to be, acc. c. inf.; but ætlaði at fara, meant to go, etc.

ε. the verbs denoting to see, bear; sjá, líta, horfa á … ( videre); heyra, audire, as in Engl. I saw them come, I heard him tell, ek sá þá koma, ek heyrði hann tala.

ζ. sometimes after the verbs eiga and ganga; hann gékk steikja, be went to roast, Vkv. 9; eiga, esp. when a mere periphrasis instead of skal, móður sína á maðr fyrst fram færa (better at færa), Grág. i. 232; á þann kvið einskis meta, 59; but at meta, id. l. 24; ráða, nema, göra …, freq. in poetry, when they are used as simple auxiliary verbs, e. g. nam hann sér Högna hvetja at rúnum, Skv. 3. 43.

η. hljóta and verða, when used in the sense of must (as in Engl. he must go), and when placed after the infin.of another verb; hér muntu vera hljóta, Nj. 129; but hljóta at vera: fara hlýtr þú, Fms. 1. 159; but þú hlýtr at fara: verða vita, ii. 146; but verða at vita: hann man verða sækja, þó verðr (= skal) maðr eptir mann lifa, Fms. viii. 19, Fas. ii. 552, are exceptional cases.

θ. in poetry, verbs with the verbal neg. suffix ‘-at,’ freq. for the case of euphony, take no mark of the infinitive, where it would be indispensable with the simple verb, vide Lex. Poët. Exceptional cases; hvárt sem hann vill ‘at’ verja þá sök, eða, whatever he chooses, either, Grág. i. 64; fyrr viljum vér enga kórónu at bera, en nokkut ófrelsi á oss at taka, we would rather bear no crown than …, Fms. x. 12; the context is peculiar, and the ‘at’ purposely added. It may be left out ellipt.; e. g. þá er guð gefr oss finnast (= at finnast), Dipl. ii. 14; gef honum drekka (= at drekka), Pr. 470; but mostly in unclassical writers, in deeds, or the like, written nastily and in an abrupt style.

3.

and að, conj. [Goth. þatei = οτι; A. S. þät; Engl. that; Germ, dass; the Ormul. and Scot. at, see the quotations sub voce in Jamieson; in all South-Teutonic idioms with an initial dental: the Scandinavian idioms form an exception, having all dropped this consonant; Swed. åt, Dan. at]. In Icel. the Bible translation (of the 16th century) was chiefly based upon that of Luther; the hymns and the great bulk of theol. translations of that time were also derived from Germany; therefore the germanised form það frequently appears in the Bible, and was often employed by theol. authors in sermons since the time of the Reformation. Jón Vidalin, the greatest modern Icel. preacher, who died in 1720, in spite of his thoroughly classical style, abounds in the use of this form; but it never took root in the language, and has never passed into the spoken dialect. After a relative or demonstr. pronoun, it freq. in mod. writers assumes the form eð, hver eð, hverir eð, hvað eð, þar eð. Before the prep. þú (tu), þ changes into t, and is spelt in a single word attú, which is freq. in some MS.;—now, however, pronounced aððú, aððeir, aððið …, = að þú…, with the soft Engl. th sound. It gener. answers to Lat. ut, or to the relat. pron. qui.

I. that, relative to svá, to denote proportion, degree, so…, that, Lat. tam, tantus, tot…, ut; svá mikill lagamaðr, at…, so great a lawyer, that…, Nj. 1; hárið svá mikit, at þat…, 2; svá kom um síðir því máli, at Sigvaldi, it came so far, that…, Fms. xi. 95, Edda 33. Rarely and unclass., ellipt. without svá; Bæringr var til seinn eptir honum, at hann … (= svá at), Bær. 15; hlífði honum, at hann sakaði ekki, Fas. iii. 441.

II. it is used,

1. with indic, in a narrative sense, answering partly to Gr. οτι, Lat. quod, ut, in such phrases as, it came to pass, happened that …; þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, Nj. 2; þat var á palmdrottinsdag, at Ólafr konungr gékk út um stræti, Fms. ii. 244.

2. with subj. answering to Lat. acc. with infin., to mark the relation of an object to the chief verb, e. g. vilda ek at þú réðist, I wished that you would, Nj. 57.

β. or in an oblique sentence, answering to ita ut…; ef svá kann verða at þeir láti…, if it may be so that they might…, Fms. xi. 94.

γ. with a subj. denoting design, answering to ϊνα or Lat. ut with subj., in order that; at öll veraldar bygðin viti, ut sciat totus orbis, Stj.; þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, at þeir dæi eigi af sulti, ut ne fame perirent, Nj. 265; fyrsti hlutr bókarinnar er Kristindómsbálkr, at menn skili, in order that men may understand, Gþl. p. viii.

III. used in connection with conjunctions,

1. esp. þó, því, svá; þó at freq. contr. þótt; svát is rare and obsolete.

α. þóat, þótt (North. E. ‘thof’), followed by a subjunctive, though, although, Lat. etsi, quamquam (very freq.); þóat nokkurum mönnum sýnist þetta með freku sett… þá viljum vér, Fms. vi. 21: phrases as, gef þú mér þó at úverðugri, etsi indignae (dat.), Stj. MS. col. 315, are unclass., and influenced by the Latin: sometimes ellipt. without ‘þó,’ eigi mundi hón þá meir hvata göngu sinni, at (= þóat) hon hraeddist bana sinn, Edda 7, Nj. 64: ‘þó’ and ‘at’ separated, svarar hann þó rétt, at hann svari svá, Grág. i. 23; þó er rétt at nýta, at hann sé fyrr skorinn, answering to Engl. yet—though, Lat. attamen —etsi, K. Þ. K.

β. því at, because, Lat. nam, quia, with indic.; því at allir vóru gerfiligir synir hans, Ld. 68; því at af íþróttum verðr maðr fróðr, Sks. 16: separated, því þegi ek, at ek undrumst, Fms. iii. 201; því er þessa getið, at þat þótti, it i s mentioned because …, Ld. 68.

γ. svá at, so that, Lat. ut, ita ut; grátrinn kom upp, svá at eingi mátti öðrum segja, Edda 37: separated, so … that, svá úsvúst at …, so bad weather, that, Bs. i. 339, etc.

2. it is freq. used superfluously, esp. after relatives; hver at = hverr, quis; því at = því, igitur; hverr at þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða, Fms. v. 159; hvern stvrk at hann mundi fá, 44; ek undrumst hvé mikil ógnarraust at liggr í þér, iii. 201; því at ek mátti eigi þar vera elligar, því at þar var kristni vel haldin, Fas. i. 340.

IV. as a relat. conj.:

1. temp, when, Lat. quum; jafnan er ( est) mér þá verra er ( quum) ek fer á braut þaðan, en þá at ( quum) ek kem, Grett. 150 A; þar til at vér vitum, till we know, Fms. v. 52; þá at ek lýsta (= þá er), when, Nj. 233.

2. since, because; ek færi yðr (hann), at þér eruð í einum hrepp allir, because of your being all of the same Rape, Grág. i. 260; eigi er kynlegt at ( though) Skarphéðinn sé hraustr, at þat er mælt at…, because (since) it is a saying that…, Nj. 64.

V. in mod. writers it is also freq. superfluously joined to the conjunctions, ef að = ef, si, (Lv. 45 is from a paper MS.), meðan að = meðan, dum; nema að, nisi; fyrst að = fyrst, quoniam; eptir að, síðan að, postquam; hvárt að = hvárt, Lat. an. In the law we find passages such as, þá er um er dæmt eina sök, at þá eigu þeir aptr at ganga í dóminn, Grág. i. 79; ef þing ber á hina helgu viku, at þat á eigi fyrir þeim málum at standa, 106; þat er ok, at þeir skulu reifa mál manna, 64; at þeir skulu með váttorð þá sök sækja, 65: in all these cases ‘at’ is either superfluous or, which is more likely, of an ellipt. nature, ‘the law decrees’ or ‘it is decreed’ being understood. The passages Sks. 551, 552, 568, 718 B, at lokit (= at ek hefi lokit), at hugleitt (= at ek hefi h.), at sent (= at ek hefi sent) are quite exceptional.

4.

and að, an indecl. relat. pronoun [Ulf. þatei = ος, ος αν, οστις, οσπερ, οιος, etc.; Engl. that, Ormul. at], with the initial letter dropped, as in the conj. at, (cp. also the Old Engl. at, which is both a conj. and a pronoun, e. g. Barbour vi. 24 in Jamieson: ‘I drede that his gret wassalage, | And his travail may bring till end, | That at men quhilc full litil wend.’ | ‘His mestyr speryt quhat tithings a t he saw.’—Wyntoun v. 3. 89.) In Icel. ‘er’ (the relat. pronoun) and ‘at’ are used indifferently, so that where one MS. reads ‘er,’ another reads ‘at,’ and vice versâ; this may easily be seen by looking at the MSS.; yet as a rule ‘er’ is much more freq. used. In mod. writers ‘at’ is freq. turned into ‘eð,’ esp. as a superfluous particle after the relative pron. hverr (hver eð, hvað eð, hverir eð, etc.), or the demonstr. sá (sá eð, þeir eð, hinir eð, etc.):—who, which, that, enn bezta grip at ( which) hafði til Íslands komið, Ld. 202; en engi mun sá at ( cui) minnisamara mun vera, 242; sem blótnaut at ( quae) stærst verða, Fms. iii. 214; þau tiðendi, at mér þætti verri, Nj. 64, etc. etc.

5.

n. collision (poët.); odda at, crossing of spears, crash of spears, Höfuðl. 8.

β. a fight or bait of wild animals, esp. of horses, v. hesta-at and etja.

6.

the negative verbal suffix, v. -a.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AT
19 Edison, Thomas Alva

SUBJECT AREA: Architecture and building, Automotive engineering, Electricity, Electronics and information technology, Metallurgy, Photography, film and optics, Public utilities, Recording, Telecommunications

[br]

b. 11 February 1847 Milan, Ohio, USA

d. 18 October 1931 Glenmont

[br]

American inventor and pioneer electrical developer.

[br]

He was the son of Samuel Edison, who was in the timber business. His schooling was delayed due to scarlet fever until 1855, when he was 8½ years old, but he was an avid reader. By the age of 14 he had a job as a newsboy on the railway from Port Huron to Detroit, a distance of sixty-three miles (101 km). He worked a fourteen-hour day with a stopover of five hours, which he spent in the Detroit Free Library. He also sold sweets on the train and, later, fruit and vegetables, and was soon making a profit of $20 a week. He then started two stores in Port Huron and used a spare freight car as a laboratory. He added a hand-printing press to produce 400 copies weekly of The Grand Trunk Herald, most of which he compiled and edited himself. He set himself to learn telegraphy from the station agent at Mount Clements, whose son he had saved from being run over by a freight car.

At the age of 16 he became a telegraphist at Port Huron. In 1863 he became railway telegraphist at the busy Stratford Junction of the Grand Trunk Railroad, arranging a clock with a notched wheel to give the hourly signal which was to prove that he was awake and at his post! He left hurriedly after failing to hold a train which was nearly involved in a head-on collision. He usually worked the night shift, allowing himself time for experiments during the day. His first invention was an arrangement of two Morse registers so that a high-speed input could be decoded at a slower speed. Moving from place to place he held many positions as a telegraphist. In Boston he invented an automatic vote recorder for Congress and patented it, but the idea was rejected. This was the first of a total of 1180 patents that he was to take out during his lifetime. After six years he resigned from the Western Union Company to devote all his time to invention, his next idea being an improved ticker-tape machine for stockbrokers. He developed a duplex telegraphy system, but this was turned down by the Western Union Company. He then moved to New York.

Edison found accommodation in the battery room of Law's Gold Reporting Company, sleeping in the cellar, and there his repair of a broken transmitter marked him as someone of special talents. His superior soon resigned, and he was promoted with a salary of $300 a month. Western Union paid him $40,000 for the sole rights on future improvements on the duplex telegraph, and he moved to Ward Street, Newark, New Jersey, where he employed a gathering of specialist engineers. Within a year, he married one of his employees, Mary Stilwell, when she was only 16: a daughter, Marion, was born in 1872, and two sons, Thomas and William, in 1876 and 1879, respectively.

He continued to work on the automatic telegraph, a device to send out messages faster than they could be tapped out by hand: that is, over fifty words per minute or so. An earlier machine by Alexander Bain worked at up to 400 words per minute, but was not good over long distances. Edison agreed to work on improving this feature of Bain's machine for the Automatic Telegraph Company (ATC) for $40,000. He improved it to a working speed of 500 words per minute and ran a test between Washington and New York. Hoping to sell their equipment to the Post Office in Britain, ATC sent Edison to England in 1873 to negotiate. A 500-word message was to be sent from Liverpool to London every half-hour for six hours, followed by tests on 2,200 miles (3,540 km) of cable at Greenwich. Only confused results were obtained due to induction in the cable, which lay coiled in a water tank. Edison returned to New York, where he worked on his quadruplex telegraph system, tests of which proved a success between New York and Albany in December 1874. Unfortunately, simultaneous negotiation with Western Union and ATC resulted in a lawsuit.

Alexander Graham Bell was granted a patent for a telephone in March 1876 while Edison was still working on the same idea. His improvements allowed the device to operate over a distance of hundreds of miles instead of only a few miles. Tests were carried out over the 106 miles (170 km) between New York and Philadelphia. Edison applied for a patent on the carbon-button transmitter in April 1877, Western Union agreeing to pay him $6,000 a year for the seventeen-year duration of the patent. In these years he was also working on the development of the electric lamp and on a duplicating machine which would make up to 3,000 copies from a stencil. In 1876–7 he moved from Newark to Menlo Park, twenty-four miles (39 km) from New York on the Pennsylvania Railway, near Elizabeth. He had bought a house there around which he built the premises that would become his "inventions factory". It was there that he began the use of his 200- page pocket notebooks, each of which lasted him about two weeks, so prolific were his ideas. When he died he left 3,400 of them filled with notes and sketches.

Late in 1877 he applied for a patent for a phonograph which was granted on 19 February 1878, and by the end of the year he had formed a company to manufacture this totally new product. At the time, Edison saw the device primarily as a business aid rather than for entertainment, rather as a dictating machine. In August 1878 he was granted a British patent. In July 1878 he tried to measure the heat from the solar corona at a solar eclipse viewed from Rawlins, Wyoming, but his "tasimeter" was too sensitive.

Probably his greatest achievement was "The Subdivision of the Electric Light" or the "glow bulb". He tried many materials for the filament before settling on carbon. He gave a demonstration of electric light by lighting up Menlo Park and inviting the public. Edison was, of course, faced with the problem of inventing and producing all the ancillaries which go to make up the electrical system of generation and distribution-meters, fuses, insulation, switches, cabling—even generators had to be designed and built; everything was new. He started a number of manufacturing companies to produce the various components needed.

In 1881 he built the world's largest generator, which weighed 27 tons, to light 1,200 lamps at the Paris Exhibition. It was later moved to England to be used in the world's first central power station with steam engine drive at Holborn Viaduct, London. In September 1882 he started up his Pearl Street Generating Station in New York, which led to a worldwide increase in the application of electric power, particularly for lighting. At the same time as these developments, he built a 1,300yd (1,190m) electric railway at Menlo Park.

On 9 August 1884 his wife died of typhoid. Using his telegraphic skills, he proposed to 19-year-old Mina Miller in Morse code while in the company of others on a train. He married her in February 1885 before buying a new house and estate at West Orange, New Jersey, building a new laboratory not far away in the Orange Valley.

Edison used direct current which was limited to around 250 volts. Alternating current was largely developed by George Westinghouse and Nicola Tesla, using transformers to step up the current to a higher voltage for long-distance transmission. The use of AC gradually overtook the Edison DC system.

In autumn 1888 he patented a form of cinephotography, the kinetoscope, obtaining film-stock from George Eastman. In 1893 he set up the first film studio, which was pivoted so as to catch the sun, with a hinged roof which could be raised. In 1894 kinetoscope parlours with "peep shows" were starting up in cities all over America. Competition came from the Latham Brothers with a screen-projection machine, which Edison answered with his "Vitascope", shown in New York in 1896. This showed pictures with accompanying sound, but there was some difficulty with synchronization. Edison also experimented with captions at this early date.

In 1880 he filed a patent for a magnetic ore separator, the first of nearly sixty. He bought up deposits of low-grade iron ore which had been developed in the north of New Jersey. The process was a commercial success until the discovery of iron-rich ore in Minnesota rendered it uneconomic and uncompetitive. In 1898 cement rock was discovered in New Village, west of West Orange. Edison bought the land and started cement manufacture, using kilns twice the normal length and using half as much fuel to heat them as the normal type of kiln. In 1893 he met Henry Ford, who was building his second car, at an Edison convention. This started him on the development of a battery for an electric car on which he made over 9,000 experiments. In 1903 he sold his patent for wireless telegraphy "for a song" to Guglielmo Marconi.

In 1910 Edison designed a prefabricated concrete house. In December 1914 fire destroyed three-quarters of the West Orange plant, but it was at once rebuilt, and with the threat of war Edison started to set up his own plants for making all the chemicals that he had previously been buying from Europe, such as carbolic acid, phenol, benzol, aniline dyes, etc. He was appointed President of the Navy Consulting Board, for whom, he said, he made some forty-five inventions, "but they were pigeonholed, every one of them". Thus did Edison find that the Navy did not take kindly to civilian interference.

In 1927 he started the Edison Botanic Research Company, founded with similar investment from Ford and Firestone with the object of finding a substitute for overseas-produced rubber. In the first year he tested no fewer than 3,327 possible plants, in the second year, over 1,400, eventually developing a variety of Golden Rod which grew to 14 ft (4.3 m) in height. However, all this effort and money was wasted, due to the discovery of synthetic rubber.

In October 1929 he was present at Henry Ford's opening of his Dearborn Museum to celebrate the fiftieth anniversary of the incandescent lamp, including a replica of the Menlo Park laboratory. He was awarded the Congressional Gold Medal and was elected to the American Academy of Sciences. He died in 1931 at his home, Glenmont; throughout the USA, lights were dimmed temporarily on the day of his funeral.

[br]

Principal Honours and Distinctions

Member of the American Academy of Sciences. Congressional Gold Medal.

Further Reading

M.Josephson, 1951, Edison, Eyre \& Spottiswode.

R.W.Clark, 1977, Edison, the Man who Made the Future, Macdonald \& Jane.

IMcN

Biographical history of technology > Edison, Thomas Alva
20 εἰμί

εἰμί (Hom.+) impv. ἴσθι, ἔσο IPol 4:1, ἔστω—also colloq. ἤτω (BGU 276, 24; 419, 13; POxy 533, 9; Ps 103:31; 1 Macc 10:31) 1 Cor 16:22; Js 5:12; 1 Cl 48:5; Hv 3, 3, 4;—3 pers. pl. ἔστωσαν (ins since 200 B.C. Meisterhans³-Schw. 191; PPetr III, 2, 22 [237 B.C.]) Lk 12:35; 1 Ti 3:12; GJs 7:2. Inf. εἶναι. Impf. 1 pers. only mid. ἤμην (Jos., Bell. 1, 389; 631; s. further below); ἦν only Ac 20:18 D, 2 pers. ἦσθα (Jos., Ant. 6, 104) Mt 26:69; Mk 14:67 and ἦς (Lobeck, Phryn. 149 ‘say ἦσθα’; Jos., Ant. 17, 110 al.; Sb 6262, 16 [III A.D.]) Mt 25:21, 23 al., 3 sg. ἦν, 1 pl. ἦμεν. Beside this the mid. form ἤμην (pap since III B.C.; Job 29:16; Tob 12:13 BA), s. above, gives the pl. ἤμεθα (pap since III B.C.; Bar 1:19) Mt 23:30; Ac 27:37; Eph 2:3. Both forms in succession Gal. 4:3. Fut. ἔσομαι, ptc. ἐσόμενος. The mss. vary in choice of act. or mid., but like the edd. lean toward the mid. (W-S. §14, 1; Mlt-H. 201–3; Rob. index; B-D-F §98; Rdm.² 99; 101f; Helbing 108f; Reinhold 86f). Also s. ἔνι.

① be, exist, be on hand a pred. use (for other pred. use s. 3a, 4, 5, 6, 7): of God (Epicurus in Diog. L. 10, 123 θεοί εἰσιν; Zaleucus in Diod S 12, 20, 2 θεοὺς εἶναι; Wsd 12:13; Just., D. 128, 4 angels) ἔστιν ὁ θεός God exists Hb 11:6; cp. 1 Cor 8:5. ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν the one who is and who was (cp. SibOr 3, 16; as amulet PMich 155, 3 [II A.D.] ὁ ὢν θεὸς ὁ Ἰάω κύριος παντοκράτωρ=the god … who exists.) Rv 11:17; 16:5. ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν καὶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος, in this and the two preceding passages ἦν is treated as a ptc. (for the unusual use of ἦν cp. Simonides 74 D.: ἦν ἑκατὸν φιάλαι) 1:4; 4:8 (cp. Ex 3:14; Wsd 13:1; Paus. 10, 12, 10 Ζεὺς ἦν, Ζ. ἔστι, Ζ. ἔσσεται; cp. Theosophien 18. S. OWeinreich, ARW 19, 1919, 178f). οὐδʼ εἶναι θεὸν παντοκράτορα AcPlCor 1:11. ἐγώ εἰμι (ins in the Athena-Isis temple of Saïs in Plut., Is. et Os. 9, 354c: ἐγώ εἰμι πᾶν τὸ γεγονὸς κ. ὸ̓ν κ. ἐσόμενον. On the role of Isis in Gk. rel. s. IBergman, Ich bin Isis ’68; RMerkelbach, Isis Regina—Zeus Sarapis ’95; for further lit. s. MGustafson in: Prayer fr. Alexander to Constantine, ed. MKiley et al. ’97, 158.) Rv 1:8 (s. ἐγώ beg.). ὁ ὤν, … θεός Ro 9:5 is classed here and taken to mean Christ by JWordsworth ad loc. and HWarner, JTS 48, ’47, 203f. Of the λόγος: ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν ὁ λ. J 1:1 (for ἦν cp. Herm. Wr. 1, 4; 3, 1b ἦν σκότος, Fgm. IX 1 p. 422, 23 Sc. γέγονεν ἡ ὕλη καὶ ἦν).—Of Christ πρὶν Ἀβραὰμ γενέσθαι, ἐγὼ εἰμί before Abraham was born, I am 8:58 (on the pres. εἰμί cp. Parmenides 8, 5: of the Eternal we cannot say ἦν οὐδʼ ἔσται, only ἔστιν; Ammonius Hermiae [Comm. in Aristotl. IV 5 ed. ABusse 1897] 6 p. 172: in Timaeus we read that we must not say of the gods τὸ ἦν ἢ τὸ ἔσται μεταβολῆς τινος ὄντα σημαντικά, μόνον δὲ τὸ ἔστι=‘was’ or ‘will be’, suggesting change, but only ‘is’; Ps 89:2; DBall, ‘I Am’ in John’s Gospel [JSNT Suppl. 124] ’96).—Of the world πρὸ τοῦ τὸν κόσμον εἶναι before the world existed 17:5. Satirically, of the beast, who parodies the Lamb, ἦν καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν Rv 17:8. Of God’s temple: ἔστιν B 16:6f it exists. τὸ μὴ ὄν that which does not exist, the unreal (Sallust. 17 p. 32, 7 and 9; Philo, Aet. M. 5; 82) Hm 1:1. τὰ ὄντα that which exists contrasted w. τὰ μὴ ὄντα Ro 4:17; cp. 1 Cor 1:28; 2 Cl 1:8. Of God κτίσας ἐκ τοῦ μὴ ὄντος τὰ ὄντα what is out of what is not Hv 1, 1, 6 (on the contrast τὰ ὄντα and τὰ μὴ ὄντα cp. Ps.-Arist. on Xenophanes: Fgm. 21, 28; Artem. 1, 51 p. 49, 19 τὰ μὴ ὄντα ὡς ὄντα; Ocellus Luc. 12; Sallust. 17, 5 p. 30, 28–32, 12; Philo, Op. M. 81; PGM 4, 3077f ποιήσαντα τὰ πάντα ἐξ ὧν οὐκ ὄντων εἰς τὸ εἶναι; 13, 272f τὸν ἐκ μὴ ὄντων εἶναι ποιήσαντα καὶ ἐξ ὄντων μὴ εἶναι; Theoph. Ant. 1, 4 [p. 64, 21] τὰ πάντα ὁ θεὸς ἐποίησεν ἐξ οὐκ ὄντων εἰς τὸ εἶναι).—Of existing in the sense be present, available, provided πολλοῦ ὄχλου ὄντος since a large crowd was present Mk 8:1. ὄντων τῶν προσφερόντων those are provided who offer Hb 8:4. οὔπω ἦν πνεῦμα the Spirit had not yet come J 7:39. ἀκούσας ὄντα σιτία when he heard that grain was available Ac 7:12.—Freq. used to introduce parables and stories (once) there was: ἄνθρωπός τις ἦν πλούσιος there was (once) a rich man Lk 16:1, 19. ἦν ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τ. Φαρισαίων there was a man among the Pharisees J 3:1.—There is, there are ὥσπερ εἰσὶν θεοὶ πολλοί as there are many gods 1 Cor 8:5. διαιρέσεις χαρισμάτων εἰσίν there are various kinds of spiritual gifts 12:4ff; 1J 5:16 al. Neg. οὐκ ἔστι there is (are) not, no (Ps 52:2; Simplicius in Epict. p. 95, 42 as a quot. from ‘tragedy’ οὐκ εἰσὶν θεοί) δίκαιος there is no righteous man Ro 3:10 (Eccl 7:20). ἀνάστασις νεκρῶν οὐκ ἔστιν there is no resurr. of the dead 1 Cor 15:12; οὐδʼ εἶναι ἀνάστασιν AcPlCor 1:12; 2:24; cp. Mt 22:23; Ac 23:8 (cp. 2 Macc 7:14). εἰσὶν οἵ, or οἵτινες there are people who (Hom. et al.; LXX; Just., D. 47, 2 εἰ μήτι εἰσὶν οἱ λέγοντες ὅτι etc.—W. sing. and pl. combined: Arrian, Ind. 24, 9 ἔστι δὲ οἳ διέφυγον=but there are some who escaped) Mt 16:28; 19:12; Mk 9:1; Lk 9:27; J 6:64; Ac 11:20. Neg. οὐδείς ἐστιν ὅς there is no one who Mk 9:39; 10:29; Lk 1:61; 18:29. As a question τίς ἐστιν ὅς; who is there that? Mt 12:11—In an unusual (perh. bureaucratic terminology) participial construction Ac 13:1 ἡ οὖσα ἐκκλησία the congregation there (cp. Ps.-Pla., Eryx. 6, 394c οἱ ὄντες ἄνθρωποι=the people with whom he has to deal; PLond III 1168, 5 p. 136 [18 A.D.] ἐπὶ ταῖς οὔσαις γειτνίαις=on the adjoining areas there; PGen 49; PSI 229, 11 τοῦ ὄντος μηνός of the current month); cp. 14:13.—αἱ οὖσαι (sc. ἐξουσίαι) those that exist Ro 13:1 (cp. UPZ 180a I, 4 [113 B.C.] ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν τῶν ὄντων καὶ οὐσῶν).

② to be in close connection (with), is, freq. in statements of identity or equation, as a copula, the equative function, uniting subject and predicate. On absence of the copula, Mlt-Turner 294–310.

ⓐ gener. πραΰς εἰμι I am gentle Mt 11:29. ἐγώ εἰμι Γαβριήλ Lk 1:19. σὺ εἶ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ Mk 3:11; J 1:49 and very oft. ἵνα … ὁ πονηρὸς … ἐλεγχθῇ [το? s. app. in Bodm.] μὴ ὢν θεός AcPlCor 2:15 (Just., D. 3, 3 φιλολόγος οὖν τις εἶ σύ).—The pred. can be supplied fr. the context: καὶ ἐσμέν and we are (really God’s children) 1J 3:1 (Eur., Ion 309 τ. θεοῦ καλοῦμαι δοῦλος εἰμί τε. Dio Chrys. 14 [31], 58 θεοφιλεῖς οἱ χρηστοὶ λέγονται καὶ εἰσίν; Epict. 2, 16, 44 Ἡρακλῆς ἐπιστεύθη Διὸς υἱὸς εἶναι καὶ ἦν.—The ptc. ὤν, οὖσα, ὄν used w. a noun or adj.and serving as an if-, since-, or although-clause sim. functions as a copula πονηροὶ ὄντες Mt 7:11; 12:34.—Lk 20:36; J 3:4; 4:9; Ac 16:21; Ro 5:10; 1 Cor 8:7; Gal 2:3 al.).—W. adv. of quality: οὕτως εἶναι be so preceded by ὥσπερ, καθώς or followed by ὡς, ὥσπερ Mt 13:40; 24:27, 37, 39; Mk 4:26; Lk 17:26. W. dat. of pers. οὕτως ἔσται ὁ υἱὸς τ. ἀ. τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ so the Human One (Son of Man) will be for this generation 11:30. εἰμὶ ὡσ/ὥσπερ I am like Mt 6:5; Lk 18:11. W. dat. ἔστω σοι ὥσπερ τελώνης he shall be to you as a tax-collector Mt 18:17. εἰμὶ ὥς τις I am like someone of outward and inward similarity 28:3; Lk 6:40; 11:44; 22:27 al. καθώς εἰμι as I am Ac 22:3; 1J 3:2, 7; 4:17.—W. demonstr. pron. (Just., A I, 16, 1 ἃ ἔφη, ταῦτά ἐστι: foll. by a quotation; sim. 48, 5 ἔστι δὲ ταῦτα; and oft.) τὰ ὀνόματά ἐστιν ταῦτα Mt 10:2. αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ μαρτυρία J 1:19. W. inf. foll. θρησκεία αὕτη ἐστίν, ἐπισκέπτεσθαι Js 1:27. W. ὅτι foll. αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ κρίσις, ὅτι τὸ φῶς ἐλήλυθεν J 3:19; cp. 21:24; 1J 1:5; 3:11; 5:11. W. ἵνα foll. τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ ἔργον, ἵνα πιστεύητε J 6:29; cp. vs. 39f; 15:12; 17:3; 1J 3:11, 23; 5:3. W. τηλικοῦτος: τὰ πλοῖα, τηλικαῦτα ὄντα though they are so large Js 3:4. W. τοσοῦτος: τοσοῦτων ὄντων although there were so many J 21:11. W. τοιοῦτος: τοιοῦτος ὤν Phlm 9 (cp. Just., A I, 18, 4 ὅσα ἄλλα τοιαῦτά ἐστι).—W. interrog. pron. ὑμεῖς τίνα με λέγετε εἶναι; who do you say I am? Mt 16:15; cp. 21:10; Mk 1:24; 4:41; 8:27, 29; Lk 4:34 al.; σὺ τίς εἶ; J 1:19; 8:25; 21:12 al. (cp. JosAs 14:6 τίς εἶ συ tell me ‘who you are’). σὺ τίς εἶ ὁ κρίνων; (Pla., Gorg. 452b; Strabo 6, 2, 4 σὺ τίς εἶ ὁ τὸν Ὅμηρον ψέγων ὡς μυθογράφον;) Ro 14:4; ἐγὼ τίς ἤμην; (cp. Ex 3:11) Ac 11:17; τίς εἰμι ἐγὼ ὅτι who am I, that GJs 12:2 (Ex 3:11). W. πόσος: πόσος χρόνος ἐστίν; how long a time? Mk 9:21. W. ποταπός of what sort Lk 1:29.—W. relative pron. οἷος 2 Cor 10:11; ὁποῖος Ac 26:29; 1 Cor 3:13; Gal 2:6; ὅς Rv 1:19; ὅστις Gal 5:10, 19.—W. numerals ἦσαν οἱ φαγόντες πεντακισχίλιοι ἄνδρες 6:44 (cp. Polyaenus 7, 25 ἦσαν οἱ πεσόντες ἀνδρῶν μυριάδες δέκα); cp. Ac 19:7; 23:13. Λάζαρος εἷς ἦν ἐκ τῶν ἀνακειμένων L. was one of those at the table J 12:2; cp. Gal 3:20; Js 2:19. τῶν πιστευσάντων ἦν καρδία καὶ ψυχὴ μία Ac 4:32. εἷς εἶναι be one and the same Gal 3:28. ἓν εἶναι be one J 10:30; 17:11, 21ff; 1 Cor 3:8.—οὐδʼ εἶναι τὴν πλάσιν τὴν τῶν ἀνθρώπων τοῦ θεοῦ (that) the creation of humankind is not God’s doing AcPlCor 1:13.—To establish identity the formula ἐγώ εἰμι is oft. used in the gospels (corresp. to Hebr. אֲנִי הוּא Dt 32:39; Is 43:10), in such a way that the predicate must be understood fr. the context: Mt 14:27; Mk 6:50; 13:6; 14:62; Lk 22:70; J 4:26; 6:20; 8:24, 28; 13:19; 18:5f and oft.; s. on ἐγώ.—In a question μήτι ἐγώ εἰμι; surely it is not I? Mt 26:22, 25.

ⓑ to describe a special connection betw. the subject and a predicate noun ἡμεῖς ναὸς θεοῦ ἐσμεν ζῶντος we are a temple of the living God 2 Cor 6:16. ἡ ἐπιστολὴ ὑμεῖς ἐστε you are our letter (of recommendation) 3:2. σφραγίς μου τῆς ἀποστολῆς ὑμεῖς ἐστε you are the seal of my apostleship 1 Cor 9:2 and oft.

ⓒ in explanations:

α. to show how someth. is to be understood is a representation of, is the equivalent of; εἰμί here, too, serves as copula; we usually translate mean, so in the formula τοῦτʼ ἔστιν this or that means, that is to say (Epict., Ench. 33, 10; Arrian, Tact. 29, 3; SIG 880, 50; PFlor 157, 4; PSI 298, 9; PMert 91, 9; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 16; ApcMos 19; Just., D. 56, 23; 78, 3 al.) Mk 7:2; Ac 19:4; Ro 7:18; 9:8; 10:6, 8; Phlm 12; Hb 7:5 al.; in the sense that is (when translated) (Polyaenus 8, 14, 1 Μάξιμος ἀνηγορεύθη• τοῦτο δʼ ἄν εἴη Μέγιστον) Mt 27:46; Ac 1:19. So also w. relative pron.: ὅ ἐστιν Mk 3:17; 7:11, 34; Hb 7:2. After verbs of asking, recognizing, knowing and not knowing (Antiphanes Com. 231, 1f τὸ ζῆν τί ἐστι;) μάθετε τί ἐστιν learn what (this) means Mt 9:13. εἰ ἐγνώκειτε τί ἐστιν 12:7; cp. Mk 1:27; 9:10; Lk 20:17; J 16:17f; Eph 4:9. W. an indir. question (Stephan. Byz. s.v. Ἀγύλλα: τὶς ἠρώτα τί ἂν εἴη τὸ ὄνομα) τί ἂν εἴη ταῦτα Lk 15:26; τί εἴη τοῦτο 18:36. τίνα θέλει ταῦτα εἶναι what this means Ac 17:20; cp. 2:12, where the question is not about the mng. of terms but the significance of what is happening.—Esp. in interpr. of the parables (Artem. 1, 51 p. 48, 26 ἄρουρα οὐδὲν ἄλλο ἐστὶν ἢ γυνή=field means nothing else than woman) ὁ ἀγρός ἐστιν ὁ κόσμος the field means the world Mt 13:38; cp. vss. 19f, 22f; Mk 4:15f, 18, 20; Lk 8:11ff (cp. Gen 41:26f; Ezk 37:11; Ath. 22, 4 [Stoic interpr. of myths]). On τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ σῶμά μου Mt 26:26; Mk 14:22; Lk 22:19 and its various interpretations, see lit. s.v. εὐχαριστία. Cp. Hipponax (VI B.C.) 45 Diehl αὕτη γάρ ἐστι συμφορή=this means misfortune.

β. to be of relative significance, be of moment or importance, amount to someth. w. indef. pron. εἰδωλόθυτόν τί ἐστιν meat offered to idols means anything 1 Cor 10:19. Esp. εἰμί τι I mean someth. of pers. 1 Cor 3:7; Gal 2:6; 6:3; and of things vs. 15. εἰμί τις Ac 5:36.—Of no account ἐμοὶ εἰς ἐλάχιστόν ἐστιν (telescoped fr. ἐλάχ. ἐστιν and εἰς ἐλάχ. γίνεται, of which there are many exx. in Schmid, I 398; II 161, 237; III 281; IV 455) it is of little or no importance to me 1 Cor 4:3.

③ be in reference to location, persons, condition, or time, be

ⓐ of various relations or positions involving a place or thing: w. ἀπό: εἶναι ἀπό τινος be or come from a certain place (X., An. 2, 4, 13) J 1:44.—W. ἐν: ἐν τοῖς τ. πατρός μου in my father’s house Lk 2:49 (cp. Jos., Ant. 16, 302 καταγωγὴ ἐν τοῖς Ἀντιπάτρου). ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ on the way Mk 10:32. ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ Mt 24:26. ἐν ἀγρῷ Lk 15:25. ἐν δεξιᾷ τ. θεοῦ at God’s right hand Ro 8:34; in heaven Eph 6:9.—W. εἰς: τὴν κοίτην Lk 11:7; τὸν κόλπον J1:18.—W. ἐπὶ w. gen. be on someth. of place, roof Lk 17:31; head J 20:7 (cp. 1 Macc 1:59); also fig., of one who is over someone (1 Macc 10:69; Jdth 14:13 ὁ ὢν ἐπὶ πάντων τῶν αὐτοῦ) Ro 9:5 (of the angel of death Mel., P. 20, 142 ἐπὶ τῶν πρωτοτόκων); also ἐπάνω τινός J 3:31.—W. dat. be at someth. the door Mt 24:33; Mk 13:29.—W. acc. be on someone: grace Lk 2:40; Ac 4:33; spirit (Is 61:1) Lk 2:25; εἶναι ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό be in the same place, together (Gen 29:2 v.l.) Ac 1:15; 2:1, 44; 1 Cor 7:5.—W. κατά w. acc. εἶναι κατὰ τὴν Ἰουδαίαν be in Judea Ac 11:1; εἶναι ἐν Ἀντιοχείᾳ κατὰ τὴν οὖσαν ἐκκλησίαν were at Antioch in the congregation there 13:1.—W. ὑπό w. acc. τι or τινα of place be under someth. J 1:48; 1 Cor 10:1.—W. παρά w. acc. παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν by the sea- (i.e. lake-) shore Mk 5:21; Ac 10:6.—W. πρός τι be close to, facing someth. Mk 4:1.—W. adv. of place ἐγγύς τινι near someth. Ac 9:38; 27:8. μακρὰν (ἀπό) Mk 12:34; J 21:8; Eph 2:13; also πόρρω Lk 14:32. χωρίς τινος without someth. Hb 12:8. ἐνθάδε Ac 16:28. ἔσω J 20:26. ἀπέναντί τινος Ro 3:18 (Ps 35:2). ἐκτός τινος 1 Cor 6:18; ἀντίπερά τινος Lk 8:26; ὁμοῦ J 21:2; οὗ Mt 2:9; ὅπου Mk 2:4; 5:40. ὧδε Mt 17:4; Mk 9:5; Lk 9:33. Also w. fut. mng. (ESchwartz, GGN 1908, 161 n.; on the fut. use of the pres. cp. POxy 531, 22 [II A.D.] ἔστι δὲ τοῦ Τῦβι μηνὸς σοὶ ὸ̔ θέλεις) ὅπου εἰμί J 7:34, 36; 12:26; 14:3; 17:24. As pred., to denote a relatively long stay at a place, stay, reside ἴσθι ἐκεῖ stay there Mt 2:13, cp. vs. 15; ἐπʼ ἐρήμοις τόποις in lonely places Mk 1:45; ἦν παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν he stayed by the lakeside 5:21.

ⓑ involving humans or transcendent beings: w. adv. ἔμπροσθέν τινος Lk 14:2. ἔναντί τινος Ac 8:21; ἐνώπιόν τινος Lk 14:10; Ac 4:19; 1 Pt 3:4; Rv 7:15; ἐντός τινος Lk 17:21; ἐγγύς τινος J 11:18; 19:20; Ro 10:8 (Dt 30:14).—W. prep. ἐν τινί equiv. to ἔκ τινος εἶναι be among Mt 27:56; cp. Mk 15:40; Ro 1:6. Of God, who is among his people 1 Cor 14:25 (Is 45:14; Jer 14:9); of the Spirit J 14:17. Of persons under Christ’s direction: ἐν θεῷ 1J 2:5; 5:20 (s. Norden, Agn. Th. 23, 1). ἔν τινι rest upon, arise from someth. (Aristot., Pol. 7, 1, 3 [1323b, 1] ἐν ἀρετῇ; Sir 9:16) Ac 4:12; 1 Cor 2:5; Eph 5:18.—εἴς τινα be directed, inclined toward Ac 23:30; 2 Cor 7:15; 1 Pt 1:21.—κατά w. gen. be against someone (Sir 6:12) Mt 12:30; Mk 9:40 and Lk 9:50 (both opp. ὑπέρ); Gal 5:23.—σύν τινι be with someone (Jos., Ant. 7, 181) Lk 22:56; 24:44; Ac 13:7; accompany, associate w. someone Lk 8:38; Ac 4:13; 22:9; take sides with someone (X., Cyr. 5, 4, 37; 7, 5, 77; Jos., Ant. 11, 259 [of God]) Ac 14:4.—πρός τινα be with someone Mt 13:56; Mk 6:3; J 1:1f. I am to be compared w. IMg 12.—μετά and gen. be with someone (Judg 14:11) Mt 17:17; Mk 3:14; 5:18; J 3:26; 12:17; ἔστω μεθʼ ὑμῶν εἰρήνη AcPlCor 2:40; of God, who is with someone (Gen 21:20; Judg 6:13 al.; Philo, Det. Pot. Ins. 4; Jos., Ant. 6, 181; 15, 138) Lk 1:66; J 3:2; 8:29; Ac 10:38 al.; also be with in the sense be favorable to, in league with (Ex 23:2) Mt 12:30; Lk 11:23; of punishment attending a pers. τὸ πῦρ ἐστι μετʼ αὐτοῦ AcPlCor 2:37.—παρά and gen. come from someone (X., An. 2, 4, 15; Just., D. 8, 4 ἔλεος παρὰ θεοῦ) fr. God J 6:46; 7:29; w. dat. be with, among persons Mt 22:25; Ac 10:6. W. neg. be strange to someone, there is no … in someone Ro 2:11; 9:14; Eph 6:9.—ὑπέρ w. gen. be on one’s side Mk 9:4 and Lk 9:50 (both opp. κατά); w. acc. be superior to (Sir 25:10; 30:16) Lk 6:40.

ⓒ of condition or circumstance: κατά w. acc. live in accordance with (Sir 28:10; 43:8; 2 Macc 9:20) κατὰ σάκρα, πνεῦμα Ro 8:5. οὐκ ἔστιν κατὰ ἄνθρωπον not human (in origin) Gal 1:11.—Fig. ὑπό w. acc. be under (the power of) someth. Ro 3:9; 6:14f; Gal 3:10, 25.—W. ἐν of existing ἐν τῷ θεῷ εἶναι of humankind: have its basis of existence in God Ac 17:28. Of states of being: ἐν δόξῃ 2 Cor 3:8; ἐν εἰρήνῃ Lk 11:21; ἐν ἔχθρᾳ at enmity 23:12; ἐν κρίματι under condemnation vs. 40. ἐν ῥύσει αἵματος suffer from hemorrhages Mk 5:25; Lk 8:43 (cp. Soph., Aj. 271 ἦν ἐν τῇ νόσῳ; cp. TestJob 35:1 ἐν πληγαῖς πολλαῖς). Periphrastically for an adj. ἐν ἐξουσίᾳ authoritative Lk 4:32. ἐν βάρει important 1 Th 2:7. ἐν τῇ πίστει true believers, believing 2 Cor 13:5. Be involved in someth. ἐν ἑορτῇ be at the festival=take part in it J 2:23. ἐν τούτοις ἴσθι devote yourself to these things 1 Ti 4:15 (cp. X., Hell. 4, 8, 7 ἐν τοιούτοις ὄντες=occupied w. such things; Jos., Ant. 2, 346 ἐν ὕμνοις ἦσαν=they occupied themselves w. the singing of hymns).—Fig., live in the light 1J 2:9; cp. vs. 11; 1 Th 5:4; in the flesh Ro 7:5; 8:8; AcPlCor 1:6. ἐν οἷς εἰμι in the situation in which I find myself Phil 4:11 (X., Hell. 4, 2, 1; Diod S 12, 63, 5; 12, 66, 4; Appian, Hann. 55 §228 ἐν τούτοις ἦν=he was in this situation; Jos., Ant. 7, 232 ἐν τούτοις ἦσαν=found themselves in this sit.; TestJob 35:6 ἐν τίνι ἐστίν; s. ZPE VIII 170). ἐν πολλοῖς ὢν ἀστοχήμασι AcPlCor 2:1. Of characteristics, emotions, etc. ἔν τινί ἐστιν, e.g. ἀδικία J 7:18; ἄγνοια Eph 4:18; ἀλήθεια J 8:44; 2 Cor 11:10 (cp. 1 Macc 7:18); ἁμαρτία 1J 3:5.

ⓓ of time ἐγγύς of καιρός be near Mt 26:18; Mk 13:28. πρὸς ἑσπέραν ἐστίν it is toward evening Lk 24:29 (Just., D. 137, 4 πρὸς δυσμὰς … ὁ ἥλιός ἐστι).

④ to be alive in a period of time, live, denoting temporal existence (Hom., Trag., Thu. et al.; Sir 42:21; En 102:5 Philo, De Jos. 17; Jos., Ant. 7, 254) εἰ ἤμεθα ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν if we had lived in the days of our fathers Mt 23:30. ὅτι οὐκ εἰσὶν because they were no more 2:18 (Jer 38:15). ἦσαν ἐπὶ χρόνον ἱκανόν (those who were healed and raised by Christ) remained alive for quite some time Qua.

⑤ to be the time at which someth. takes place w. indications of specific moments or occasions, be (X., Hell. 4, 5, 1, An. 4, 3, 8; Sus 13 Theod.; 1 Macc 6:49; 2 Macc 8:26; Jos., Ant. 6, 235 νουμηνία δʼ ἦν; 11, 251): ἦν ὥρα ἕκτη it was the sixth hour (=noon acc. to Jewish reckoning) Lk 23:44; J 4:6; 19:14.—Mk 15:25; J 1:39. ἦν ἑσπέρα ἤδη it was already evening Ac 4:3. πρωί̈ J 18:28. ἦν παρασκευή Mk 15:42. ἦν ἑορτὴ τῶν Ἰουδαίων J 5:1. σάββατόν ἐστιν vs. 10 et al. Short clauses (as Polyaenus 4, 9, 2 νὺξ ἦν; 7, 44, 2 πόλεμος ἦν; exc. 36, 8 ἦν ἀρίστου ὥρα; Jos., Ant. 19, 248 ἔτι δὲ νὺξ ἦν) χειμὼν ἦν J 10:22; ἦν δὲ νύξ (sim. Jos., Bell. 4, 64) 13:30; ψύχος it was cold 18:18; καύσων ἔσται it will be hot Lk 12:55.

⑥ to take place as a phenomenon or event, take place, occur, become, be, be in (Hom., Thu. et al.; LXX; En 104:5; 106:6.—Cp. Just., D. 82, 2 of Christ’s predictions ὅπερ καὶ ἔστι ‘which is in fact the case’.) ἔσται θόρυβος τοῦ λαοῦ a popular uprising Mk 14:2. γογγυσμὸς ἦν there was (much) muttering J 7:12. σχίσμα there was a division 9:16; 1 Cor 1:10; 12:25. ἔριδες … εἰσίν quarrels are going on 1:11. δεῖ αἱρέσεις εἶναι 11:19. θάνατος, πένθος, κραυγή, πόνος ἔσται Rv 21:4. ἔσονται λιμοὶ κ. σεισμοί Mt 24:7. Hence τὸ ἐσόμενον what was going to happen (Sir 48:25) Lk 22:49. πότε ταῦτα ἔσται; when will this happen? Mt 24:3. πῶς ἔσται τοῦτο; how can this be? Lk 1:34. Hebraistically (הָיָה; s. KBeyer, Semitische Syntax im NT, ’62, 63–65) καὶ ἔσται w. fut. of another verb foll. and it will come about that Ac 2:17 (Jo 3:1); 3:23 (w. δέ); Ro 9:26 (Hos 2:1).—W. dat. ἐστί τινι happen, be granted, come, to someone (X., An. 2, 1, 10; Jos., Ant. 11, 255; Just., D. 8, 4 σοὶ … ἔλεος ἔσται παρὰ θεοῦ) Mt 16:22; Mk 11:24; Lk 2:10; GJs 1:1; 4:3; 8:3; τί ἐστίν σοι τοῦτο, ὅτι what is the matter with you, that GJs 17:2.—Of becoming or turning into someth. become someth. εἰς χολὴν πικρίας εἶναι become bitter gall Ac 8:23. εἰς σάρκα μίαν Mt 19:5; Mk 10:8; 1 Cor 6:16; Eph 5:31 (all Gen 2:24. Cp. Syntipas p. 42, 24 οὐκ ἔτι ἔσομαι μετὰ σοῦ εἰς γυναῖκα); τὰ σκολιὰ εἰς εὐθείας Lk 3:5 (Is 40:4); εἰς πατέρα 2 Cor 6:18; Hb 1:5 (2 Km 7:14; 1 Ch 22:10; 28:6); εἰς τὸ ἕν 1J 5:8.— Serve as someth. (IPriene 50, 39 [c. II B.C.] εἶναι εἰς φυλακὴν τ. πόλεως; Aesop., Fab. 28 H.=18 P.; 26 Ch.; 18 H-H. εἰς ὠφέλειαν; Gen 9:13; s. also εἰς 4d) 1 Cor 14:22; Col 2:22; Js 5:3.—Of something being ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται it will be more tolerable τινί for someone Lk 10:12, 14.

⑦ to exist as possibility ἔστιν w. inf. foll. it is possible, one can (Περὶ ὕψους 6; Diog. L. 1, 110 ἔστιν εὑρεῖν=one can find; Just., A I, 59, 10 ἔστι ταῦτα ἀκοῦσαι καὶ μαθεῖν; D. 42, 3 ἰδεῖν al.; Mel., P. 19, 127); neg. οὐκ ἔστιν νῦν λέγειν it is not possible to speak at this time Hb 9:5. οὐκ ἔστιν φαγεῖν it is impossible to eat 1 Cor 11:20 (so Hom. et al.; UPZ 70, 23 [152/151 B.C.] οὐκ ἔστι ἀνακύψαι με πώποτε … ὑπὸ τῆς αἰσχύνης; 4 Macc 13:5; Wsd 5:10; Sir 14:16; 18:6; EpJer 49 al.; EpArist 163; Jos., Ant. 2, 335; Ath. 22, 3 ἔστιν εἰπεῖν).

⑧ to have a point of derivation or origin, be,/come from somewhere ἐκ τῆς ἐξουσίας Ἡρῴδου from Herod’s jurisdiction Lk 23:7; ἐκ Ναζαρέτ (as an insignificant place) J 1:46; ἐκ τῆς γῆς 3:31; ἐκ γυναικός 1 Cor 11:8 al. ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων be of heavenly (divine), human descent Mt 21:25; Mk 11:30; Lk 20:4. Be generated by (cp. Sb 8141, 21f [ins I B.C.] οὐδʼ ἐκ βροτοῦ ἤεν ἄνακτος, ἀλλὰ θεοῦ μεγάλου ἔκγονος; En 106:6) Mt 1:20. Esp. in Johannine usage ἐκ τοῦ διαβόλου εἶναι originate from the devil J 8:44; 1J 3:8. ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ 3:12; ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου J 15:19; 17:14, 16; 1J 4:5. ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας εἶναι 2:21; J 18:37 etc. Cp. 9 end.

⑨ to belong to someone or someth. through association or genetic affiliation, be, belong w. simple gen. (X., Hell. 2, 4, 36; Iambl., Vi. Pyth. 33, 230 τῶν Πυθαγορείων) οἱ τῆς ὁδοῦ ὄντες those who belong to the Way Ac 9:2. εἰμὶ Παύλου I belong to Paul 1 Cor 1:12; 3:4; cp. Ro 8:9; 2 Cor 10:7; 1 Ti 1:20; Ac 23:6. ἡμέρας εἶναι belong to the day 1 Th 5:8, cp. vs. 5. W. ἔκ τινος 1 Cor 12:15f; Mt 26:73; Mk 14:69f; Lk 22:58 al. (cp. X., Mem. 3, 6, 17; oft LXX). ἐκ τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ τῶν δώδεκα belong to the twelve 22:3. ὅς ἐστιν ἐξ ὑμῶν who is a fellow-countryman of yours Col 4:9.—To belong through origin 2 Cor 4:7. Of Mary: ἦν τῆς φυλῆς τοῦ Δαυίδ was of David’s line GJs 10:1. Cp. 8 above.

⑩ to have someth. to do with someth. or someone, be. To denote a close relationship ἐξ ἔργων νόμου εἶναι rely on legal performance Gal 3:10. ὁ νόμος οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ πίστεως the law has nothing to do with faith vs. 12.—To denote a possessor Mt 5:3, 10; l9:14; Mk 12:7; Lk 18:16; 1 Cor 6:19. Esp. of God who owns the Christian Ac 27:23; 1 Cor 3:23; 2 Ti 2:19 (Num 16:5). οὐδʼ εἶναι τὸν κόσμον θεοῦ, ἀλλὰ ἀγγέλων AcPlCor 1:15 (cp. Just., A II, 13, 4 ὅσα … καλῶς εἴρηται, ἡμῶν τῶν χριστιανῶν ἐστι).—W. possess. pron. ὑμετέρα ἐστὶν ἡ βασιλεία Lk 6:20. οὐκ ἔστιν ἐμὸν δοῦναι Mk 10:40 (cp. Just., A I, 4, 2 ὑμέτερον ἀγωνιᾶσαί ἐστι ‘it is a matter for your concern’).—To denote function (X., An. 2, 1, 4) οὐχ ὑμῶν ἐστιν it is no concern of yours Ac 1:7—Of quality παιδεία οὐ δοκεῖ χαρᾶς εἶναι discipline does not seem to be (partake of) joy Hb 12:11.—10:39.

⑪ as an auxiliary: very commonly the simple tense forms are replaced by the periphrasis εἶναι and the ptc. (B-D-F §352–55; Mlt. 225–27, 249; Mlt-H. 451f; Rdm.² 102, 105, 205; Kühner-G. I 38ff; Rob. 374–76, 1119f; CTurner, Marcan Usage: JTS 28, 1927 349–51; GKilpatrick, BT 7, ’56, 7f; very oft. LXX).

ⓐ (as in Hom et al.) w. the pf. ptc. to express the pf., plpf. and fut. pf. act. and pass. (s. Mayser 329; 377) ἦσαν ἐληλυθότες they had come Lk 5:17. ἦν αὐτῶν ἡ καρδία πεπωρωμένη their hearts were hardened Mk 6:52. ἠλπικότες ἐσμέν we have set our hope 1 Cor 15:19. ὁ καιρὸς συνεσταλμένος ἐστίν the time has become short 7:29. ἦν ἑστώς (En 12:3) he was standing (more exactly he took his stand) Lk 5:1.

ⓑ w. pres. ptc. (B-D-F §353).

α. to express the pres. ἐστὶν προσαναπληροῦσα τὰ ὑστερήματα supplies the wants 2 Cor 9:12 (Just., A I, 26, 5 Μαρκίων … καὶ νῦν ἔτι ἐστὶ διδάσκων; Mel., P. 61, 441 ἐστὶν … κηρυσσόμενον).

β. impf. or aor. ἦν καθεύδων he was sleeping Mk 4:38. ἦσαν ἀναβαίνοντες … ἦν προάγων 10:32; cp. Lk 1:22; 5:17; 11:14 al. (JosAs 1:3 ἦν συνάγων τὸν σίτον; Mel., P. 80, 580 ἦσθα εὐφραινόμενος). ἦν τὸ φῶς τὸ ἀλήθινόν … ἐρχόμενον εἰς τὸν κόσμον the true light entered the world J 1:9, w. ἦν introducing a statement in dramatic contrast to the initial phrase of vs. 8.—To denote age (Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1, 2 al. Jac.; POxy 275, 9 [66 A.D.] οὐδέπω ὄντα τῶν ἐτῶν; Tob 14:11) Mk 5:42; Lk 3:23; Ac 4:22; GJs 12:3.—Mussies 304–6.

γ. fut. ἔσῃ σιωπῶν you will be silent Lk 1:20; cp. 5:10; Mt 24:9; Mk 13:13; Lk 21:17, 24 al.; 2 Cl 17:7 Bihlm. (the child) shall serve him (God).

ⓒ w. aor. ptc. as plpf. (Aelian, NA 7, 11; Hippiatr. 34, 14, vol. I p. 185, 3 ἦν σκευάσας; ISyriaW 2070b ἦν κτίσας; AcThom 16; 27 [Aa II/2 p. 123, 2f; p. 142, 10]; B-D-F §355 m.—JVogeser, Z. Sprache d. griech. Heiligenlegenden, diss. Munich 1907, 14; JWittmann, Sprachl. Untersuchungen zu Cosmas Indicopleustes, diss. Munich 1913, 20; SPsaltes, Gramm. d. byzant. Chroniken 1913, 230; Björck [διδάσκω end] 75; B-D-F §355). ἦν βληθείς had been thrown Lk 23:19; J 18:30 v.l.—GPt 6:23; 12:51. (Cp. Just., A II, 10, 2 διʼ εὑρέσεως … ἐστὶ πονηθέντα αὐτοῖς ‘they achieved through investigation’).

ⓓ Notice esp. the impersonals δέον ἐστίν it is necessary (Pla. et al.; POxy 727, 19; Sir praef. ln. 3; 1 Macc 12:11 δέον ἐστὶν καὶ πρέπον) Ac 19:36; εἰ δέον ἐστίν if it must be 1 Pt 1:6 (s. δεῖ 2a); 1 Cl 34:2; πρέπον ἐστίν it is appropriate (Pla. et al.; POxy 120, 24; 3 Macc 7:13) Mt 3:15; 1 Cor 11:13.

ⓔ In many cases the usage w. the ptc. serves to emphasize the duration of an action or condition (BGU 183, 25 ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν χρόνον ζῶσα ᾖ Σαταβούς); JosAs 2:1 ἦν … ἐξουθενοῦσα καὶ καταπτύουσα πάντα ἄνδρα). ἦν διδάσκων he customarily taught Mk 1:22; Lk 4:31; 19:47. ἦν θέλων he cherished the wish 23:8. ἦσαν νηστεύοντες they were keeping the fast Mk 2:18. ἦσαν συλλαλοῦντες they were conversing for a while 9:4. ἦν προσδεχόμενος he was waiting for (the kgdm.) 15:43. ἦν συγκύπτουσα she was bent over Lk 13:11.

ⓕ to emphasize the adjectival idea inherent in the ptc. rather than the concept of action expressed by the finite verb ζῶν εἰμι I am alive Rv 1:18. ἦν ὑποτασσόμενος he was obedient Lk 2:51. ἦν ἔχων κτήματα πολλά he was very rich Mt 19:22; Mk 10:22. ἴσθι ἐξουσίαν ἔχων you shall have authority Lk 19:17 (Lucian, Tim. 35 ἴσθι εὐδαιμονῶν). ἦν καταλλάσσων (God) was reconciling 2 Cor 5:19 (cp. Mel., P. 83, 622 οὗτος ἦν ὁ ἐκλεξάμενός σε; Ath. 15, 2 οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ … καρπούμενος).—LMcGaughy, Toward a Descriptive Analysis of ΕΙΝΑΙ as a Linking Verb in the Gk. NT, diss. Vanderbilt, ’70 (s. esp. critique of treatment of εἰμί in previous edd. of this lexicon pp. 12–15).—Mlt. 228. B. 635. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > εἰμί

См. также в других словарях:

For One More Day — is a 2006 novel taken place during the mid 1900 s by the acclaimed sportswriter and author Mitch Albom. It opens with the novel s protagonist planning to commit suicide. His adulthood is shown to have been rife with sadness. His own daughter didn … Wikipedia
For loop — In computer science a for loop is a programming language statement which allows code to be repeatedly executed. A for loop is classified as an iteration statement.Unlike many other kinds of loops, such as the while loop, the for loop is often… … Wikipedia
For-profit education — (also known as the education services industry or proprietary education) refers to educational institutions operated by private, profit seeking businesses. There are two major types of for profit schools. One type is known as an educational… … Wikipedia
Abraham Lincoln: A Program for Reconstruction — ▪ Primary Source In his third annual message to Congress on December 8, 1863, Lincoln for the first time presented a program for Reconstruction, a plan marked by considerable leniency. The message was preceded on the same day by a… … Universalium
Controlled demolition hypothesis for the collapse of the World Trade Center — The controlled demolition hypothesis is a 9/11 conspiracy theory that claims the complete structural failure of the World Trade Center towers was not caused by the plane crash damage that occurred as part of the September 11, 2001 attacks, nor by … Wikipedia
Pulitzer Prize for Music — The Pulitzer Prize for Music was first awarded in 1943. Joseph Pulitzer did not call for such a prize in his will, but had arranged for a music scholarship to be awarded each year. This was eventually converted into a full fledged prize: For a… … Wikipedia
William Petre, 4th Baron Petre — (1626 – 5 January 1684), was an English peer, a victim of the Popish Plot.Petre was the eldest son of Robert Petre, third Baron Petre (1599–1638), and Mary (1603–1685), daughter of Anthony Maria Browne, second Viscount Montagu, who had been… … Wikipedia
Cash for Honours — (also Cash for Peerages, Loans for Honours or Loans for Peerages) is the name given by some in the media to a political scandal in the United Kingdom in 2006 and 2007 concerning the connection between political donations and the award of life… … Wikipedia
Edward Heath — Infobox Prime Minister honorific prefix = The Right Honourable name = Sir Edward Heath honorific suffix = KG MBE imagesize = 250px birth date = birth date|df=yes|1916|7|9| birth place = Broadstairs, Kent, United Kingdom death date = death date… … Wikipedia
British Mandate for Palestine — Mandate for Palestine الانتداب البريطاني على فلسطين המנדט הבריטי על פלשתינה א י Mandate of the United Kingdom … Wikipedia
A Bridge Too Far (film) — Infobox Film name = A Bridge Too Far image size= caption= original film poster imdb id = 75784 writer = Cornelius Ryan (book) William Goldman (screenplay) starring = Dirk Bogarde James Caan Michael Caine Sean Connery Edward Fox Anthony Hopkins… … Wikipedia

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на английский

to take too much for granted

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на английский

to take too much for granted

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка: